SlideShare a Scribd company logo
JUHA KINNUNEN
Sobolev spaces
Department of Mathematics and Systems Analysis, Aalto University
2017
Contents
1 SOBOLEV SPACES 1
1.1 Weak derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.3 Properties of weak derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.4 Completeness of Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.5 Hilbert space structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.6 Approximation by smooth functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.7 Local approximation in Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.8 Global approximation in Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.9 Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.10 Chain rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.11 Truncation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.12 Sequential weak compactness of Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . 25
1.13 Difference quotients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.14 Absolute continuity on lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2 SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 37
2.1 Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.2 Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2.3 Morrey’s inequality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2.4 Lipschitz functions and W1,∞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.5 Summary of the Sobolev embeddings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
2.6 Direct methods in the calculus of variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3 MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 62
3.1 Representation formulas and Riesz potentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.2 Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.3 Sobolev inequalities on domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3.4 A maximal function characterization of Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . 81
3.5 Pointwise estimates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
3.6 Approximation by Lipschitz functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.7 Maximal operator on Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
CONTENTS ii
4 POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 97
4.1 Sobolev capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4.2 Capacity and measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4.3 Quasicontinuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
4.4 Lebesgue points of Sobolev functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
4.5 Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
1Sobolev spaces
In this chapter we begin our study of Sobolev spaces. The Sobolev space is a
vector space of functions that have weak derivatives. Motivation for studying
these spaces is that solutions of partial differential equations, when they exist,
belong naturally to Sobolev spaces.
1.1 Weak derivatives
Notation. Let Ω ⊂ Rn
be open, f : Ω → R and k = 1,2,.... Then we use the following
notations:
C(Ω) = {f : f continuous in Ω}
supp f = {x ∈ Ω : f (x) = 0} = the support of f
C0(Ω) = {f ∈ C(Ω) : supp f is a compact subset of Ω}
Ck
(Ω) = {f ∈ C(Ω) : f is k times continuously diferentiable}
Ck
0(Ω) = Ck
(Ω)∩C0(Ω)
C∞
=
∞
k=1
Ck
(Ω) = smooth functions
C∞
0 (Ω) = C∞
(Ω)∩C0(Ω)
= compactly supported smooth functions
= test functions
W A R N I N G : In general, supp f Ω.
Examples 1.1:
(1) Let u : B(0,1) → R, u(x) = 1−|x|. Then suppu = B(0,1).
1
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 2
(2) Let f : R → R be
f (x) =



x2
, x 0,
−x2
, x < 0.
Now f ∈ C1
(R)C2
(R) although the graph looks smooth.
(3) Let us define ϕ : Rn
→ R,
ϕ(x) =



e
1
|x|2−1 , x ∈ B(0,1),
0, x ∈ Rn
B(0,1).
Now ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
) and suppϕ = B(0,1) (exercise).
Let us start with a motivation for definition of weak derivatives. Let Ω ⊂ Rn
be open, u ∈ C1
(Ω) and ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). Integration by parts gives
ˆ
Ω
u
ϕ
xj
dx = −
ˆ
Ω
u
xj
ϕdx.
There is no boundary term, since ϕ has a compact support in Ω and thus vanishes
near Ω.
Let then u ∈ Ck
(Ω), k = 1,2,..., and let α = (α1,α2,...,αn) ∈ Nn
(we use the
convention that 0 ∈ N) be a multi-index such that the order of multi-index |α| =
α1 +...+αn is at most k. We denote
Dα
u =
|α|
u
x
α1
1 ... x
αn
n
=
α1
x
α1
1
...
αn
x
αn
n
u.
T H E M O R A L : A coordinate of a multi-index indicates how many times a
function is differentiated with respect to the corresponding variable. The order of
a multi-index tells the total number of differentiations.
Successive integration by parts gives
ˆ
Ω
uDα
ϕdx = (−1)|α|
ˆ
Ω
Dα
uϕdx.
Notice that the left-hand side makes sense even under the assumption u ∈ L1
loc
(Ω).
Definition 1.2. Assume that u ∈ L1
loc
(Ω) and let α ∈ Nn
be a multi-index. Then
v ∈ L1
loc
(Ω) is the αth weak partial derivative of u, written Dα
u = v, if
ˆ
Ω
uDα
ϕdx = (−1)|α|
ˆ
Ω
vϕdx
for every test function ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). We denote D0
u = D(0,...,0)
= u. If |α| = 1, then
Du = (D1u,D2u...,Dnu)
is the weak gradient of u. Here
Dju =
u
xj
= D(0,...,1,...,0)
u, j = 1,...,n,
(the jth component is 1).
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 3
T H E M O R A L : Classical derivatives are defined as pointwise limits of differ-
ence quotients, but the weak derivatives are defined as a functions satisfying the
integration by parts formula. Observe, that changing the function on a set of
measure zero does not affect its weak derivatives.
W A R N I N G We use the same notation for the weak and classical derivatives. It
should be clear from the context which interpretation is used.
Remarks 1.3:
(1) If u ∈ Ck
(Ω), then the classical weak derivatives up to order k are also
the corresponding weak derivatives of u. In this sense, weak derivatives
generalize classical derivatives.
(2) If u = 0 almost everywhere in an open set, then Dα
u = 0 almost everywhere
in the same set.
Lemma 1.4. A weak αth partial derivative of u, if it exists, is uniquely defined
up to a set of measure zero.
Proof. Assume that v,v ∈ L1
loc
(Ω) are both weak αth partial derivatives of u, that
is, ˆ
Ω
uDα
ϕdx = (−1)|α|
ˆ
Ω
vϕdx = (−1)|α|
ˆ
Ω
vϕdx
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). This implies that
ˆ
Ω
(v− v)ϕdx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). (1.1)
Claim: v = v almost everywhere in Ω.
Reason. Let Ω Ω (i.e. Ω is open and Ω is a compact subset of Ω). The
space C∞
0 (Ω ) is dense in Lp
(Ω ) (we shall return to this later). There exists a
sequence of functions ϕi ∈ C∞
0 (Ω ) such that |ϕi| 2 in Ω and ϕi → sgn(v − v)
almost everywhere in Ω as i → ∞. Here sgn is the signum function.
Identity (1.1) and the dominated convergence theorem, with the majorant
|(v− v)ϕi| 2(|v|+|v|) ∈ L1
(Ω ), give
0 = lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
(v− v)ϕi dx =
ˆ
Ω
lim
i→∞
(v− v)ϕi dx
=
ˆ
Ω
(v− v)sgn(v− v)dx =
ˆ
Ω
|v− v|dx
This implies that v = v almost everywhere in Ω for every Ω Ω. Thus v = v
almost everywhere in Ω.
From the proof we obtain a very useful corollary.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 4
Corollary 1.5 (Fundamental lemma of the calculus of variations). If f ∈ L1
loc
(Ω)
satisfies ˆ
Ω
f ϕdx = 0
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω), then f = 0 almost everywhere in Ω.
T H E M O R A L : This is an integral way to say that a function is zero almost
everywhere.
Example 1.6. Let n = 1 and Ω = (0,2). Consider
u(x) =



x, 0 < x 1,
1, 1 x < 2,
and
v(x) =



1, 0 < x 1,
0, 1 x < 2.
We claim that u = v in the weak sense. To see this, we show that
ˆ 2
0
uϕ dx = −
ˆ 2
0
vϕdx
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 ((0,2)).
Reason. An integration by parts and the fundamental theorem of calculus give
ˆ 2
0
u(x)ϕ (x)dx =
ˆ 1
0
xϕ (x)dx+
ˆ 2
1
ϕ (x)dx
= xϕ(x)
1
0
=ϕ(1)
−
ˆ 1
0
ϕ(x)dx+ϕ(2)
=0
−ϕ(1)
= −
ˆ 1
0
ϕ(x)dx = −
ˆ 2
0
vϕ(x)dx
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 ((0,2)).
1.2 Sobolev spaces
Definition 1.7. Assume that Ω is an open subset of Rn
. The Sobolev space
Wk,p
(Ω) consists of functions u ∈ Lp
(Ω) such that for every multi-index α with
|α| k, the weak derivative Dα
u exists and Dα
u ∈ Lp
(Ω). Thus
Wk,p
(Ω) = {u ∈ Lp
(Ω) : Dα
u ∈ Lp
(Ω), |α| k}.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 5
If u ∈ Wk,p
(Ω), we define its norm
u Wk,p(Ω) =
|α| k
ˆ
Ω
|Dα
u|p
dx
1
p
, 1 p < ∞,
and
u Wk,∞(Ω) =
|α| k
esssup
Ω
|Dα
u|.
Notice that D0
u = D(0,...,0)
u = u. Assume that Ω is an open subsets of Ω. We say
that Ω is compactly contained in Ω, denoted Ω Ω, if Ω is a compact subset of
Ω. A function u ∈ W
k,p
loc
(Ω), if u ∈ Wk,p
(Ω ) for every Ω Ω.
T H E M O R A L : Thus Sobolev space Wk,p
(Ω) consists of functions in Lp
(Ω) that
have weak partial derivatives up to order k and they belong to Lp
(Ω).
Remarks 1.8:
(1) As in Lp
spaces we identify Wk,p
functions which are equal almost every-
where.
(2) There are several ways to define a norm on Wk,p
(Ω). The norm · Wk,p(Ω)
is equivalent, for example, with the norm
|α| k
Dα
u Lp(Ω), 1 p ∞.
and · Wk,∞(Ω) is also equivalent with
max
|α| k
Dα
u L∞(Ω).
(3) For k = 1 we use the norm
u W1,p(Ω) = u
p
Lp(Ω)
+ Du
p
Lp(Ω)
1
p
=
ˆ
Ω
|u|p
dx+
ˆ
Ω
|Du|p
dx
1
p
, 1 p < ∞,
and
u W1,∞(Ω) = esssup
Ω
|u|+esssup
Ω
|Du|.
We may also consider equivalent norms
u W1,p(Ω) = u
p
Lp(Ω)
+
n
j=1
Dju
p
Lp(Ω)
1
p
,
u W1,p(Ω) = u Lp(Ω) +
n
j=1
Dju Lp(Ω) ,
and
u W1,p(Ω) = u Lp(Ω) + Du Lp(Ω)
when 1 p < ∞ and
u W1,∞(Ω) = max u L∞(Ω), D1 u L∞(Ω) ,..., Dnu L∞(Ω) .
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 6
Example 1.9. Let u : B(0,1) → [0,∞], u(x) = |x|−α
, α > 0. Clearly u ∈ C∞
(B(0,1)
{0}), but u is unbounded in any neighbourhood of the origin.
We start by showing that u has a weak derivative in the entire unit ball. When
x = 0 , we have
u
xj
(x) = −α|x|−α−1 xj
|x|
= −α
xj
|x|α+2
, j = 1,...,n.
Thus
Du(x) = −α
x
|x|α+2
.
Gauss’ theorem gives
ˆ
B(0,1)B(0,ε)
Dj(uϕ)dx =
ˆ
(B(0,1)B(0,ε))
uϕνj dS,
where ν = (ν1,...,νn) is the outward pointing unit (|ν| = 1) normal of the boundary
and ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (B(0,1)). As ϕ = 0 on B(0,1), this can be written as
ˆ
B(0,1)B(0,ε)
Djuϕdx+
ˆ
B(0,1)B(0,ε)
uDjϕdx =
ˆ
B(0,ε)
uϕνj dS.
By rearranging terms, we obtain
ˆ
B(0,1)B(0,ε)
uDjϕdx = −
ˆ
B(0,1)B(0,ε)
Djuϕdx+
ˆ
B(0,ε)
uϕνj dS. (1.2)
Let us estimate the last term on the right-hand side. Since ν(x) = − x
|x| , we have
νj(x) = −
xj
|x| , when x ∈ B(0,ε). Thus
ˆ
B(0,ε)
uϕνj dS ϕ L∞(B(0,1))
ˆ
B(0,ε)
ε−α
dS
= ϕ L∞(B(0,1))ωn−1εn−1−α
→ 0 as ε → 0,
if n−1−α > 0. Here ωn−1 = H n−1
( B(0,1)) is the (n−1)-dimensional measure of
the sphere B(0,1).
Next we study integrability of Dju. We need this information in order to be
able to use the dominated convergence theorem. A straightforward computation
gives
ˆ
B(0,1)
Dju dx
ˆ
B(0,1)
|Du| dx = α
ˆ
B(0,1)
|x|−α−1
dx
= α
ˆ 1
0
ˆ
B(0,r)
|x|−α−1
dS dr = αωn−1
ˆ 1
0
r−α−1+n−1
dr
= αωn−1
ˆ 1
0
rn−α−2
dr =
αωn−1
n−α−1
rn−α−1
1
0
< ∞,
if n−1−α > 0.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 7
The following argument shows that Dju is a weak derivative of u also in a
neighbourhood of the origin. By the dominated convergence theorem
ˆ
B(0,1)
uDjϕdx =
ˆ
B(0,1)
lim
ε→0
uDjϕχB(0,1)B(0,ε)
dx
= lim
ε→0
ˆ
B(0,1)B(0,ε)
uDjϕdx
= −lim
ε→0
ˆ
B(0,1)B(0,ε)
Djuϕdx+lim
ε→0
ˆ
B(0,ε)
uϕνj dS
= −
ˆ
B(0,1)
lim
ε→0
DjuϕχB(0,1)B(0,ε)
dx
= −
ˆ
B(0,1)
Djuϕdx.
Here we used the dominated convergence theorem twice: First to the function
uDjϕχB(0,1)B(0,ε)
,
which is dominated by |u| Dϕ ∞ ∈ L1
(B(0,1)), and then to the function
DjuϕχB(0,1)B(0,ε)
,
which is dominated by |Du| ϕ ∞ ∈ L1
(B(0,1)). We also used (1.2) and the fact that
the last term there converges to zero as ε → 0.
Now we have proved that u has a weak derivative in the unit ball. We note
that u ∈ Lp
(B(0,1)) if and only if −pα + n > 0, or equivalently, α < n
p . On the
other hand, |Du| ∈ Lp
(B(0,1), if −p(α+1)+ n > 0, or equivalently, α <
n−p
p . Thus
u ∈ W1,p
(B(0,1)) if and only if α <
n−p
p .
Let (ri) be a countable and dense subset of B(0,1) and define u : B(0,1) → [0,∞],
u(x) =
∞
i=1
1
2i
|x− ri|−α
.
Then u ∈ W1,p
(B(0,1)) if α <
n−p
p .
Reason.
|x− ri|−α
W1,p(B(0,1))
∞
i=1
1
2i
|x− ri|−α
W1,p(B(0,1))
=
∞
i=1
1
2i
|x|−α
W1,p(B(0,1))
= |x|−α
W1,p(B(0,1)) < ∞.
Note that if α > 0, then u is unbounded in every open subset of B(0,1) and not
differentiable in the classical sense in a dense subset.
T H E M O R A L : Functions in W1,p
, 1 p < n, n 2, may be unbounded in every
open subset.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 8
Example 1.10. Observe, that u(x) = |x|−α
, α > 0, does not belong to W1,n
(B(0,1).
However, there are unbounded functions in W1,n
, n 2. Let u : B(0,1) → R,
u(x) =



log log 1+ 1
|x| , x = 0,
0, x = 0.
Then u ∈ W1,n
(B(0,1)) when n 2, but u ∉ L∞
(B(0,1)). This can be used to
construct a function in W1,n
(B(0,1) that is unbounded in every open subset of
B(0,1) (exercise).
T H E M O R A L : Functions in W1,p
, 1 p n, n 2, are not continuous. Later
we shall see, that every W1,p
function with p > n coincides with a continuous
function almost everywhere.
Example 1.11. The function u : B(0,1) → R,
u(x) = u(x1,...,xn) =



1, xn > 0,
0, xn < 0,
does not belong to W1,p
(B(0,1) for any 1 p ∞ (exercise).
1.3 Properties of weak derivatives
The following general properties of weak derivatives follow rather directly from
the definition.
Lemma 1.12. Assume that u,v ∈ Wk,p
(Ω) and |α| k. Then
(1) Dα
u ∈ Wk−|α|,p
(Ω),
(2) Dβ
(Dα
u) = Dα
(Dβ
u) for all multi-indices α,β with |α|+|β| k,
(3) for every λ,µ ∈ R, λu +µv ∈ Wk,p
(Ω) and
Dα
(λu +µv) = λDα
u +µDα
v,
(4) if Ω ⊂ Ω is open, then u ∈ Wk,p
(Ω ),
(5) (Leibniz’s formula) if η ∈ C∞
0 (Ω), then ηu ∈ Wk,p
(Ω) and
Dα
(ηu) =
β α
α
β
Dβ
ηDα−β
u,
where
α
β
=
α!
β!(α−β)!
, α! = α1!...αn!
and β α means that βj αj for every j = 1,...,n.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 9
T H E M O R A L : Weak derivatives have the same properties as classical deriva-
tives of smooth functions.
Proof. (1) Follows directly from the definition of weak derivatives. See also (2).
(2) Let ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). Then Dβ
ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). Therefore
(−1)|β|
ˆ
Ω
Dβ
(Dα
u)ϕdx =
ˆ
Ω
Dα
uDβ
ϕdx
= (−1)|α|
ˆ
Ω
uDα+β
ϕdx
= (−1)|α|
(−1)|α+β|
ˆ
Ω
Dα+β
uϕdx
for all test functions ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). Notice that
|α|+|α+β| =α1 +...+αn +(α1 +β1)+...+(αn +βn)
=2(α1 +...+αn)+β1 +...+βn
=2|α|+|β|.
As 2|α| is an even number, the estimate above, together with the uniqueness
results Lemma 1.4 and Corollary 1.5, implies that Dβ
(Dα
u) = Dα+β
u.
(3) and (4) Clear.
(5) First we consider the case |α| = 1. Let ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). By Leibniz’s rule for
differentiable functions and the definition of weak derivative
ˆ
Ω
ηuDα
ϕdx =
ˆ
Ω
(uDα
(ηϕ)− u(Dα
η)ϕ)dx
= −
ˆ
Ω
(ηDα
u + uDα
η)ϕdx
for all ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). The case |α| > 1 follows by induction (exercise).
1.4 Completeness of Sobolev spaces
One of the most useful properties of Sobolev spaces is that they are complete.
Thus Sobolev spaces are closed under limits of Cauchy sequences.
A sequence (ui) of functions ui ∈ Wk,p
(Ω), i = 1,2,..., converges in Wk,p
(Ω) to
a function u ∈ Wk,p
(Ω), if for every ε > 0 there exists iε such that
ui − u Wk,p(Ω) < ε when i iε.
Equivalently,
lim
i→∞
ui − u Wk,p(Ω) = 0.
A sequence (ui) is a Cauchy sequence in Wk,p
(Ω), if for every ε > 0 there exists
iε such that
ui − uj Wk,p(Ω) < ε when i, j iε.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 10
W A R N I N G : This is not the same condition as
ui+1 − ui Wk,p(Ω) < ε when i iε.
Indeed, the Cauchy sequence condition implies this, but the converse is not true
(exercise).
Theorem 1.13 (Completeness). The Sobolev space Wk,p
(Ω), 1 p ∞, k =
1,2,..., is a Banach space.
T H E M O R A L : The spaces Ck
(Ω), k = 1,2,..., are not complete with respect
to the Sobolev norm, but Sobolev spaces are. This is important in existence
arguments for PDEs.
Proof. Step 1: · Wk,p(Ω) is a norm.
Reason. (1) u Wk,p(Ω) = 0 ⇐⇒ u = 0 almost everywhere in Ω.
=⇒ u Wk,p(Ω) = 0 implies u Lp(Ω) = 0, which implies that u = 0 almost every-
where in Ω.
⇐= u = 0 almost everywhere in Ω implies
ˆ
Ω
Dα
uϕdx = (−1)|α|
ˆ
Ω
uDα
ϕdx = 0
for all ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). This together with Corollary 1.5 implies that Dα
u = 0 almost
everywhere in Ω for all α, |α| k.
(2) λu Wk,p(Ω) = |λ| u Wk,p(Ω), λ ∈ R. Clear.
(3) The triangle inequality for 1 p < ∞ follows from the elementary inequal-
ity (a+ b)α
aα
+ bα
, a, b 0, 0 < α 1, and Minkowski’s inequality, since
u + v Wk,p(Ω) =
|α| k
Dα
u + Dα
v
p
Lp(Ω)
1
p
|α| k
Dα
u Lp(Ω) + Dα
v Lp(Ω)
p
1
p
|α| k
Dα
u
p
Lp(Ω)
1
p
+
|α| k
Dα
v
p
Lp(Ω)
1
p
= u Wk,p(Ω) + v Wk,p(Ω).
Step 2: Let (ui) be a Cauchy sequence in Wk,p
(Ω). As
Dα
ui − Dα
uj Lp(Ω) ui − uj Wk,p(Ω), |α| k,
it follows that (Dα
ui) is a Cauchy sequence in Lp
(Ω), |α| k. The completeness
of Lp
(Ω) implies that there exists uα ∈ Lp
(Ω) such that Dα
ui → uα in Lp
(Ω). In
particular, ui → u(0,...,0) = u in Lp
(Ω).
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 11
Step 3: We show that Dα
u = uα, |α| k. We would like to argue
ˆ
Ω
uDα
ϕdx = lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
uiDα
ϕdx
= lim
i→∞
(−1)|α|
ˆ
Ω
Dα
uiϕdx
= (−1)|α|
ˆ
Ω
Dα
uϕdx
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). On the second line we used the definition of the weak
derivative. Next we show how to conclude the fist and last inequalities above.
1 < p < ∞ Let ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). By Hölder’s inequality we have
ˆ
Ω
uiDα
ϕdx−
ˆ
Ω
uDα
ϕdx =
ˆ
Ω
(ui − u)Dα
ϕdx
ui − u Lp(Ω) Dα
ϕ Lp (Ω) → 0
and consequently we obtain the first inequality above. The last inequality follows
in the same way, since
ˆ
Ω
Dα
uiϕdx−
ˆ
Ω
Dα
uϕdx Dα
ui − uα Lp(Ω) ϕ Lp (Ω) → 0.
p = 1, p = ∞ A similar argument as above (exercise).
This means that the weak derivatives Dα
u exist and Dα
u = uα, |α| k. As
we also know that Dα
ui → uα = Dα
u, |α| k, we conclude that ui −u Wk,p(Ω) → 0.
Thus ui → u in Wk,p
(Ω).
Remark 1.14. Wk,p
(Ω), 1 p < ∞ is separable. In the case k = 1 consider the
mapping u → (u,Du) from W1,p
(Ω) to Lp
(Ω)× Lp
(Ω))n
and recall that a subset of
a separable space is separable (exercise). However, W1,∞
(Ω) is not separable.
1.5 Hilbert space structure
The space Wk,2
(Ω) is a Hilbert space with the inner product
〈u,v〉Wk,2(Ω) =
|α| k
〈Dα
u,Dα
v〉L2(Ω),
where
〈Dα
u,Dα
v〉L2(Ω) =
ˆ
Ω
Dα
uDα
vdx.
Observe that
u Wk,2(Ω) = 〈u,u〉
1
2
Wk,2(Ω)
.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 12
1.6 Approximation by smooth functions
This section deals with the question whether every function in a Sobolev space
can be approximated by a smooth function.
Define φ ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
) by
φ(x) =



c e
1
|x|2−1 , |x| < 1,
0, |x| 1,
where c > 0 is chosen so that
ˆ
Rn
φ(x)dx = 1.
For ε > 0, set
φε(x) =
1
εn
φ
x
ε
.
The function φ is called the standard mollifier. Observe that φε 0, suppφε =
B(0,ε) and
ˆ
Rn
φε(x)dx =
1
εn
ˆ
Rn
φ
x
ε
dx =
1
εn
ˆ
Rn
φ(y)εn
dy =
ˆ
Rn
φ(x)dx = 1
for all ε > 0. Here we used the change of variable y = x
ε
, dx = εn
dy.
Notation. If Ω ⊂ Rn
is open with Ω = , we write
Ωε = {x ∈ Ω : dist(x, Ω) > ε}, ε > 0.
If f ∈ L1
loc
(Ω), we obtain its standard convolution mollification fε : Ωε → [−∞,∞],
fε(x) = (f ∗φε)(x) =
ˆ
Ω
f (y)φε(x− y)dy.
T H E M O R A L : Since the convolution is a weighted integral average of f over
the ball B(x,ε) for every x, instead of Ω it is well defined only in Ωε. If Ω = Rn
, we
do not have this problem.
Remarks 1.15:
(1) For every x ∈ Ωε,
fε(x) =
ˆ
Ω
f (y)φε(x− y)dy =
ˆ
B(x,ε)
f (y)φε(x− y)dy.
(2) By a change of variables z = x− y we have
ˆ
Ω
f (y)φε(x− y)dy =
ˆ
Ω
f (x− z)φε(z)dz
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 13
(3) For every x ∈ Ωε,
|fε(x)|
ˆ
B(x,ε)
f (y)φε(x− y)dy φε ∞
ˆ
B(x,ε)
|f (y)|dy < ∞.
(4) If f ∈ C0(Ω), then fε ∈ C0(Ωε), whenever
0 < ε < ε0 =
1
2
dist(supp f , Ω).
Reason. If x ∈ Ωε s.t. dist(x,supp f ) > ε0 (in particular, for every x ∈ Ωε 
Ωε0 ) then B(x,ε)∩supp f = , which implies that fε(x) = 0.
Lemma 1.16 (Properties of mollifiers).
(1) fε ∈ C∞
(Ωε).
(2) fε → f almost everywhere as ε → 0.
(3) If f ∈ C(Ω), then fε → f uniformly in every Ω Ω.
(4) If f ∈ L
p
loc
(Ω), 1 p < ∞, then fε → f in Lp
(Ω ) for every Ω Ω.
W A R N I N G : (4) does not hold for p = ∞, since there are functions in L∞
(Ω)
that are not continuous.
Proof. (1) Let x ∈ Ωε, j = 1,...,n, e j = (0,...,1,...,0) (the jth component is 1).
Choose h0 > 0 such that B(x,h0) ⊂ Ωε and let h ∈ R, |h| < h0. Then
fε(x+ he j)− fε(x)
h
=
1
εn
ˆ
B(x+he j,ε)∪B(x,ε)
1
h
φ
x+ he j − y
ε
−φ
x− y
ε
f (y)dy
Let us set Ω = B(x,h0 +ε). Now Ω Ω and B(x+ he j,ε)∪B(x,ε) ⊂ Ω .
Claim:
1
h
φ
x+ he j − y
ε
−φ
x− y
ε
→
1
ε
φ
xj
x− y
ε
for all y ∈ Ω as h → 0.
Reason. Let ψ(x) = φ
x−y
ε
. Then
ψ
xj
(x) =
1
ε
φ
xj
x− y
ε
, j = 1,...,n
and
ψ(x+ he j)−ψ(x) =
ˆ h
0 t
(ψ(x+ te j))dt =
ˆ h
0
Dψ(x+ te j)· e j dt.
Thus
|ψ(x+ he j)−ψ(x)|
ˆ |h|
0
|Dψ(x+ te j)· e j|dt
1
ε
ˆ |h|
0
Dφ
x+ te j − y
ε
dt
|h|
ε
Dφ L∞(Rn).
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 14
This estimate shows that we can use the Lebesgue dominated convergence theorem
(on the third row) to obtain
fε
xj
(x) = lim
h→0
fε(x+ he j)− fε(x)
h
= lim
h→0
1
εn
ˆ
Ω
1
h
φ
x+ he j − y
ε
−φ
x− y
ε
f (y)dy
=
1
εn
ˆ
Ω
1
ε
φ
xj
x− y
ε
f (y)dy
=
ˆ
Ω
φε
xj
(x− y) f (y)dy
=
φε
xj
∗ f (x).
A similar argument shows that Dα
fε exists and
Dα
fε = Dα
φε ∗ f in Ωε
for every multi-index α.
(2) Recall that
´
B(x,ε) φε(x− y)dy = 1. Therefore we have
|fε(x)− f (x)| =
ˆ
B(x,ε)
φε(x− y)f (y)dy− f (x)
ˆ
B(x,ε)
φε(x− y)dy
=
ˆ
B(x,ε)
φε(x− y)(f (y)− f (x)dy
1
εn
ˆ
B(x,ε)
φ
x− y
ε
|f (y)− f (x)|dy
Ωn φ L∞(Rn)
1
|B(x,ε)|
ˆ
B(x,ε)
|f (y)− f (x)|dy → 0
for almost every x ∈ Ω as ε → 0. Here Ωn = |B(0,1)| and the last convergence
follows from the Lebesgue’s differentiation theorem.
(3) Let Ω Ω Ω, 0 < ε < dist(Ω , Ω ), and x ∈ Ω . Because Ω is compact
and f ∈ C(Ω), f is uniformly continuous in Ω , that is, for every ε > 0 there exists
δ > 0 such that
|f (x)− f (y)| < ε for all x, y ∈ Ω with |x− y| < δ.
By combining this with an estimate from the proof of (ii), we conclude that
|fε(x)− f (x)| Ωn φ L∞(Rn)
1
|B(x,ε)|
ˆ
B(x,ε)
|f (y)− f (x)|dy < Ωn φ L∞(Rn) ε
for all x ∈ Ω if ε < δ.
(4) Let Ω Ω Ω.
Claim: ˆ
Ω
|fε|p
dx
ˆ
Ω
|f |p
dx
whenever 0 < ε < dist(Ω , Ω ) and 0 < ε < dist(Ω , Ω).
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 15
Reason. Take x ∈ Ω . By Hölder’s inequality implies
|fε(x)| =
ˆ
B(x,ε)
φε(x− y)f (y)dy
ˆ
B(x,ε)
φε(x− y)
1− 1
p φε(x− y)
1
p |f (y)|dy
ˆ
B(x,ε)
φε(x− y)dy
1
p
ˆ
B(x,ε)
φε(x− y)|f (y)|p
dy
1
p
By raising the previous estimate to power p and by integrating over Ω , we obtain
ˆ
Ω
|fε(x)|p
dx
ˆ
Ω
ˆ
B(x,ε)
φε(x− y)|f (y)|p
dydx
=
ˆ
Ω
ˆ
Ω
φε(x− y)|f (y)|p
dxdy
=
ˆ
Ω
|f (y)|p
ˆ
Ω
φε(x− y)dxdy
=
ˆ
Ω
|f (y)|p
dy.
Here we used Fubini’s theorem and once more the fact that the integral of φε is
one.
Since C(Ω ) is dense in Lp
(Ω ). Therefore for every ε > 0 there exists g ∈ C(Ω )
such that
ˆ
Ω
|f − g|p
dx
1
p ε
3
.
By (2), we have gε → g uniformly in Ω as ε → 0. Thus
ˆ
Ω
|gε − g|p
dx
1
p
sup
Ω
|gε − g| Ω
1
p <
ε
3
,
when ε > 0 is small enough. Now we use the Minkowski’s inequality and the
previous claim to conclude that
ˆ
Ω
|fε − f |p
dx
1
p
ˆ
Ω
|fε − gε|p
dx
1
p
+
ˆ
Ω
|gε − g|p
dx
1
p
+
ˆ
Ω
|g − f |p
dx
1
p
2
ˆ
Ω
|g − f |p
dx
1
p
+
ˆ
Ω
|gε − g|p
dx
1
p
2
ε
3
+
ε
3
= ε .
Thus fε → f in Lp
(Ω ) as ε → 0.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 16
1.7 Local approximation in Sobolev spaces
Next we show that the convolution approximation converges locally in Sobolev
spaces.
Theorem 1.17. Let u ∈ Wk,p
(Ω), 1 p < ∞. then
(1) Dα
uε = Dα
u ∗φε in Ωε and
(2) uε → u in Wk,p
(Ω ) for every Ω Ω.
T H E M O R A L : Smooth functions are dense in local Sobolev spaces. Thus
every Sobolev function can be locally approximated with a smooth function in the
Sobolev norm.
Proof. (1) Fix x ∈ Ωε. Then
Dα
uε(x) = Dα
(u ∗φε)(x) = (u ∗ Dα
φε)(x)
=
ˆ
Ω
Dα
x φε(x− y)u(y)dy
= (−1)|α|
ˆ
Ω
Dα
y (φε(x− y))u(y)dy.
Here we first used the proof of Lemma 1.16 (1) and then the fact that
xj
φ
x− y
ε
= −
xj
φ
y− x
ε
= −
yj
φ
x− y
ε
.
For every x ∈ Ωε, the function ϕ(y) = φε(x− y) belongs to C∞
0 (Ω). Therefore
ˆ
Ω
Dα
y (φε(x− y))u(y)dy = (−1)|α|
ˆ
Ω
Dα
u(y)φε(x− y)dy.
By combining the above facts, we see that
Dα
uε(x) = (−1)|α|+|α|
ˆ
Ω
Dα
u(y)φε(x− y)dy = (Dα
u ∗φε)(x).
Notice that (−1)|α|+|α|
= 1.
(2) Let Ω Ω, and choose ε > 0 s.t. Ω ⊂ Ωε. By (i) we know that Dα
uε =
Dα
u ∗φε in Ω , |α| k. By Lemma 1.16, we have Dα
uε → Dα
u in Lp
(Ω ) as ε → 0,
|α| k. Consequently
uε − u Wk,p(Ω ) =
|α| k
Dα
uε − Dα
u
p
Lp(Ω )
1
p
→ 0.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 17
1.8 Global approximation in Sobolev spaces
The next result shows that the convolution approximation converges also globally
in Sobolev spaces.
Theorem 1.18 (Meyers-Serrin). If u ∈ Wk,p
(Ω), 1 p < ∞, then there exist
functions ui ∈ C∞
(Ω)∩Wk,p
(Ω) such that ui → u in Wk,p
(Ω).
T H E M O R A L : Smooth functions are dense in Sobolev spaces. Thus every
Sobolev function can be approximated with a smooth function in the Sobolev norm.
In particular, this holds true for the function with a dense infinity set in Example
1.9.
Proof. Let Ω0 = and
Ωi = x ∈ Ω : dist(x, Ω) >
1
i
∩B(0, i), i = 1,2,....
Then
Ω =
∞
i=1
Ωi and Ω1 Ω2 ... Ω.
Claim: There exist ηi ∈ C∞
0 (Ωi+2 Ωi−1), i = 1,2,..., such that 0 ηi 1 and
∞
i=1
ηi(x) = 1 for every x ∈ Ω.
This is a partition of unity subordinate to the covering {Ωi}.
Reason. By using the distance function and convolution approximation we can
construct ηi ∈ C∞
0 (Ωi+2Ωi−1) such that 0 ηi 1 and ηi = 1 in Ωi+1Ωi (exercise).
Then we define
ηi(x) =
ηi(x)
∞
j=1 ηj(x)
, i = 1,2,....
Observe that the sum is only over four indices in a neighbourhood of a given
point.
Now by Lemma 1.12 (5), ηiu ∈ Wk,p
(Ω) and
supp(ηiu) ⊂ Ωi+2 Ωi−1.
Let ε > 0. Choose εi > 0 so small that
supp(φεi
∗(ηiu)) ⊂ Ωi+2 Ωi−1
(see Remark 1.15 (4)) and
φεi
∗(ηiu)−ηiu Wk,p(Ω) <
ε
2i
, i = 1,2,....
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 18
By Theorem 1.17 (2), this is possible. Define
v =
∞
i=1
φεi
∗(ηiu).
This function belongs to C∞
(Ω), since in a neighbourhood of any point x ∈ Ω, there
are at most finitely many nonzero terms in the sum. Moreover,
v− u Wk,p(Ω) =
∞
i=1
φεi
∗(ηiu)−
∞
i=1
ηiu
Wk,p(Ω)
∞
i=1
φεi
∗(ηiu)−ηiu Wk,p(Ω)
∞
i=1
ε
2i
= ε.
Remarks 1.19:
(1) The Meyers-Serrin theorem 1.18 gives the following characterization for
the Sobolev spaces W1,p
(Ω), 1 p < ∞: u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) if and only if there exist
functions ui ∈ C∞
(Ω)∩Wk,p
(Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in Wk,p
(Ω) as
i → ∞. In other words, W1,p
(Ω) is the completion of C∞
(Ω) in the Sobolev
norm.
Reason. =⇒ Theorem 1.18.
⇐= Theorem 1.13.
(2) The Meyers-Serrin theorem 1.18 is false for p = ∞. Indeed, if ui ∈ C∞
(Ω)∩
W1,∞
(Ω) such that ui → u in W1,∞
(Ω), then u ∈ C1
(Ω) (exercise). Thus
special care is required when we consider approximations in W1,∞
(Ω).
(3) Let Ω Ω. The proof of Theorem 1.17 and Theorem 1.18 shows that for
every ε > 0 there exists v ∈ C∞
0 (Ω) such that v− u W1,p(Ω ) < ε.
(4) The proof of Theorem 1.18 shows that not only C∞
(Ω) but also C∞
0 (Ω) is
dense in Lp
(Ω), 1 p < ∞.
1.9 Sobolev spaces with zero boundary
values
In this section we study definitions and properties of first order Sobolev spaces
with zero boundary values in an open subset of Rn
. A similar theory can be
developed for higher order Sobolev spaces as well. Recall that, by Theorem 1.18,
the Sobolev space W1,p
(Ω) can be characterized as the completion of C∞
(Ω) with
respect to the Sobolev norm when 1 p < ∞.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 19
Definition 1.20. Let 1 p < ∞. The Sobolev space with zero boundary values
W
1,p
0 (Ω) is the completion of C∞
0 (Ω) with respect to the Sobolev norm. Thus
u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) if and only if there exist functions ui ∈ C∞
0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that
ui → u in W1,p
(Ω) as i → ∞. The space W
1,p
0 (Ω) is endowed with the norm of
W1,p
(Ω).
T H E M O R A L : The only difference compared to W1,p
(Ω) is that functions in
W
1,p
0 (Ω) can be approximated by C∞
0 (Ω) functions instead of C∞
(Ω) functions,
that is,
W1,p
(Ω) = C∞(Ω) and W
1,p
0 (Ω) = C∞
0 (Ω),
where the completions are taken with respect to the Sobolev norm. A function
in W
1,p
0 (Ω) has zero boundary values in Sobolev’s sense. We may say that u, v ∈
W1,p
(Ω) have the same boundary values in Sobolev’s sense, if u−v ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω). This
is useful, for example, in Dirichlet problems for PDEs.
W A R N I N G : Roughly speaking a function in W1,p
(Ω) belongs to W
1,p
0 (Ω), if it
vanishes on the boundary. This is a delicate issue, since the function does not
have to be zero pointwise on the boundary. We shall return to this question later.
Remark 1.21. W
1,p
0 (Ω) is a closed subspace of W1,p
(Ω) and thus complete (exer-
cise).
Remarks 1.22:
(1) Clearly C∞
0 (Ω) ⊂ W
1,p
0 (Ω) ⊂ W1,p
(Ω) ⊂ Lp
(Ω).
(2) If u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω), then the zero extension u : Rn
→ [−∞,∞],
u(x) =



u(x), x ∈ Ω,
0, x ∈ Rn
Ω,
belongs to W1,p
(Rn
) (exercise).
Lemma 1.23. If u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) and suppu is a compact subset of Ω, then u ∈
W
1,p
0 (Ω).
Proof. Let η ∈ C∞
0 (Ω) be a cutoff function such that η = 1 on the support of u.
Claim: If ui ∈ C∞
(Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p
(Ω), then ηui ∈ C∞
0 (Ω)
converges to ηu = u in W1,p
(Ω).
Reason. We observe that
ηui −ηu W1,p(Ω) = ηui −ηu
p
Lp(Ω)
+ D(ηui −ηu)
p
Lp(Ω)
1
p
ηui −ηu Lp(Ω) + D(ηui −ηu) Lp(Ω),
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 20
where
ηui −ηu Lp(Ω) =
ˆ
Ω
|ηui −ηu|p
dx
1
p
=
ˆ
Ω
|η|p
|ui − u|p
dx
1
p
η L∞(Ω)
ˆ
Ω
|ui − u|p
dx
1
p
→ 0
and by Lemma 1.12 (5)
D(ηui −ηu) Lp(Ω) =
ˆ
Ω
|D(ηui −ηu)|p
dx
1
p
=
ˆ
Ω
|(ui − u)Dη+(Dui − Du)η|p
dx
1
p
ˆ
Ω
|(ui − u)Dη|p
dx
1
p
+
ˆ
Ω
|(Dui − Du)η|p
dx
1
p
Dη L∞(Ω)
ˆ
Ω
|ui − u|p
dx
1
p
+ η L∞(Ω)
ˆ
Ω
|Dui − Du|p
dx
1
p
→ 0
as i → ∞.
Since ηui ∈ C∞
0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., and ηui → u in W1,p
(Ω), we conclude that
u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
Since W
1,p
0 (Ω) ⊂ W1,p
(Ω), functions in these spaces have similar general prop-
erties and they will not be repeated here. Thus we shall focus on properties that
are typical for Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values.
Lemma 1.24. W1,p
(Rn
) = W
1,p
0 (Rn
), 1 p < ∞.
T H E M O R A L : The standard Sobolev space and the Sobolev space with zero
boundary value coincide in the whole space.
W A R N I N G : W1,p
(B(0,1)) = W
1,p
0 (B(0,1)), 1 p < ∞. Thus the spaces are not
same in general.
Proof. Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). Let ηk ∈ C∞
0 (B(0,k + 1)) such that η = 1 on
B(0,k), 0 ηk 1 and |Dηk| c. Lemma 1.23 implies uηk ∈ W
1,p
0 (Rn
).
Claim: uηk → u in W1,p
(Rn
) as k → ∞.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 21
Reason.
u − uηk W1,p(Rn) u − uηk Lp(Rn) + D(u − uηk) Lp(Rn)
=
ˆ
Rn
|u(1−ηk)|p
dx
1
p
+
ˆ
Rn
|D(u(1−ηk))|p
dx
1
p
=
ˆ
Rn
|u(1−ηk)|p
dx
1
p
+
ˆ
Rn
|(1−ηk)Du − uDηk)|p
dx
1
p
ˆ
Rn
|u(1−ηk)|p
dx
1
p
+
ˆ
Rn
|(1−ηk)Du|p
dx
1
p
+
ˆ
Rn
|uDηk|p
dx
1
p
.
We note that limk→∞ u(1 − ηk) = 0 almost everywhere and |u(1 − ηk)|p
|u|p
∈
L1
(Rn
) will do as an integrable majorant. The dominated convergence theorem
gives
ˆ
Rn
|u(1−ηk)|p
dx
1
p
→ 0.
A similar argument shows that
ˆ
Rn
|(1−ηk)Du|p
dx
1
p
→ 0
as k → ∞. Moreover, by the dominated convergence theorem
ˆ
Rn
|uDηk|p
dx
1
p
c
ˆ
B(0,k+1)B(0,k)
|u|p
dx
1
p
= c
ˆ
Rn
|u|p
χB(0,k+1)B(0,k) dx
1
p
→ 0
as k → ∞. Here |u|p
χB(0,k+1)B(0,k) |u|p
∈ L1
(Rn
) will do as an integrable majo-
rant.
Since uηk ∈ W
1,p
0 (Rn
), i = 1,2,..., uηk → u in W1,p
(Rn
) as k → ∞ and W
1,p
0 (Ω)
is complete, we conclude that u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
1.10 Chain rule
We shall prove some useful results for the first order Sobolev spaces W1,p
(Ω),
1 p < ∞.
Lemma 1.25 (Chain rule). If u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) and f ∈ C1
(R) such that f ∈ L∞
(R)
and f (0) = 0, then f ◦ u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) and
Dj(f ◦ u) = f (u)Dju, j = 1,2,...,n
almost everywhere in Ω.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 22
Proof. By Theorem 1.18, there exist a sequence of functions ui ∈ C∞
(Ω)∩W1,p
(Ω),
i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p
(Ω) as i → ∞. Let ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω).
Claim:
ˆ
Ω
(f ◦ u)Djϕdx = lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
f (ui)Djϕdx.
Reason. 1 < p < ∞ By Hölder’s inequality
ˆ
Ω
f (u)Djϕdx−
ˆ
Ω
f (ui)Djϕdx
ˆ
Ω
|f (u)− f (ui)||Dϕ|dx
ˆ
Ω
|f (u)− f (ui)|p
dx
1
p
ˆ
Ω
|Dϕ|p
dx
1
p
f ∞
ˆ
Ω
|u − ui|p
dx
1
p
ˆ
Ω
|Dϕ|p
dx
1
p
→ 0.
On the last row, we used the fact that
|f (u)− f (ui)| =
ˆ u
uui
f (t)dt f ∞|u − ui|.
Finally, the convergence to zero follows, because the first and the last term are
bounded and ui → u in Lp
(Ω).
p = 1, p = ∞ A similar argument as above (exercise).
Next, we use the claim above, integration by parts for smooth functions and
the chain rule for smooth functions to obtain
ˆ
Ω
(f ◦ u)Djϕdx = lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
f (ui)Dj ϕdx
= − lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
Dj(f (ui))ϕdx
= − lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
f (ui)Djuiϕdx
= −
ˆ
Ω
f (u)Djuϕdx
= −
ˆ
Ω
(f ◦ u)Djuϕdx, j = 1,...,n,
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). We leave it as an exercise to show the fourth inequality in
the display above.
Finally, we need to show that f (u) and f (u) u
xj
are in Lp
(Ω). Since
|f (u)| = |f (u)− f (0)| =
ˆ u
0
|f (t)dt f ∞|u|,
we have
ˆ
Ω
|f (u)|p
dx
1/p
f ∞
ˆ
Ω
|u|p
dx
1
p
< ∞,
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 23
and similarly,
ˆ
Ω
f (u)Dju
p
dx
1
p
f ∞
ˆ
Ω
|Du|p
dx
1
p
< ∞.
1.11 Truncation
The truncation property is an important property of first order Sobolev spaces,
which means that we can cut the functions at certain level and the truncated
function is still in the same Sobolev space. Higher order Sobolev spaces do not
enjoy this property, see Example 1.6.
Theorem 1.26. If u ∈ W1,p
(Ω), then u+
= max{u,0} ∈ W1,p
(Ω), u−
= −min{u,0} ∈
W1,p
(Ω), |u| ∈ W1,p
(Ω) and
Du+
=



Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) > 0},
0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) 0},
Du−
=



0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) 0},
−Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) < 0},
and
Du =



Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) > 0},
0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) = 0},
−Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) < 0}.
T H E M O R A L : In contrast with C1
, the Sobolev space W1,p
are closed under
taking absolute values.
Proof. Let ε > 0 and let fε : R → R, fε(t) = t2 +ε2 − ε. The function fε has the
following properties: fε ∈ C1
(R), fε(0) = 0
lim
ε→0
fε(t) = |t| for every t ∈ R,
(fε) (t) =
1
2
(t2
+ε2
)−1/2
2t =
t
t2 +ε2
for every t ∈ R,
and (fε) ∞ 1 for every ε > 0. From Lemma 1.25, we conclude that fε ◦ u ∈
W1,p
(Ω) and
ˆ
Ω
(fε ◦ u)Djϕdx = −
ˆ
Ω
(fε) (u)Djuϕdx, j = 1,...,n,
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 24
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). We note that
lim
ε→0
(fε) (t) =



1, t > 0,
0, t = 0,
−1, t < 0,
and consequently
ˆ
Ω
|u|Djϕdx = lim
ε→0
ˆ
Ω
(fε ◦ u)Djϕdx
= −lim
ε→0
ˆ
Ω
(fε) (u)Djuϕdx
= −
ˆ
Ω
Dj|u|ϕdx j = 1,...,n,
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω), where Dj|u| is as in the statement of the theorem. We leave
it as an exercise to prove that the first equality in the display above holds.
The other claims follow from formulas
u+
=
1
2
(u +|u|) and u−
=
1
2
(|u|− u).
Remarks 1.27:
(1) If u,v ∈ W1,p
(Ω), then max{u,v} ∈ W1,p
(Ω) and min{u,v} ∈ W1,p
(Ω). More-
over,
D max{u,v} =



Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) v(x)},
Dv almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) v(x)},
and
D min{u,v} =



Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) v(x)},
Dv almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) v(x)}.
If u, v ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω), then max{u,v} ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) and min{u,v} ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) (exer-
cise).
Reason.
max{u,v} =
1
2
(u + v+|u − v|) and min{u,v} =
1
2
(u + v−|u − v|).
(2) If u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) and λ ∈ R, then Du = 0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) =
λ} (exercise).
(3) If u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) and λ ∈ R, then min{u,λ} ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Ω) and
D min{u,λ} =



Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) < λ},
0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) λ}.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 25
A similar claim also holds for max{u,λ}. This implies that a function
u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) can be approximated by the truncated functions
uλ = max{−λ,min{u,λ}}
=



λ almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) λ},
u almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : −λ < u(x) < λ},
−λ almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) −λ},
in W1,p
(Ω). (Here λ > 0.)
Reason. By applying the dominated convergence theorem to
|u − uλ|p
2p
(|u|p
+|uλ|p
) 2p+1
|u|p
∈ L1
(Ω),
we have
lim
λ→∞
ˆ
Ω
|u − uλ|p
dx =
ˆ
Ω
lim
λ→∞
|u − uλ|p
dx = 0,
and by applying the dominated convergence theorem to
|Du − Duλ|p
|Du|p
∈ L1
(Ω),
we have
lim
λ→∞
ˆ
Ω
|Du − Duλ|p
dx =
ˆ
Ω
lim
λ→∞
|Du − Duλ|p
dx = 0.
T H E M O R A L : Bounded W1,p
functions are dense in W1,p
.
1.12 Sequential weak compactness of Sobolev
spaces
In this section we assume that 1 < p < ∞ and that Ω ⊂ Rn
. We recall the definition
of weak convergence in Lp
.
Definition 1.28. A sequence (fi) of functions in Lp
(Ω) converges weakly in Lp
(Ω)
to a function f ∈ Lp
(Ω), if
lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
fi g dx =
ˆ
Ω
f g dx for every g ∈ Lp
(Ω),
where p =
p
p−1 is the conjugate exponent of p.
If fi → f weakly in Lp
(Ω), then (fi) is bounded in Lp
(Ω), that is, fi ∈ Lp
(Ω),
i = 1,2,..., and
sup
i
fi Lp(Ω) < ∞.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 26
Moreover,
f Lp(Ω) liminf
i→∞
fi Lp(Ω). (1.3)
T H E M O R A L : The Lp
-norm is lower semicontinuous with respect to the weak
convergence.
Thus a weakly converging sequence is bounded. The next result shows that
the converse is true up to a subsequence.
Theorem 1.29. Let 1 < p < ∞. Assume that the sequence (fi) is bounded in
Lp
(Ω). Then there exists a subsequence (fik
) and f ∈ Lp
(Ω) such that fik
→ f
weakly in Lp
(Ω) as k → ∞.
T H E M O R A L : This shows that Lp
with 1 < p < ∞ is weakly sequentially
compact, that is, every bounded sequence in Lp
has a weakly converging subse-
quence. One of the most useful applications of weak convergence is in compactness
arguments. A bounded sequence in Lp
does not need to have any convergent sub-
sequence with convergence interpreted in the standard Lp
sense. However, there
exists a weakly converging subsequence.
Remark 1.30. Theorem 1.29 is equivalent to the fact that Lp
spaces are reflexive
for 1 < p < ∞.
Weak convergence is a very weak mode of convergence and sometimes we need
a tool to upgrade it to strong convergence.
Theorem 1.31 (Mazur’s lemma). ] Assume that X is a normed space and that
a sequence (xi) converges weakly to x as i → ∞ in X . Then for every ε > 0, there
exists k ∈ N and a convex combination k
i=1 ai xi such that
x−
k
i=1
ai xi < ε.
Recall, that in a convex combination k
i=1 ai xi we have ai 0 and k
i=1 ai = 1.
Observe that some of the coefficients ai may be zero so that the convex combination
is essentially for a subsequence.
T H E M O R A L : For every weakly converging sequence, there is a subsequence of
convex combinations that converges strongly. Thus weak convergence is upgraded
to strong convergence for a subsequence of convex combinations.
Remark 1.32. Mazur’s lemma can be used to give a proof for (1.3) (exercise).
Theorem 1.33. Let 1 < p < ∞. Assume that (ui) is a bounded sequence in
W1,p
(Ω). Then there exists a subsequence (uik
) and u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) such that
uik
→ u weakly in Lp
(Ω) and Duik
→ Du weakly in Lp
(Ω) as k → ∞. Moreover, if
ui ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω), i = 1,2..., then u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 27
Proof. (1) Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) Since (ui) is a bounded sequence in Lp
(Ω), by
Theorem 1.29 there exists a subsequence (uik
) and u ∈ Lp
(Ω) such that uik
→ u
weakly in Lp
(Ω) as k → ∞. Since (Djui), j = 1,...,n, is a bounded sequence
in Lp
(Ω), by passing to subsequences successively, we obtain a subsequence
(Djuik
) and gj ∈ Lp
(Ω) such that Djuik
→ gj weakly in Lp
(Ω) as k → ∞ for every
j = 1,...,n.
Claim: gj = Dju, j = 1,...,n.
Reason. For every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω), we have
ˆ
Ω
uDjϕdx = lim
k→∞
ˆ
Ω
uik
Djϕdx
= − lim
k→∞
ˆ
Ω
Djuik
ϕdx
= −
ˆ
Ω
gjϕdx.
Here the first equality follows from the definition of weak convergence, the second
equality follows form the definition of weak derivative and the last equality follows
from weak convergence. Thus gj = Dju, j = 1,...,n. This shows that the weak
partial derivatives Dju, j = 1,...,n, exist and belong to Lp
(Ω). It follows that
u ∈ W1,p
(Ω).
(2) Then assume that u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω). We use the notation above. By Mazur’s
lemma, see Theorem 1.31, there there exists a subsequence of (uik
), denoted by
(ui), such that for convex combinations
k
i=1
aiui → u and
k
i=1
aiDui → Du in Lp
(Ω) as k → ∞.
This shows that
k
i=1
aiui → u in W1,p
(Ω) as k → ∞.
Since
k
j=1
aiui ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) and
k
j=1
aiDui ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω),
completeness of W
1,p
0 (Ω) implies u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω)
Remarks 1.34:
(1) Theorem 1.33 is equivalent to the fact that W1,p
spaces are reflexive for
1 < p < ∞.
(2) Another way to see that W1,p
spaces are reflexive for 1 < p < ∞ is to
recall that a closed subspace of a reflexive space is reflexive. Thus it is
enough to find an isomorphism between W1,p
(Ω) and a closed subspace of
Lp
(Ω,Rn+1
) = Lp
(Ω,Rn
)×···× Lp
(Ω,Rn
). The mapping u → (u,Du) will do
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 28
for this purpose. This holds true for W
1,p
0 (Ω) as well. This approach can be
used to characterize elements in the dual space by the Riesz representation
theorem.
Theorem 1.35. Let 1 < p < ∞. Assume that (ui) is a bounded sequence in
W1,p
(Ω) and ui → u almost everywhere in Ω. Then u ∈ W1,p
(Ω), ui → u weakly in
Lp
(Ω) and Dui → Du weakly in Lp
(Ω). Moreover, if ui ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω), i = 1,2..., then
u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
T H E M O R A L : In order to show that u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) it is enough to construct
functions ui ∈ W1,p
(Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u almost everywhere in Ω and
supi ui W1,p(Ω)) < ∞.
Proof. We pass to subsequences several times in the argument and we denote all
subsequences again by (ui). By Theorem 1.33 there exists a subsequence (ui) and
a function u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) such that ui → u weakly in Lp
(Ω) and Dui → Du weakly in
Lp
(Ω) as i → ∞. By Mazur’s lemma, see Theorem 1.31, there exists a subsequence
(ui) such that the convex combinations
k
i=1
aiui → u and
k
i=1
aiDui → Du in Lp
(Ω) as k → ∞.
Since convergence in Lp
(Ω) implies that there is a subsequence that converges
almost everywhere in Ω and ui → u almost everywhere in Ω implies that
k
j=1
aiui → u almost everywhere in Ω as k → ∞,
we conclude that u = u and Du = Du almost everywhere in Ω. This show that the
weak limit is independent of the choice of the subsequences, which implies that
ui → u weakly in Lp
(Ω) and Dui → Du weakly in Lp
(Ω).
Remark 1.36. Theorem 1.33 and Theorem 1.35 do not hold when p = 1 (exercise).
1.13 Difference quotients
In this section we give a characterization of W1,p
, 1 < p < ∞, in terms of difference
quotients. This approach is useful in regularilty theory for PDEs. Moreover, this
characterization does not involve derivatives.
Definition 1.37. Let u ∈ L1
loc
(Ω) and Ω Ω. The jth
difference quotient is
Dh
j u(x) =
u(x+ he j)− u(x)
h
, j = 1,...,n,
for x ∈ Ω and h ∈ R such that 0 < |h| < dist(Ω , Ω). We denote
Dh
u = (Dh
1 u,...,Dh
nu).
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 29
T H E M O R A L : Note that the definition of the difference quotient makes sense
at every x ∈ Ω whenever 0 < |h| < dist(x, Ω). If Ω = Rn
, then the definition makes
sense for every h = 0.
Theorem 1.38.
(1) Assume u ∈ W1,p
(Ω), 1 p < ∞. Then for every Ω Ω, we have
Dh
u Lp(Ω ) c Du Lp(Ω)
for some constant c = c(n, p) and all 0 < |h| < dist(Ω , Ω).
(2) If u ∈ Lp
(Ω ), 1 < p < ∞, and there is a constant c such that
Dh
u Lp(Ω ) c
for all 0 < |h| < dist(Ω , Ω), then u ∈ W1,p
(Ω ) and
Du Lp(Ω ) c.
T H E M O R A L : Pointwise derivatives are defined as limit of difference quotients
and Sobolev spaces can be characterized by integrated difference quotients.
W A R N I N G : Claim (2) does not hold for p = 1 (exercise).
Proof. (1) First assume that u ∈ C∞
(Ω)∩W1,p
(Ω). Then
u(x+ he j)− u(x) =
ˆ h
0 t
(u(x+ te j))dt
=
ˆ h
0
Du(x+ te j)· e j dt
=
ˆ h
0
u
xj
(x+ te j)dt, j = 1,...,n,
for all x ∈ Ω , 0 < |h| < dist(Ω , Ω). By Hölder’s inequality
|Dh
j u(x)| =
u(x+ he j)− u(x)
h
1
|h|
ˆ |h|
0
u
xj
(x+ te j) dt
1
|h|
ˆ |h|
0
u
xj
(x+ te j)
p
dt
1/p
|h|
1− 1
p ,
which implies
|Dh
j u(x)|p 1
|h|
ˆ |h|
0
u
xj
(x+ te j)
p
dt
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 30
Next we integrate over Ω and switch the order of integration by Fubini’s theorem
to conclude
ˆ
Ω
|Dh
j u(x)|p
dx
1
|h|
ˆ
Ω
ˆ |h|
0
u
xj
(x+ te j)
p
dtdx
=
1
|h|
ˆ |h|
0
ˆ
Ω
u
xj
(x+ te j)
p
dxdt
ˆ
Ω
u
xj
(x)
p
dx.
The last inequality follows from the fact that, for 0 < |h| < dist(Ω , Ω), we have
ˆ
Ω
u
xj
(x+ te j)
p
dx
ˆ
Ω
u
xj
(x)
p
dx.
Using the elementary inequality (a1 +···+ an)α
nα
(aα
1 +···+ aα
n), ai 0, α > 0,
we obtain
ˆ
Ω
|Dh
u(x)|p
dx =
ˆ
Ω
n
j=1
|Dh
j u(x)|2
p
2
dx n
p
2
ˆ
Ω
n
j=1
|Dh
j u(x)|p
dx
= c
n
j=1
ˆ
Ω
|Dh
j u(x)|p
dx c
n
j=1
ˆ
Ω
u
xj
(x)
p
dx
c
ˆ
Ω
|Du(x)|p
dx
The general case u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) follows by an approximation, see Theorem 1.18
(exercise).
(2) Let ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω ). Then by a change of variables we see that, for 0 < |h| <
dist(suppϕ, Ω ), we have
ˆ
Ω
u(x)
ϕ(x+ he j)−ϕ(x)
h
dx = −
ˆ
Ω
−u(x)+ u(x− he j)
−h
ϕ(x)dx, j = 1,...,n.
This shows that
ˆ
Ω
uDh
j ϕdx = −
ˆ
Ω
(D−h
j u)ϕdx, j = 1,...,n. (1.4)
By assumption
sup
0<|h|<dist(Ω , Ω)
D−h
j u Lp(Ω ) < ∞.
From reflexivity of Lp
(Ω ), 1 < p < ∞, it follows that there exists gj ∈ Lp
(Ω ),
j = 1,...,n and a subsequence hi → 0 such that D
−hi
j
u → gj weakly in Lp
(Ω ).
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 31
Therefore
ˆ
Ω
u
ϕ
xj
dx =
ˆ
Ω
u lim
hi→0
D
hi
j
ϕ dx
= lim
hi→0
ˆ
Ω
uD
hi
j
ϕdx
= − lim
hi→0
ˆ
Ω
(D
−hi
j
u)ϕdx
= −
ˆ
Ω
gjϕdx
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω ). Here the second equality follows from the dominated
convergence theorem and the last equality is the weak convergence. Thus u
xj
= gj,
j = 1,...,n, in the weak sense and u ∈ W1,p
(Ω ). This is essentially the same
argument as in the proof of Theorem 1.33.
1.14 Absolute continuity on lines
In this section we relate weak derivatives to classical derivatives and give a
characterization W1,p
in terms of absolute continuity on lines.
Recall that a function u : [a,b] → R is absolutely continuous, if for every ε > 0,
there exists δ > 0 such that if a = x1 < y1 x2 < y2 ... xm < ym = b is a partition
of [a,b] with
m
i=1
(yi − xi) < δ,
then
m
i=1
|u(yi)− u(xi)| < ε.
Absolute continuity can be characterized in terms of the fundamental theorem of
calculus.
Theorem 1.39. A function u : [a,b] → R is absolutely continuous if and only if
there exists a function g ∈ L1
((a,b)) such that
u(x) = u(a)+
ˆ x
a
g(t)dt.
By the Lebesgue differentiation theorem g = u almost everywhere in (a,b).
T H E M O R A L : Absolutely continuous functions are precisely those functions
for which the fundamental theorem of calculus holds true.
Examples 1.40:
(1) Every Lipchitz continuous function u : [a,b] → R is absolutely continuous.
(2) The Cantor function u is continuous in [0,1] and differentiable almost
everywhere in (0,1), but not absolutely continuous in [0,1].
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 32
Reason.
u(1) = 1 = 0 = u(0)+
ˆ 1
0
u (t)
=0
dt.
The next result relates weak partial derivatives with the classical partial
derivatives.
Theorem 1.41 (Nikodym, ACL characterization). Assume that u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Ω),
1 p ∞ and let Ω Ω. Then there exists u∗ : Ω → [−∞,∞] such that u∗
= u
almost everywhere in Ω and u∗
is absolutely continuous on (n−1)-dimensional
Lebesgue measure almost every line segments in Ω that are parallel to the
coordinate axes and the classical partial derivatives of u∗
coincide with the weak
partial derivatives of u almost everywhere in Ω. Conversely, if u ∈ L
p
loc
(Ω) and
there exists u∗
as above such that Diu∗
∈ L
p
loc
(Ω), i = 1,...,n, then u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Ω).
T H E M O R A L : This is a very useful characterization of W1,p
, since many
claims for weak derivatives can be reduced to the one-dimensional claims for
absolute continuous functions. In addition, this gives a practical tool to show that
a function belongs to a Sobolev space.
Remarks 1.42:
(1) The ACL characterization can be used to give a simple proof of Example
1.9 (exercise).
(2) In the one-dimensional case we obtain the following characterization:
u ∈ W1,p
((a,b)), 1 p ∞, if u can be redefined on a set of measure zero
in such a way that u ∈ Lp
((a,b)) and u is absolutely continuous on every
compact subinterval of (a,b) and the classical derivative exists and belongs
to u ∈ Lp
((a,b)). Moreover, the classical derivative equals to the weak
derivative almost everywhere.
(3) A function u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) has a representative that has classical partial
derivatives almost everywhere. However, this does not give any informa-
tion concerning the total differentiability of the function. See Theorem
2.16.
(4) The ACL characterization can be used to give a simple proof of the Leibniz
rule. If u ∈ W1,p
(Ω)∩ L∞
(Ω) and v ∈ W1,p
(Ω)∩ L∞
(Ω), then uv ∈ W1,p
(Ω)
and
Dj(uv) = vDju + uDjv, j = 1,...,n,
almost everywhere in Ω (exercise), compare to Lemma 1.12 (5).
(5) The ACL characterization can be used to give a simple proof for Lemma
1.25 and Theorem 1.26. The claim that if u,v ∈ W1,p
(Ω), then max{u,v} ∈
W1,p
(Ω) and min{u,v} ∈ W1,p
(Ω) follows also in a similar way (exercise).
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 33
(6) The ACL characterization can be used to show that if Ω is connected,
u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Ω) and Du = 0 almost everywhere in Ω, then u is a constant
almost everywhere in Ω (exercise).
Proof. Since the claims are local, we may assume that Ω = Rn
and that u has a
compact support.
=⇒ Let ui = uεi
, i = 1,2,..., be a sequence of standard convolution approxima-
tions of u such that suppui ⊂ B(0,R) for every i = 1,2,... and
ui − u W1,1(Rn) <
1
2i
, i = 1,2,...
By Lemma 1.16 (2), the sequence of convolution approximations converges point-
wise almost everywhere and thus the limit limi→∞ ui(x) exists for every x ∈ Rn
E
for some E ⊂ Rn
with |E| = 0. We define
u∗
(x) =



lim
i→∞
ui(x), x ∈ Rn
 E,
0, x ∈ E.
We fix a standard base vector in Rn
and, without loss of generality, we may assume
that it is (0,...,0,1). Let
fi(x1,...,xn−1) =
ˆ
R
|ui+1 − ui|+
n
j=1
ui+1
xj
−
ui
xj
(x1,...,xn)dxn
and
f (x1,...,xn−1) =
∞
i=1
fi(x1,...,xn−1).
By the monotone convergence theorem and Fubini’s theorem
ˆ
Rn−1
f dx1 ... dxn−1 =
ˆ
Rn−1
∞
i=1
fi dx1 ... dxn−1
=
∞
i=1
ˆ
Rn−1
fi dx1 ... dxn−1
=
∞
i=1
ˆ
Rn
|ui+1 − ui|+
ui+1
xj
−
ui
xj
dx
<
∞
i=1
1
2i
< ∞.
This shows that f ∈ L1
(Rn−1
) and thus f < ∞ (n−1)-almost everywhere in Rn−1
.
Let x = (x1,...,xn−1) ∈ Rn−1
such that f (x) < ∞. Denote
gi(t) = ui(x,t) and g(t) = u∗
(x,t).
Claim: (gi) is a Cauchy sequence in C(R).
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 34
Reason. Note that
gi = g1 +
i−1
k=1
(gk+1 − gk), i = 1,2,...,
where
|gk+1(t)− gk(t)| =
ˆ t
−∞
(gk+1 − gk)(s)ds
ˆ
R
|gk+1(s)− gk(s)|ds
ˆ
R
uk+1
xn
(x,s)−
uk
xn
(x,s) ds fk(x).
Thus
i−1
k=1
(gk+1(t)− gk(t))
i−1
k=1
|gk+1(t)− gk(t)|
∞
k=1
fk(x) = f (x) < ∞
for every t ∈ R. This implies that (gi) is a Cauchy sequence in C(R). Since C(R) is
complete, there exists g ∈ C(R) such that gi → g uniformly in R. It follows that
{x}×R ⊂ Rn
 E.
Claim: (gi
) is a Cauchy sequence in L1
(R).
Reason.
ˆ
R
i−1
k=1
(gk+1(t)− gk(t)) dt
i−1
k=1
ˆ
R
|gk+1(t)− gk(t)|dt
i−1
k=1
fk(x) f (x) < ∞.
This implies that (gi) is a Cauchy sequence in L1
(R). Since L1
(R) is complete,
there exists g ∈ L1
(R) such that gi
→ g in L1
(R) as i → ∞ .
Claim: g is absolutely continuous in R.
Reason.
g(t) = lim
i→∞
gi(t) = lim
i→∞
ˆ t
−∞
gi(s)ds =
ˆ t
−∞
g (s)ds
This implies that g is absolutely continuous in R and g = g almost everywhere in
R.
Claim: g is the weak derivative of g.
Reason. Let ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (R). Then
ˆ
R
gϕ dt = lim
i→∞
ˆ
R
giϕ dt = − lim
i→∞
ˆ
R
giϕdt = −
ˆ
R
gϕdt.
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 35
Thus for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
) we have
ˆ
R
u∗
(x,xn)
ϕ
xn
(x,xn)dxn = −
ˆ
R
u∗
xn
(x,xn)ϕ(x,xn)dxn
and by Fubini’s theorem
ˆ
Rn
u
ϕ
xn
dx = −
ˆ
Rn
u∗
xn
ϕdx.
This shows that u∗
has the classical partial derivatives almost everywhere in Rn
and that they coincide with the weak partial derivatives of u almost everywhere
in Rn
.
⇐= Assume that u has a representative u∗
as in the statement of the theo-
rem. For every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
), the function u∗
ϕ has the same absolute continuity
properties as u∗
. By the fundamental theorem of calculus
ˆ
R
(u∗
ϕ)
xn
(x,t)dt = 0
for (n−1)-almost every x ∈ Rn−1
. Thus
ˆ
R
u∗
(x,t)
ϕ
xn
(x,t)dt = −
ˆ
R
u∗
xn
(x,t)ϕ(x,t)dt
and by Fubini’s theorem
ˆ
Rn
u∗ ϕ
xn
dx = −
ˆ
Rn
u∗
xn
ϕdx.
Since u∗
= u almost everywhere in Rn
, we see that u∗
xn
is the nth weak partial
derivative of u. The same argument applies to all other partial derivatives u∗
xj
,
j = 1,...,n as well.
Example 1.43. The radial projection u : B(0,1) → B(0,1), u(x) = x
|x| is discontinu-
ous at the origin. However, the coordinate functions
xj
|x| , j = 1,...,n, are absolutely
continuous on almost every lines. Moreover,
Di
xj
|x|
=
δi j|x|−
xi xj
|x|
|x|2
∈ Lp
(B(0,1))
whenever 1 p < n. Here
δi j =



1, i = j,
0, i = j,
is the Kronecker symbol. By the ACL characterization the coordinate functions of
u belong to W1,p
(B(0,1)) whenever 1 p < n.
Remark 1.44. We say that a closed set E ⊂ Ω to be removable for W1,p
(Ω), if
|E| = 0 and W1,p
(Ω E) = W1,p
(Ω) in the sense that every function in W1,p
(Ω E)
CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 36
can be approximated by the restrictions of functions in C∞
(Ω). Theorem 1.41
implies the following removability theorem for W1,p
Ω): if H n−1
(E) = 0, then E
is removable for W1,p
(Ω). Observe, that if H n−1
(E) = 0, then E is contained in a
measure zero set of lines in a fixed direction (equivalently the projection of E onto
a hyperplane also has H n−1
-measure zero).
This result is quite sharp. For example, let Ω = B(0,1) and E = {x ∈ B(0,1) :
x2 = 0}. Then 0 < H n−1
(E) < ∞, but E is not removable since, using Theorem 1.41
again, it is easy to see that the function which is 1 on the upper half-plane and 0
on the lower half-plane does not belong to W1,p
Ω). With a little more work we can
show that E = E ∩B(0, 1
2 ) is not removable for W1,p
(B(0,1)).
2Sobolev inequalities
The term Sobolev inequalities refers to a variety of inequalities involving functions
and their derivatives. As an example, we consider an inequality of the form
ˆ
Rn
|u|q
dx
1
q
c
ˆ
Rn
|Du|p
dx
1
p
(2.1)
for every u ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
), where constant 0 < c < ∞ and exponent 1 q < ∞ are
independent of u. By density of smooth functions in Sobolev spaces, see Theorem
1.18, we may conclude that (2.1) holds for functions in W1,p
(Rn
) as well. Let u ∈
C∞
0 (Rn
), u ≡ 0, 1 p < n and consider uλ(x) = u(λx) with λ > 0. Since u ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
),
it follows that (2.1) holds true for every uλ with λ > 0 with c and q independent of
λ. Thus
ˆ
Rn
|uλ|q
dx
1
q
c
ˆ
Rn
|Duλ|p
dx
1
p
for every λ > 0. By a change of variables y = λx, dx = 1
λn dy, we see that
ˆ
Rn
|uλ(x)|q
dx =
ˆ
Rn
|u(λx)|q
dx =
ˆ
Rn
|u(y)|q 1
λn
dy =
1
λn
ˆ
Rn
|u(x)|q
dx
and
ˆ
Rn
|Duλ(x)|p
dx =
ˆ
Rn
λp
|Du(λx)|p
dx
=
λp
λn
ˆ
Rn
|Du(y)|p
dy
=
λp
λn
ˆ
Rn
|Du(x)|p
dx.
Thus
1
λ
n
q
ˆ
Rn
|u|q
dx
1
q
c
λ
λ
n
p
ˆ
Rn
|Du|p
dx
1
p
37
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 38
for every λ > 0, and equivalently,
u Lq(Rn) cλ
1− n
p + n
q Du Lp(Rn).
Since this inequality has to be independent of λ, we have
1−
n
p
+
n
q
= 0 ⇐⇒ q =
np
n− p
.
T H E M O R A L : There is only one possible exponent q for which inequality (2.1)
may hold true for all compactly supported smooth functions.
For 1 p < n, the Sobolev conjugate exponent of p is
p∗
=
np
n− p
.
Observe that
(1) p∗
> p,
(2) If p → n−, then p∗
→ ∞ and
(3) If p = 1, then p∗
= n
n−1 .
2.1 Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequal-
ity
The following generalized Hölder’s inequality will be useful for us.
Lemma 2.1. Let 1 p1,..., pk ∞ with 1
p1
+···+ 1
pk
= 1 and assume fi ∈ Lpi (Ω),
i = 1,...,k. Then
ˆ
Ω
|f1 ... fk|dx
k
i=1
fi Lpi (Ω).
Proof. Induction and Hölder’s inequality (exercise).
Sobolev proved the following theorem in the case p > 1 and Nirenberg and
Gagliardo in the case p = 1.
Theorem 2.2 (Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev). Let 1 p < n. There exists
c = c(n, p) such that
ˆ
Rn
|u|p∗
dx
1
p∗
c
ˆ
Rn
|Du|p
dx
1
p
for every u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
).
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 39
T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality implies that
W1,p
(Rn
) ⊂ Lp∗
(Rn
), when 1 p < n. More precisely, W1,p
(Rn
) is continuously
imbedded in Lp∗
(Rn
), when 1 p < n. This is the Sobolev embedding theorem for
1 p < n.
Proof. (1) We start by proving the estimate for u ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
). By the fundamental
theorem of calculus
u(x1,...,xj,...,xn) =
ˆ xj
−∞
u
xj
(x1,...,tj,...,xn)dtj, j = 1,...,n.
This implies that
|u(x)|
ˆ
R
|Du(x1,...,tj,...,xn)|dtj, j = 1,...,n.
By taking product of the previous estimate for each j = 1,...,n, we obtain
|u(x)|
n
n−1
n
j=1
ˆ
R
|Du(x1,...,tj,...,xn)|dtj
1
n−1
.
We integrate with respect to x1 and then we use generalized Hölder’s inequality
for the product of (n−1) terms to obtain
ˆ
R
|u|
n
n−1 dx1
ˆ
R
|Du|dt1
1
n−1
ˆ
R
n
j=2
ˆ
R
|Du|dtj
1
n−1
dx1
ˆ
R
|Du|dt1
1
n−1 n
j=2
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
|Du|dx1 dtj
1
n−1
.
Next we integrate with respect to x2 and use again generalized Hölder’s inequality
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
|u|
n
n−1 dx1 dx2
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
|Du|dt1
1
n−1 n
j=2
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
|Du|dx1 dtj
1
n−1
dx2
=
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
|Du|dx1 dt2
1
n−1
·
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
|Du|dt1
1
n−1 n
j=3
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
|Du|dx1 dtj
1
n−1
dx2
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
|Du|dx1 dt2
1
n−1
·
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
|Du|dt1 dx2
1
n−1 n
j=3
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
ˆ
R
|Du|dx1 dx2 dtj
1
n−1
.
Then we integrate with respect to x3,...,xn and obtain
ˆ
Rn
|u|
n
n−1 dx
n
j=1
ˆ
R
...
ˆ
R
|Du|dx1 ... dtj ... dxn
1
n−1
=
ˆ
Rn
|Du|dx
n
n−1
.
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 40
This is the required inequality for p = 1.
If 1 < p < n, we apply the estimate above to
v = |u|γ
,
where γ > 1 is to be chosen later. Since γ > 1, we have v ∈ C1
(Rn
). Hölder’s
inequality implies
ˆ
Rn
|u|γ n
n−1 dx
n−1
n
ˆ
Rn
|D(|u|γ
)|dx
= γ
ˆ
Rn
|u|γ−1
|Du|dx
γ
ˆ
Rn
|u|
(γ−1)
p
p−1 dx
p−1
p
ˆ
Rn
|Du|p
dx
1
p
.
Now we choose γ so that |u| has the same power on both sides. Thus
γn
n−1
= (γ−1)
p
p −1
⇐⇒ γ =
p(n−1)
n− p
.
This gives
γn
n−1
=
p(n−1)
n− p
n
n−1
=
pn
n− p
= p∗
and consequently
ˆ
Rn
|u|p∗
dx
1
p∗
γ
ˆ
Rn
|Du|p
dx
1
p
.
This proves the claim for u ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
).
(2) Assume then that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). By Lemma 1.24 we have W1,p
(Rn
) =
W
1,p
0 (Rn
). Thus there exist ui ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
), i = 1,2,..., such that ui − u W1,p(Rn) →
0 as i → ∞. In particular ui − u Lp(Rn) → 0, as i → ∞. Thus there exists a
subsequence (ui) such that ui → u almost everywhere in Rn
and ui → u in Lp
(Rn
).
Claim: (ui) is a Cauchy sequence in Lp∗
(Rn
).
Reason. Since ui − uj ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
), we use the Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequal-
ity for compactly supported smooth functions and Minkowski’s inequality to
conclude that
ui − uj Lp∗
(Rn) c Dui − Duj Lp(Rn)
c Dui − Du Lp(Rn) + Du − Duj Lp(Rn) → 0.
Since Lp∗
(Rn
) is complete, there exists v ∈ Lp∗
(Rn
) such that ui → v in Lp∗
(Rn
) as
i → ∞.
Since ui → u almost everywhere in Rn
and ui → v in Lp∗
(Rn
), we have u = v
almost everywhere in Rn
. This implies that ui → u in Lp∗
(Rn
) and that u ∈ Lp∗
(Rn
).
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 41
Now we can apply Minkowski’s inequality and the Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg
inequality for compactly supported smooth functions to conclude that
u Lp∗
(Rn) u − ui Lp∗
(Rn) + ui Lp∗
(Rn)
u − ui Lp∗
(Rn) + c Dui Lp(Rn)
u − ui Lp∗
(Rn) + c Dui − Du Lp(Rn) + Du Lp(Rn)
→ c Du Lp(Rn),
since ui → u in Lp∗
(Rn
) and Dui → Du in Lp
(Rn
). This completes the proof.
Remarks 2.3:
(1) The Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality shows that if u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
)with
1 p < n, then u ∈ Lp
(Rn
)∩ Lp∗
(Rn
), with p∗
> p.
(2) The Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality shows that if u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
)
with 1 p < n and Du = 0 almost everywhere in Rn
, then u = 0 almost
everywhere in Rn
.
(3) The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality holds for Sobolev spaces with
zero boundary values in open subsets of Rn
by considering the zero exten-
sions. There exists c = c(n, p) > 0 such that
ˆ
Ω
|u|p∗
dx
1
p∗
c
ˆ
Ω
|Du|p
dx
1
p
for every u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω), 1 p < n. If |Ω| < ∞, by Hölder’s inequality
ˆ
Ω
|u|q
dx
1
q
ˆ
Ω
|u|p∗
dx
1
p∗
|Ω|
1− 1
p∗
c|Ω|
1− 1
p∗
ˆ
Ω
|Du|p
dx
1
p
whenever 1 q p∗
. Thus for sets with finite measure all exponents below
the Sobolev exponent will do.
(4) The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality shows that W
1,p
loc
(Rn
) ⊂ L
p∗
loc
(Rn
).
To see this, let Ω Rn
and choose a cutoff function η ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
) such that
η = 1 in Ω. Then ηu ∈ W
1,p
0 (Rn
) = W1,p
(Rn
) and ηu = u in Ω and
u Lp∗
(Ω) ηu Lp∗
(Rn) c D(ηu) Lp(Rn) < ∞.
(5) The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality holds for higher order Sobolev
spaces as well. Let k ∈ N, 1 p < n
k and p∗
=
np
n−kp . There exists c =
c(n, p,k) > 0 such that
ˆ
Rn
|u|p∗
dx
1
p∗
c
ˆ
Rn
|Dk
u|p
dx
1
p
for every u ∈ Wk,p
(Ω). Here |Dk
u|2
is the sum of squares of all kth order
partial derivatives of u (exercise).
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 42
Remark 2.4. When p = 1 the Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality is related
to the isoperimetric inequality. Let Ω ⊂ Rn
be a bounded domain with smooth
boundary and set
uε(x) =



1, x ∈ Ω,
1−
dist(x,Ω)
ε
, 0 < dist(x,Ω) < ε,
0, dist(x,Ω) ε.
Note that u can been considered as an approximation of the characteristic function
of Ω. The Lipschitz constant of x → dist(x,Ω) is one so that the Lipschitz constant
of uε is ε−1
and thus this function belongs to W1,1
(Rn
), for example, by the ACL
characterization, see Theorem 1.41, we have
|Duε(x)|



1
ε
, 0 < dist(x,Ω) < ε,
0, otherwise.
The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality with p = 1 gives
|Ω|
n−1
n =
ˆ
Ω
|uε|
n
n−1 dx
n−1
n
ˆ
Rn
|uε|
n
n−1 dx
n−1
n
c
ˆ
Rn
|Duε|dx c
ˆ
{0<dist(x,Ω)<ε}
1
ε
dx
= c
|{x ∈ Rn : 0 < dist(x,Ω) < ε}|
ε
→ cHn−1
( Ω)
This implies
|Ω|
n
n−1 cH n−1
( Ω),
which is an isoperimetric inequality with the same constant c as in the Sobolev-
Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality. According to he classical isoperimetric inequality,
if Ω ⊂ Rn
is a bounded domain with smooth boundary, then
|Ω|
n−1
n n−1
Ω
− 1
n
n H n−1
( Ω),
where H n−1
( Ω) stands for the (n − 1)-dimensional Hausdorff measure of the
boundary Ω. The isoperimetric inequality is equivalent with the statement that
among all smooth bounded domains with fixed volume, balls have the least surface
area.
Conversely, the Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality can be proved by the
isoperimetric inequality, but we shall not consider this argument here. From
these considerations it is relatively obvious that the best constant in the Sobolev-
Gagliardo-Nirenberg when p = 1 should be the isoperimetric constant n−1
Ω
− 1
n
n .
This also gives a geometric motivation for the Sobolev exponent in the case p = 1.
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 43
2.2 Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities
We begin with a Poincaré inequality for Sobolev functions with zero boundary
values in open subsets.
Theorem 2.5 (Poincaré). Assume that Ω ⊂ Rn
is bounded and 1 p < ∞. Then
there is a constant c = c(p) such that
ˆ
Ω
|u|p
dx cdiam(Ω)p
ˆ
Ω
|Du|p
dx
for every u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
T H E M O R A L : This shows that W
1,p
0 (Ω) ⊂ Lp
(Ω) when 1 p < ∞, if Ω ⊂ Rn
is bounded. The main difference compared to the Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev
inequality is that that this applies for the whole range 1 p < ∞ without the
Sobolev exponent.
Remark 2.6. The Poincaré inequality above also shows that of Du = 0 almost
everywhere, then u = 0 almost everywhere. For this it is essential that the
function belongs to the Sobolev space with zero boundary values.
Proof. (1) First assume that u ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). Let y = (y1,..., yn) ∈ Ω. Then
Ω ⊂
n
j=1
yj −diam(Ω), yj +diam(Ω) =
n
j=1
aj,bj ,
where aj = yj −diam(Ω) and bj = yj +diam(Ω), j = 1,...,n. As the proof of Theorem
2.2, we obtain
|u(x)|
ˆ bj
aj
|Du(x1,...,tj,...,xn)|dtj
(2diam(Ω))
1− 1
p
ˆ bj
aj
|Du(x1,...,tj,...,xn)|p
dtj
1
p
, j = 1,...,n.
The second inequality follows from Hölder’s inequality. Thus
ˆ
Ω
|u(x)|p
dx =
ˆ b1
a1
...
ˆ bn
an
|u(x)|p
dx1 ... dxn
(2diam(Ω))p−1
ˆ b1
a1
...
ˆ bn
an
ˆ b1
a1
|Du(t1,x2,...,xn)|p
dt1 dx1 ... dxn
(2diam(Ω))p
ˆ b1
a1
...
ˆ bn
an
|Du(t1,x2,...,xn)|p
dt1 ... dxn
= (2diam(Ω))p
ˆ
Ω
|Du(x)|p
dx.
(2) The case u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) follows by approximation (exercise).
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 44
The Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality in Theorem 2.2 and Poincaré’s
inequality in Theorem 2.5 do not hold for functions u ∈ W1,p
(Ω), at least when
Ω ⊂ Rn
is an open set |Ω| < ∞, since nonzero constant functions give obvious
counterexamples. However, there are several ways to obtain appropriate local
estimates also in this case.
Next we consider estimates in the case when Ω is a cube. Later we consider
similar estimates for balls. The set
Q = [a1,b1]×...×[an,bn], b1 − a1 = ... = bn − an
is a cube in Rn
. The side length of Q is
l(Q) = b1 − a1 = bj − aj, j = 1,...,n,
and
Q(x,l) = y ∈ Rn
: |yj − xj| l
2 , j = 1,...,n
is the cube with center x and sidelength l. Clearly,
|Q(x,l)| = ln
and diam(Q(x,l)) = nl
The integral average of f ∈ L1
loc
(Rn
) over cube Q(x,l) is denoted by
fQ(x,l) =
Q(x,l)
f dy =
1
|Q(x,l)|
ˆ
Q(x,l)
f (y)dy.
Same notation is used for integral averages over other sets as well.
Theorem 2.7 (Poincaré inequality on cubes). Let Ω be an open subset of Rn
.
Assume that u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Ω) with 1 p < ∞. Then there is c = c(n, p) such that
Q(x,l)
|u − uQ(x,l)|p
dy
1
p
cl
Q(x,l)
|Du|p
dy
1
p
for every cube Q(x,l) Ω.
T H E M O R A L : The Poincaré inequality shows that if the gradient is small in
a cube, then the mean oscillation of the function is small in the same cube. In
particular, if the gradient is zero, then the function is constant.
Proof. (1) First assume that u ∈ C∞
(Ω). Let z, y ∈ Q = Q(x,l) = [a1,b1] × ··· ×
[an,bn]. Then
|u(z)− u(y)| |u(z)− u(z1,..., zn−1, yn)|+...+|u(z1, y2,..., yn)− u(y)|
n
j=1
ˆ bj
aj
|Du(z1,..., zj−1,t, yj+1,..., yn)|dt
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 45
By Hölder’s inequality and the elementary inequality (a1 +···+ an)p
np
(a
p
1 +
···+ a
p
n), ai 0, we obtain
|u(z)− u(y)|p
n
j=1
ˆ bj
aj
|Du(z1,..., zj−1,t, yj+1,..., yn)|dt
p


n
j=1
ˆ bj
aj
|Du(z1,..., zj−1,t, yj+1,..., yn)|p
dt
1
p
(bj − aj)
1− 1
p


p
np
lp−1
n
j=1
ˆ bj
aj
|Du(z1,..., zj−1,t, yj+1,..., yn)|p
dt.
By Hölder’s inequality and Fubini’s theorem
ˆ
Q
|u(z)− uQ|p
dz =
ˆ
Q Q
(u(z)− u(y))dy
p
dz
ˆ
Q Q
|u(z)− u(y)|dy
p
dz
ˆ
Q Q
|u(z)− u(y)|p
dz dy
np
lp−1
|Q|
n
j=1
ˆ
Q
ˆ
Q
ˆ bj
aj
|Du(z1,..., zj−1,t, yj+1,..., yn)|p
dtdydz
np
lp−1
|Q|
n
j=1
(bj − aj)
ˆ
Q
ˆ
Q
|Du(z)|p
dz dw
np+1
lp
ˆ
Q
|Du(z)|p
dz.
(2) The case u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Ω) follows by approximation (exercise).
Theorem 2.8 (Sobolev-Poincaré inequality on cubes). Let Ω be an open sub-
set of Rn
. Assume that u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Ω) with 1 p < n. Then there is c = c(n, p) such
that
Q(x,l)
|u − uQ(x,l)|p∗
dy
1
p∗
cl
Q(x,2l)
|Du|p
dy
1
p
for every cube Q(x,l) Ω
T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev-Poincaré inequality shows that W
1,p
loc
(Rn
) ⊂ L
p∗
loc
(Rn
),
when 1 p < n. This is a stronger version of the Poincaré inequality on cubes in
which we have the Sobolev exponent on the left-hand side.
Proof. Let η ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
) be a cutoff function such that
0 η 1, |Dη| c
l , suppη ⊂ Q(x,2l) and η = 1 in Q(x,l).
Notice that the constant c = c(n) does not depend on the cube. Then (u−uQ(x,l))η ∈
W1,p
(Rn
) and by the Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality, see Theorem 2.2,
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 46
and the Leibniz rule, see Theorem 1.12 (5), we have
ˆ
Q(x,l)
|u − uQ(x,l)|p∗
dy
1
p∗
ˆ
Rn
|(u − uQ(x,l))η|p∗
dy
1
p∗
c
ˆ
Rn
D (u − uQ(x,l))η
p
dy
1
p
c
ˆ
Rn
ηp
|Du|p
dy
1
p
+ c
ˆ
Rn
|Dη|p
|u − uQ(x,l)|p
dy
1
p
c
ˆ
Q(x,2l)
|Du|p
dy
1
p
+
c
l
ˆ
Q(x,2l)
|u − uQ(x,l)|p
dy
1
p
.
By the Poincaré inequality on cubes, see Theorem 2.7, we obtain
ˆ
Q(x,2l)
|u − uQ(x,l)|p
dy
1
p
ˆ
Q(x,2l)
|u − uQ(x,2l)|p
dy
1
p
+
ˆ
Q(x,2l)
|uQ(x,2l) − uQ(x,l)|p
dy
1
p
cl
ˆ
Q(x,2l)
|Du|p
dy
1
p
+|uQ(x,2l) − uQ(x,l)||Q(x,2l)|
1
p .
By Hölder’s inequality and Poincaré inequality on cubes, see Theorem 2.7, we
have
|uQ(x,2l) − uQ(x,l)||Q(x,2l)|
1
p (2l)
n
p
Q(x,l)
|u − uQ(x,2l)|dy
(2l)
n
p
|Q(x,2l)|
|Q(x,l)| Q(x,2l)
|u − uQ(x,2l)|p
dy
1
p
cl
ˆ
Q(x,2l)
|Du|p
dy
1
p
.
By collecting the estimates above we obtain
ˆ
Q(x,l)
|u − uQ(x,l)|p∗
dy
1
p∗
c
ˆ
Q(x,2l)
|Du|p
dy
1
p
.
Remark 2.9. The Sobolev-Poincaré inequality also holds in the form
Q(x,l)
|u − uQ(x,l)|p∗
dy
1
p∗
cl
Q(x,l)
|Du|p
dy
1
p
.
Observe that there is the same cube on both sides. We shall return to this question
later.
Remark 2.10. In this remark we consider the case p = n.
(1) As Example 1.10 shows, functions in W1,n
(Rn
) are not necessarily bounded.
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 47
(2) Assume that u ∈ W1,n
(Rn
). The Poincaré inequality implies that
Q
|u(y)− uQ|dy
Q
|u(y)− uQ|n
dy
1
n
cl
Q
|Du(y)|n
dy
1
n
c Du Ln(Rn) < ∞
for every cube Q where c = c(n). Thus if u ∈ W1,n
(Rn
), then u is of bounded
mean oscillation, denoted by u ∈ BMO(Rn
), and
u ∗ = sup
Q⊂Rn Q
|u(y)− uQ|dy c Du Ln(Rn),
where c = c(n).
(3) Assume that u ∈ W1,n
(Rn
). The John-Nirenberg inequality for BMO func-
tions gives
Q
eγ|u(x)−uQ|
dx
c1γ u ∗
c2 −γ u ∗
+1
for every cube Q in Rn
with 0 < γ < c2
u ∗
, where c1 = c1(n) and c2 = c2(n).
By choosing γ = c2
2 u ∗
, we obtain
Q
e
c
|u(x)−uQ|
Du n dx
Q
ec
|u(x)−uQ|
u ∗ dx c
for every cube Q in Rn
. In particular, this implies that u ∈ L
p
loc
(Rn
) for
every power p, with 1 p < ∞. This is the Sobolev embedding theorem in
the borderline case when p = n.
In fact, there is a stronger result called Trudinger’s inequality, which states
that for small enough c > 0, we have
Q
e
c
|u(x)−uQ|
Du n
n
n−1
dx c
for every cube Q in Rn
, n 2, but we shall not discuss this issue here
T H E M O R A L : W1,n
(Rn
) ⊂ L
p
loc
(Rn
) for every p, with 1 p < ∞. This is the
Sobolev embedding theorem in the borderline case when p = n.
The next remark shows that it is possible to obtain a Poincaré inequality
on cubes without the integral average also for functions that do not have zero
boundary values. However, the functions have to vanish in a large subset.
Remark 2.11. Assume u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) and u = 0 in a set A ⊂ Q(x,l) = Q satisfying
|A| γ|Q| for some 0 < γ 1.
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 48
This means that u = 0 in a large portion of Q. By the Poincaré inequality there
exists c = c(n.p) such that
Q
|u|p
dy
1
p
Q
|u − uQ|p
dy
1
p
+
Q
|uQ|p
dy
1
p
cl
Q
|Du|p
dy
1
p
+|uQ|,
where
|uQ| =
Q
u(y)dy
Q
χQA(y)|u(y)|dy
|Q  A|
|Q|
1− 1
p
Q
|u(y)|p
dy
1
p
(1− c)
1− 1
p
Q
|u(y)|p
dy
1
p
.
Since 0 (1− c)
1− 1
p < 1, we may absorb the integral average to the left hand side
and obtain
(1−(1− c)
1− 1
p )
Q
|u|p
dy
1
p
cl
Q
|Du|p
dy
1
p
.
It follows that there exists c = c(n, p,γ) such that
Q
|u|p
dy
1
p
cl
Q
|Du|p
dy
1
p
.
A similar argument can be done with the Sobolev-Poincaré inequality on cubes
(exercise).
2.3 Morrey’s inequality
Let A ⊂ Rn
. A function u : A → R is Hölder continuous with exponent 0 < α 1, if
there exists a constant c such that
|u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|α
for every x, y ∈ A. We define the space C0,α
(A) to be the space of all bounded
functions that are Hölder continuous with exponent α with the norm
u Cα(A) = sup
x∈A
|u(x)|+ sup
x,y∈A,x=y
|u(x)− u(y)|
|x− y|α
. (2.2)
Remarks 2.12:
(1) Every function that is Hölder continuous with exponent α > 1 in the whole
space is constant (exercise).
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 49
(2) There are Hölder continuous functions that are not differentiable at any
point. Thus Hölder continuity does not imply any differentiability proper-
ties.
(3) C0,α
(A) is a Banach space with the norm defined above (exercise).
(4) Every Hölder continuous function on A ⊂ Rn
can be extended to a Hölder
continuous function on Rn
with the same exponent and same constant.
Moreover, if A is bounded, we may assume that the Hölder continuous
extension to Rn
is bounded (exercise).
The next result shows that every function in W1,p
(Rn
) with p > n has a 1− n
p -
Hölder continuous representative up to a set of measure zero.
Theorem 2.13 (Morrey). Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) with p > n. Then there is
c = c(n, p) > 0 such that
|u(z)− u(y)| c|z − y|
1− n
p Du Lp(Rn)
for almost every z, y ∈ Rn
.
Proof. (1) Assume first that u ∈ C∞
(Rn
)∩W1,p
(Rn
). Let x, y ∈ Q(x,l). Then
u(z)− u(y) =
ˆ 1
0 t
u(tz +(1− t)y) dt =
ˆ 1
0
Du(tz +(1− t)y)·(z − y)dt
and
|u(y)− uQ(x,l)| =
Q(x,l)
(u(z)− u(y))dz
=
Q(x,l)
ˆ 1
0
Du(tz +(1− t)y)·(z − y)dtdz
n
j=1
1
ln
ˆ
Q(x,l)
ˆ 1
0
u
xj
(tz +(1− t)y) |zj − yj|dtdz
n
j=1
1
ln−1
ˆ 1
0
ˆ
Q(x,l)
u
xj
(tz +(1− t)y) dz dt
=
n
j=1
1
ln−1
ˆ 1
0
1
tn
ˆ
Q(tx+(1−t)y,tl)
u
xj
(w) dwdt.
Here we used the fact that |zj − yj| l, Fubini’s theorem and finally the change of
variables w = tz+(1−t)y ⇐⇒ z = 1
t (w−(1−t)y), dz = 1
tn dw. By Hölder’s inequality
n
j=1
1
ln−1
ˆ 1
0
1
tn
ˆ
Q(tx+(1−t)y,tl)
u
xj
(w) dwdt
n
j=1
1
ln−1
ˆ 1
0
1
tn
ˆ
Q(tx+(1−t)y,tl)
u
xj
(w)
p
dw
1
p
|Q(tx+(1− t)y,tl)|
1
p dt
n Du Lp(Q(x,l))
l
n(1− 1
p )
ln−1
ˆ 1
0
t
n(1− 1
p )
tn
dt (Q(tx+(1− t)y,tl) ⊂ Q(x,l)))
=
np
p − n
l
1− n
p Du Lp(Q(x,l)).
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 50
Thus
|u(z)− u(y)| |u(z)− uQ(x,l)|+|uQ(x,l) − u(y)|
2
np
p − n
l
1− n
p Du Lp(Q(x,l)) (2.3)
for every z, y ∈ Q(x,l).
For every z, y ∈ Rn
, there exists a cube Q(x,l) z, y such that l = |z − y|. For
example, we may choose x =
z+y
2 . Thus
|u(z)− u(y)| c|z − y|
1− n
p Du Lp(Q(x,l)) c|z − y|
1− n
p Du Lp(Rn)
for every z, y ∈ Rn
.
(2) Assume then that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). Let uε be the standard mollification of u.
Then
|uε(z)− uε(y)| c|z − y|
1− n
p Duε Lp(Rn).
Now by Lemma 1.16 (2) and by Theorem 1.17, we obtain
|u(z)− u(y)| c|z − y|
1− n
p Du Lp(Rn).
when z and y are Lebesgue points of u. The claim follows from the fact that almost
every point of a locally integrable function is a Lebesgue point.
Remarks 2.14:
(1) Morrey’s inequality implies that u can be extended uniquely to Rn
as a
Hölder continuous function u such that
|u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|
1− n
p Du Lp(Rn) for all x, y ∈ Rn
.
Reason. Let N be a set of zero measure such that Morrey’s inequality holds
for all points in Rn
 N. Now for any x ∈ Rn
, choose a sequence of points
(xi) such that xi ∈ Rn
 N, i = 1,2..., and xi → x as i → ∞. By Morrey’s
inequality (u(xi)) is a Cauchy sequence in R and thus we can define
u(x) = lim
i→∞
u(xi).
Now it is easy to check that u satisfies Morrey’s inequality in every pair of
points by considering sequences of points in Rn
 N converging to the pair
of points.
(2) If u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) with p > n, then u is essentially bounded.
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 51
Reason. Let y ∈ Q(x,1). Then Morrey’s and Hölder’s inequality imply
|u(z)| |u(z)− uQ(x,1)|+|uQ(x,1)|
Q(x,1)
|u(z)− u(y)|dy+
ˆ
Q(x,1)
|u(y)|dy
c Du Lp(Rn) +
ˆ
Q(x,1)
|u(y)|p
dy
1
p
c u W1,p(Rn)
for almost every z ∈ Rn
. Thus u L∞(Rn) c u W1,p(Rn).
This implies that
u
C
0,1− n
p (Rn)
c u W1,p(Rn), c = c(n, p),
where u is the Hölder continuous representative of u. Hence W1,p
(Rn
) is
continuously embedded in C
0,1− n
p (Rn
), when p > n.
(3) The proof of Theorem 2.13, see (2.3), shows that if Ω is an open subset of
Rn
and u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Ω), p > n, then there is c = c(n, p) such that
|u(z)− u(y)| c|z − y|
1− n
p Du Lp(Q(x,l))
for every z, y ∈ Q(x,l), Q(x,l) Ω. This is a local version of Morrey’s
inequality.
T H E M O R A L : W1,p
(Rn
) ⊂ C
0,1− n
p (Rn
), when p > n. More precisely, W1,p
(Rn
) is
continuously embedded in C
0,1− n
p (Rn
), when p > n. This is the Sobolev embedding
theorem for p > n.
Definition 2.15. A function u : Rn
→ R is differentiable at x ∈ Rn
if there exists a
linear mapping L : Rn
→ R such that
lim
y→x
|u(y)− u(x)− L(x− y)|
|x− y|
= 0.
If such a linear mapping L exists at x, it is unique and we denote L = Du(x) and
call Du(x) the derivative of u at x.
Theorem 2.16. If u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Rn
), n < p ∞, then u is differentiable almost every-
where and its derivative equals its weak derivative almost everywhere.
T H E M O R A L : By the ACL characterization, see Theorem 1.41, we know
that every function in W1,p
, 1 p ∞ has classical partial derivatives almost
everywhere. If p > n, then every function in W1,p
is also differentiable almost
everywhere.
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 52
Proof. Since W
1,∞
loc
(Rn
) ⊂ W
1,p
loc
(Rn
), we may assume n < p < ∞. By the Lebesgue
differentiation theorem
lim
l→0 Q(x,l)
|Du(z)− Du(x)|p
dz = 0
for almost every x ∈ Rn
. Let x be such a point and denote
v(y) = u(y)− u(x)− Du(x)·(y− x),
where y ∈ Q(x,l). Observe that v ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Rn
) with n < p < ∞. By (2.3) in the proof
of Morrey’s inequality, there is c = c(n, p) such that
|v(y)− v(x)| cl
Q(x,l)
|Dv(z)|p
dz
1
p
where l = |x− y|. Since v(x) = 0 and Dv = Du − Du(x), we obtain
|u(y)− u(x)− Du(x)·(y− x)|
|y− x|
c
Q(x,l)
|Du(z)− Du(x)|p
dz
1
p
→ 0
as y → x.
2.4 Lipschitz functions and W1,∞
Let A ⊂ Rn
and 0 L < ∞. A function f : A → R is called Lipschitz continuous with
constant L, or an L-Lipschitz function, if
|f (x)− f (y)| L|x− y|
for every x, y ∈ Rn
. Observe that a function is Lipschitz continuous if it is Hölder
continuous with exponent one. Moreover, C0,1
(A) is the space of all bounded
Lipschitz continuous functions with the norm (2.2).
Examples 2.17:
(1) For every y ∈ Rn
the function x → |x − y| is Lipschitz continuous with
constant one. Note that this function is not smooth.
(2) For every nonempty set A ⊂ Rn
the function x → dist(x, A) is Lipschitz
continuous with constant one. Note that this function is not smooth when
A = Rn
(exercise).
The next theorem describes the relation between Lipschitz functions and
Sobolev functions.
Theorem 2.18. A function u ∈ L1
loc
(Rn
) has a representative that is bounded and
Lipschitz continuous if and only if u ∈ W1,∞
(Rn
).
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 53
T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev embedding theorem for p > n shows that W1,p
(Rn
) ⊂
C
0,1− n
p (Rn
). In the limiting case p = ∞ we have W1,∞
(Rn
) = C0,1
(Rn
). This is the
Sobolev embedding theorem for p = ∞.
Proof. ⇐= Assume that u ∈ W1,∞
(Rn
). Then u ∈ L∞
(Rn
) and u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Rn
) for
every p > n and thus by Remark 2.14 we may assume that u is a bounded
continuous function. Moreover, we may assume that the support of u is compact.
By Lemma 1.16 (3) and by Theorem 1.17, the standard mollification uε ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
)
for every ε > 0, uε → u uniformly in Rn
as ε → 0 and
Duε L∞(Rn) Du L∞(Rn)
for every ε > 0. Thus
|uε(x)− uε(y)| =
ˆ 1
0
Duε(tx+(1− t)y)·(x− y)dt
Duε L∞(Rn)|x− y|
Du L∞(Rn)|x− y|
for every x, y ∈ Rn
. By letting ε → 0, we obtain
|u(x)− u(y)| Du L∞(Rn)|x− y|
for every x, y ∈ Rn
.
=⇒ Assume that u is Lipschitz continuous. Then there exists L such that
|u(x)− u(y)| L|x− y|
for every x, y ∈ Rn
. This implies that
D−h
j u(x) =
u(x− he j)− u(x)
h
L
for every x ∈ Rn
and h = 0. This means that
D−h
j u(x)
L∞(Rn)
L
for every h = 0 and thus
D−h
j u(x)
L2(Ω)
D−h
j u(x)
L∞(Rn)
|Ω|
1
2 L|Ω|
1
2 ,
where Ω ⊂ Rn
is bounded and open.
As in the proof of Theorem 1.38, the space L2
(Ω) is reflexive and thus there
exists gj ∈ L2
(Ω), j = 1,...,n, and a subsequence of hi → 0 such that D
−hi
j
u → gj
weakly in L2
(Ω). As in the proof of Theorem 1.38, we obtain
ˆ
Ω
u
ϕ
xj
dx =
ˆ
Ω
( lim
hi→0
D
hi
j
ϕ)u dx = lim
hi→0
ˆ
Ω
uD
hi
j
ϕdx
= lim
hi→0
ˆ
Ω
(D
−hi
j
u)ϕdx =
ˆ
Ω
gjϕdx
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 54
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω) and thus Dju = −gj, j = 1,...,n, in the weak sense.
Claim: Dju ∈ L∞
(Ω), j = 1,...,n,
Reason. Let fi = D
−hi
j
u, i = 1,2.... Since fi → Dju weakly in L2
(Ω), by Mazur’s
lemma, see theorem 1.31, there exists a subsequence (fil
) such that the convex
combitions
k
l=1
ai fil
→ Dju in Lp
(Ω) as k → ∞.
Observe that
k
l=1
ai fil
L∞(Ω)
k
l=1
ai D
−hil
j
u(x)
L∞(Ω)
L.
Since there exists a subsequence that converges almost everywhere, we conclude
that
Dju(x) L, j = 1,...,n,
for almost every x ∈ Ω.
This shows that Du ∈ L∞
(Ω), with Du L∞(Ω) L. As u is bounded, this
implies u ∈ W1,∞
(Ω) for all bounded subsets Ω ⊂ Rn
. Since the norm does not
depend on Ω, we conclude that u ∈ W1,∞
(Rn
).
A direct combination of Theorem 2.18 and Theorem 2.16 gives a proof for
Rademacher’s theorem.
Corollary 2.19 (Rademacher). Let f : Rn
→ R be locally Lipschitz continuous.
Then f is differentiable almost everywhere.
W A R N I N G : For an open subset Ω of Rn
, Morrey’s inequality and the charac-
terization of Lipschitz continuous functions holds only locally, that is, W1,p
(Ω) ⊂
C
0,1− n
p
loc
(Ω), when p > n and W1,∞
(Ω) ⊂ C
0,1
loc
(Ω).
Example 2.20. Let
Ω = {x ∈ R2
: 1 < |x| < 2}{(x1,0) ∈ R2
: x1 1} ⊂ R2
.
Then we can construct functions such that u ∈ W1,∞
(Ω), but u ∈ C0,α
(Ω), for
example, by defining u(x) = θ, where θ is the argument of x in polar coordinates
with 0 < θ < 2π. Then u ∈ W1,∞
(Ω), but u is not Lipschitz continuous in Ω.
However, it is locally Lipschitz continuous in Ω.
2.5 Summary of the Sobolev embeddings
We summarize the results related to Sobolev embeddings below. Assume that Ω is
an open subset of Rn
.
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 55
1 p < n W1,p
(Rn
) ⊂ Lp∗
(Rn
), W
1,p
loc
(Ω) ⊂ L
p∗
loc
(Ω), p∗
=
np
n−p (Theorem 2.2
and Theorem 2.8).
p = n W1,n
(Rn
) ⊂ BMO(Rn
), W
1,n
loc
(Ω) ⊂ L
p
loc
(Ω) for every p, with 1 p < ∞
(Remark 2.10 (3)).
n < p < ∞ W1,p
(Rn
) ⊂ C
0,1− n
p (Rn
), W
1,p
loc
(Ω) ⊂ C
0,1− n
p
loc
(Ω) (Theorem 2.13).
p = ∞ W1,∞
(Rn
) = C0,1
(Rn
), W
1,∞
loc
(Ω) = C
0,1
loc
(Ω) (Theorem 2.18).
2.6 Direct methods in the calculus of vari-
ations
Sobolev space methods are important in existence results for PDEs. Assume that
Ω ⊂ Rn
is a bounded open set. Consider the Dirichlet problem



∆u = 0 in Ω,
u = g on Ω.
Let u ∈ C2
(Ω) be a classical solution to the Laplace equation
∆u =
n
j=1
2
u
x2
j
= 0
and let ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). An integration by parts gives
0 =
ˆ
Ω
ϕ∆u dx =
ˆ
Ω
ϕdivDu dx =
ˆ
Ω
n
j=1
2
u
x2
j
ϕdx
=
n
j=1
ˆ
Ω
2
u
x2
j
ϕdx =
n
j=1
ˆ
Ω
u
xj
ϕ
xj
dx =
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dϕdx
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω). Conversely, if u ∈ C2
(Ω) and
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dϕdx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω),
then by the computation above
ˆ
Ω
ϕ∆u dx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω).
By the fundamental lemma in the calculus of variations, see Corollary 1.5, we
conclude ∆u = 0 in Ω.
T H E M O R A L : Assume u ∈ C2
(Ω). Then ∆u = 0 in Ω if and only if
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dϕdx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω).
This gives a motivation to the definition below.
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 56
Definition 2.21. A function u ∈ W1,2
(Ω) is a weak solution to ∆u = 0 in Ω, if
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dϕdx = 0
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω).
T H E M O R A L : There are second order derivatives in the definition of a classical
solution to the Laplace equation, but in the definition above is enough to assume
that only first order weak derivatives exist.
Th next lemma shows that, in the definition of a weak solution, the class of
test functions can be taken to be the Sobolev space with zero boundary values.
Lemma 2.22. If u ∈ W1,2
(Ω) is a weak solution to the Laplace equation, then
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dvdx = 0
for every v ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω).
Proof. Let vi ∈ C∞
0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., be such that vi → v in W1,p
(Ω). Then by the
Cauchy-Schwarz inequality and Hölder’s inequality, we have
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dvdx−
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dvi dx =
ˆ
Ω
Du ·(Dv− Dvi)dx
ˆ
Ω
|Du||Dv− Dvi|dx
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx
1
2
ˆ
Ω
|Dv− Dvi|2
dx
1
2
→ 0
as i → ∞. Thus ˆ
Ω
Du · Dvdx = lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dvi dx = 0.
Remark 2.23. Assume that Ω ⊂ Rn
is bounded and g ∈ W1,2
(Ω). If there exists a
weak solution u ∈ W1,2
(Ω) to the Dirichlet problem



∆u = 0 in Ω,
u − g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω),
then the solution is unique. Observe that the boundary values are taken in the
Sobolev sense.
Reason. Let u1 ∈ W1,2
(Ω), with u1 − g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω), and u2 ∈ W1,2
(Ω), with u2 − g ∈
W
1,2
0 (Ω), be solutions to the Dirichlet problem above. By Lemma 2.22
ˆ
Ω
Du1 · Dvdx = 0 and
ˆ
Ω
Du2 · Dvdx = 0
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 57
for every v ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω) and thus
ˆ
Ω
(Du1 − Du2)· Dvdx = 0 for every v ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
Since
u1 − u2 = (u1 − g)
∈W
1,2
0 (Ω)
−(u2 − g)
∈W
1,2
0 (Ω)
∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω),
we may choose v = u1 − u2 and conclude
ˆ
Ω
|Du1 − Du2|2
dx =
ˆ
Ω
(Du1 − Du2)·(Du1 − Du2)dx = 0.
This implies Du1 − Du2 = 0 almost everywhere in Ω. By the Poincaré inequality,
see Theorem 2.5, we have
ˆ
Ω
|u1 − u2|2
dx cdiam(Ω)2
ˆ
Ω
|Du1 − Du2|2
dx = 0.
This implies u1 − u2 = 0 ⇐⇒ u1 = u2 almost everywhere in Ω. This is a PDE
proof of uniqueness and in the proof of Theorem 2.26 we shall see a variational
argument for the same result.
Next we consider a variational approach to the Dirichlet problem for the
Laplace equation.
Definition 2.24. Assume that g ∈ W1,2
(Ω). A function u ∈ W1,2
(Ω) with u − g ∈
W
1,2
0 (Ω) is a minimizer of the variational integral
I(u) =
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx
with boundary values g, if
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx
ˆ
Ω
|Dv|2
dx
for every v ∈ W1,2
(Ω) with v− g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω).
T H E M O R A L : A minimizer u minimizes the variational integral I(u) in the
class of functions with given boundary values, that is,
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx = inf
ˆ
Ω
|Dv|2
dx : v ∈ W1,2
(Ω), v− g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω) .
If there is a minimizer, then infimum can be replaced by minimum.
Theorem 2.25. Assume that g ∈ W1,2
(Ω) and u ∈ W1,2
(Ω) with u − g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω).
Then ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx = inf
ˆ
Ω
|Dv|2
dx : v ∈ W1,2
(Ω), v− g ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω)
if and only if u is a weak solution to the Dirichlet problem



∆u = 0 in Ω,
u − g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω).
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 58
T H E M O R A L : A function is a weak solution to the Dirichlet problem if and
only if it is a minimizer of the corresponding variational integral with the given
boundary values in the Sobolev sense.
Proof. =⇒ Assume that u ∈ W1,2
(Ω) is a minimizer with boundary values g ∈
W1,2
(Ω). We use the method of variations by Lagrange. Let ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω) and ε ∈ R.
Then (u +εϕ)− g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω) and
ˆ
Ω
|D(u +εϕ)|2
dx =
ˆ
Ω
(Du +εDϕ)·(Du +εDϕ)dx
=
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx+2ε
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dϕdx+ε2
ˆ
Ω
|Dϕ|2
dx
= i(ε).
Since u is a minimizer, i(ε) has minimum at ε = 0, which implies that i (0) = 0.
Clearly
i (ε) = 2
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dϕdx+2ε
ˆ
Ω
|Dϕ|2
dx
and thus
i (0) = 2
ˆ
Ω
Du · Dϕdx = 0.
This shows that ˆ
Ω
Du · Dϕdx = 0
for every ϕ ∈ C∞
0 (Ω).
⇐= Assume that u ∈ W1,2
(Ω) is a weak solution to ∆u = 0 with u− g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω)
and let v ∈ W1,2
(Ω) with v− g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω). Then
ˆ
Ω
|Dv|2
dx =
ˆ
Ω
|D(v− u)+ Du|2
dx
=
ˆ
Ω
(D(v− u)+ Du)·(D(v− u)+ Du)dx
=
ˆ
Ω
|D(v− u)|2
dx+2
ˆ
Ω
D(v− u)· Du dx+
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx.
Since
v− u = (v− g)
∈W
1,2
0 (Ω)
− (u − g)
∈W
1,2
0 (Ω)
∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω),
by Lemma 2.22 we have ˆ
Ω
Du · D(v− u)dx = 0
and thus
ˆ
Ω
|Dv|2
dx =
ˆ
Ω
|D(v− u)|2
dx+
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx
for every v ∈ W1,2
(Ω) with v− g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω). Thus u is a minimizer.
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 59
Next we give an existence proof using the direct methods in the calculus
variations. This means that, instead of the PDE, the argument uses the variational
integral.
Theorem 2.26. Assume that Ω is a bounded open subset of Rn
. Then for every
g ∈ W1,2
(Ω) there exists a unique minimizer u ∈ W1,2
(Ω) with u − g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω),
which satisfies
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx = inf
ˆ
Ω
|Dv|2
dx : v ∈ W1,2
(Ω), v− g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω) .
T H E M O R A L : The Dirichlet problem for the Laplace equation has a unique
solution with Sobolev boundary values in any bounded open set.
W A R N I N G : It is not clear whether the solution to the variational problem
attains the boundary values pointwise.
Proof. (1) Since I(u) 0, in particular, it is bounded from below in W1,2
(Ω) and
since u is a minimizer, g ∈ W1,2
(Ω) and g − g = 0 ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω), we note that
0 m = inf
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx : u ∈ W1,2
(Ω), u − g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω)
ˆ
Ω
|Dg|2
dx < ∞.
The definition of infimum then implies that there exists a minimizing sequence
ui ∈ W1,2
(Ω) with ui − g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that
lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
|Dui|2
dx = m.
The existence of the limit implies the sequence (I(ui)) is bounded. Thus there
exists a constant M < ∞ such that
I(ui) =
ˆ
Ω
|Dui|2
dx M for every i = 1,2,...,
(2) By the Poincaré inequality, see Theorem 2.5, we obtain
ˆ
Ω
|ui − g|2
dx+
ˆ
Ω
|D(ui − g)|2
dx
cdiam(Ω)2
ˆ
Ω
|D(ui − g)|2
dx+
ˆ
Ω
|D(ui − g)|2
dx
(cdiam(Ω)2
+1)
ˆ
Ω
|Dui − Dg|2
dx
(cdiam(Ω)2
+1) 2
ˆ
Ω
|Dui|2
dx+2
ˆ
Ω
|Dg|2
dx
c(diam(Ω)2
+1) M +
ˆ
Ω
|Dg|2
dx < ∞
for every i = 1,2,... This shows that (ui − g) is a bounded sequence in W
1,2
0 (Ω).
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 60
(3) By reflexivity of W
1,2
0 (Ω), see Theorem 1.33, there is a subsequence (uik
−g)
and a function u ∈ W1,2
(Ω), with u−g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω), such that uik
→ u weakly in L2
(Ω)
and
uik
xj
→ u
xj
, j = 1,...,n, weakly in L2
(Ω) as k → ∞. By lower semicontinuity of
L2
-norm with respect to weak convergence, see (1.3), we have
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx liminf
k→∞
ˆ
Ω
|Duik
|2
dx = lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
|Dui|2
dx.
Since u ∈ W1,2
(Ω), with u − g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω), we have
m
ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx lim
i→∞
ˆ
Ω
|Dui|2
dx = m
which implies ˆ
Ω
|Du|2
dx = m.
Thus u is a minimizer.
(4) To show uniqueness, let u1 ∈ W1,2
(Ω), with u1 − g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω) and u2 ∈
W1,2
(Ω), with u2 − g ∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω) be minimizers of I(u) with the same boundary
function g ∈ W1,2
(Ω). Assume that u1 = u2, that is, |{x ∈ Ω : u1(x) = u2(x)}| > 0. By
the Poincaré inequality, see Theorem 2.5, we have
0 <
ˆ
Ω
|u1 − u2|2
dx cdiam(Ω)2
ˆ
Ω
|Du1 − Du2|2
dx
and thus |{x ∈ Ω : Du1(x) = Du2(x)}| > 0. Let v = u1+u2
2 . Then v ∈ W1,2
(Ω) and
v− g =
1
2
(u1 − g)
∈W
1,2
0 (Ω)
+
1
2
(u2 − g)
∈W
1,2
0 (Ω)
∈ W
1,2
0 (Ω).
By strict convexity of ξ → |ξ|2
we conclude that
|Dv|2
<
1
2
|Du1|2
+
1
2
|Du2|2
on {x ∈ Ω : Du1(x) = Du2(x)}.
Since |{x ∈ Ω : Du1(x) = Du2(x)}| > 0 and using the fact that both u1 and u2 are
minimizers, we obtain
ˆ
Ω
|Dv|2
dx <
1
2
ˆ
Ω
|Du1|2
dx+
1
2
ˆ
Ω
|Du2|2
dx =
1
2
m+
1
2
m = m.
Thus I(v) < m. This is a contradiction with the fact that u1 and u2 are minimiz-
ers.
Remarks 2.27:
(1) This approach generalizes to other variational integrals as well. Indeed,
the proof above is based on the following steps:
(a) Choose a minimizing sequence.
CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 61
(b) Use coercivity
ui W1,2(Ω) → ∞ =⇒ I(ui) → ∞.
to show that the minimizing sequence is bounded in the Sobolev space.
(c) Use reflexivity to show that there is a weakly converging subsequence.
(d) Use lower semicontinuity of the variational integral to show that the
limit is a minimizer.
(e) Use strict convexity of the variational integral to show uniqueness.
(2) If we consider C2
(Ω) instead of W1,2
(Ω) in the Dirichlet problem above,
then we end up having the following problems. If we equip C2
(Ω) with the
supremum norm
u C2(Ω) = u L∞(Ω) + Du L∞(Ω) + D2
u L∞(Ω),
where D2
u is the Hessian matrix of second order partial derivatives, then
the variational integral is not coercive nor the space is reflexive. Indeed,
when n 2 it is possible to construct a sequence of functions for which
the supremum tends to infinity, but the L2
norm of the gradients tends to
zero. The variationall integral is not coersive even when n = 1. If we try to
obtain coercivity and reflexivity in C2
(Ω) by changing norm to u W1,2(Ω)
then we lose completeness, since the limit functions are not necessarily
in C2
(Ω). The Sobolev space seems to have all desirable properties for
existence of solutions to PDEs.
3Maximal function approach to
Sobolev spaces
We recall the definition of the maximal function.
Definition 3.1. The centered Hardy-Littlewood maximal function M f : Rn
→
[0,∞] of f ∈ L1
loc
(Rn
) is
M f (x) = sup
r>0
1
|B(x,r)|
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f (y)|dy,
where B(x,r) = {y ∈ Rn : |y− x| < r} is the open ball with the radius r > 0 and the
center x ∈ Rn
.
T H E M O R A L : The maximal function gives the maximal integral average of
the absolute value of the function on balls centered at a point.
Note that the Lebesgue differentiation theorem implies
|f (x)| = lim
r→0
1
|B(x,r)|
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f (y)|dy
sup
r>0
1
|B(x,r)|
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f (y)|dy = M f (x)
for almost every x ∈ Rn
.
We are interested in behaviour of the maximal operator in Lp
-spaces and begin
with a relatively obvious result.
Lemma 3.2. If f ∈ L∞
(Rn
), then M f ∈ L∞
(Rn
) and M f L∞(Rn) f L∞(Rn).
T H E M O R A L : If the original function is essentially bounded, then the maximal
function is essentially bounded and thus finite almost everywhere. Intuitively this
62
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 63
is clear, since the integral averages cannot be larger than the essential supremum
of the function. Another way to state this is that M : L∞
(Rn
) → L∞
(Rn
) is a
bounded operator.
Proof. For every x ∈ Rn
and r > 0 we have
1
|B(x,r)|
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f (y)|dy
1
|B(x,r)|
f L∞(Rn)|B(x,r)| = f L∞(Rn).
By taking supremum over r > 0, we have M f (x) f L∞(Rn) for every x ∈ Rn
and
thus M f L∞(Rn) f L∞(Rn).
The following maximal function theorem was first proved by Hardy and Little-
wood in the one-dimensional case and by Wiener in higher dimensions.
Theorem 3.3 (Hardy-Littlewood-Wiener).
(1) If f ∈ L1
(Rn
), there exists c = c(n) such that
|{x ∈ Rn
: M f (x) > λ}|
c
λ
f L1(Rn) for every λ > 0. (3.1)
(2) If f ∈ Lp
(Rn
), 1 < p ∞, then M f ∈ Lp
(Rn
) and there exists c = c(n, p) such
that
M f Lp(Rn) c f Lp(Rn). (3.2)
T H E M O R A L : The first assertion states that the Hardy-Littlewood max-
imal operator maps L1
(Rn
) to weak L1
(Rn
) and the second claim shows that
M : Lp
(Rn
) → Lp
(Rn
) is a bounded operator for p > 1.
W A R N I N G : f ∈ L1
(Rn
) does not imply that M f ∈ L1
(Rn
) and thus the Hardy-
Littlewood maximal operator is not bounded in L1
(Rn
). In this case we only have
the weak type estimate.
3.1 Representation formulas and Riesz po-
tentials
We begin with considering the one-dimensional case. If u ∈ C1
0(R), there exists an
interval [a,b] ⊂ R such that u(x) = 0 for every x ∈ R[a,b]. By the fundamental
theorem of calculus,
u(x) = u(a)+
ˆ x
a
u (y)dy =
ˆ x
−∞
u (y)dy, (3.3)
since u(a) = 0. On the other hand,
0 = u(b) = u(x)+
ˆ b
x
u (y)dy = u(x)+
ˆ ∞
x
u (y)dy,
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 64
so that
u(x) = −
ˆ ∞
x
u (y)dy. (3.4)
Equalities (3.3) and (3.4) imply
2u(x) =
ˆ x
−∞
u (y)dy−
ˆ ∞
x
u (y)dy
=
ˆ x
−∞
u (y)(x− y)
|x− y|
dy+
ˆ ∞
x
u (y)(x− y)
|x− y|
dy
=
ˆ
R
u (y)(x− y)
|x− y|
dy,
from which it follows that
u(x) =
1
2
ˆ
R
u (y)(x− y)
|x− y|
dy for every x ∈ R.
Next we extend the fundamental theorem of calculus to Rn
.
Lemma 3.4 (Representation formula). If u ∈ C1
0(Rn
), then
u(x) =
1
ωn−1
ˆ
Rn
Du(y)·(x− y)
|x− y|n
dy for every x ∈ Rn
,
where ωn−1 = nΩn is the (n−1)-dimensional measure of B(0,1).
T H E M O R A L : This is a representation formula for a compactly supported
smooth function in terms of its gradient. A function can be integrated back from
its derivative using this formula.
Proof. If x ∈ Rn
and e ∈ B(0,1), by the fundamental theorem of calculus
u(x) = −
ˆ ∞
0 t
(u(x+ te))dt = −
ˆ ∞
0
Du(x+ te)· e dt.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 65
By the Fubini theorem
ωn−1u(x) = u(x)
ˆ
B(0,1)
1dS(e)
= −
ˆ
B(0,1)
ˆ ∞
0
Du(x+ te)· e dtdS(e)
= −
ˆ ∞
0
ˆ
B(0,1)
Du(x+ te)· e dS(e)dt (Fubini)
= −
ˆ ∞
0
ˆ
B(0,t)
Du(x+ y)·
y
t
1
tn−1
dS(y)dt
(y = te, dS(e) = t1−n
dS(y))
= −
ˆ ∞
0
ˆ
B(0,t)
Du(x+ y)·
y
|y|n
dS(y)dt
= −
ˆ
Rn
Du(x+ y)· y
|y|n
dy (polar coordinates)
= −
ˆ
Rn
Du(z)·(z − x)
|z − x|n
dz (z = x+ y, dy = dz)
=
ˆ
Rn
Du(y)·(x− y)
|x− y|n
dy.
Remark 3.5. By the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality and Lemma 3.4, we have
|u(x)| =
1
ωn−1
ˆ
Rn
Du(y)·(x− y)
|x− y|n
dy
1
ωn−1
ˆ
Rn
|Du(y)||x− y|
|x− y|n
dy
=
1
ωn−1
ˆ
Rn
|Du(y)|
|x− y|n−1
dy
=
1
ωn−1
I1(|Du|)(x),
where Iα f , 0 < α < n, is the Riesz potential
Iα f (x) =
ˆ
Rn
f (y)
|x− y|n−α
dy.
T H E M O R A L : This gives a useful pointwise bound for a compactly supported
smooth function in terms of the Riesz potential of the gradient.
Remark 3.6. A similar estimate holds almost everywhere if u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) or u ∈
W
1,p
0 (Ω) (exercise).
We begin with a technical lemma for the Riesz potential for α = 1.
Lemma 3.7. If E ⊂ Rn
is a measurable set with |E| < ∞, then
ˆ
E
1
|x− y|n−1
dy c(n)|E|
1
n .
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 66
Proof. Let B = B(x,r) be a ball with |B| = |E|. Then |E B| = |B  E| and thus
ˆ
EB
1
|x− y|n−1
dy |E B|
1
rn−1
= |B  E|
1
rn−1
ˆ
BE
1
|x− y|n−1
dy.
This implies
ˆ
E
1
|x− y|n−1
dy =
ˆ
EB
1
|x− y|n−1
dy+
ˆ
E∩B
1
|x− y|n−1
dy
ˆ
BE
1
|x− y|n−1
dy+
ˆ
E∩B
1
|x− y|n−1
dy
=
ˆ
B
1
|x− y|n−1
dy
= c(n)r = c(n)|B|
1
n = c(n)||E|
1
n .
Lemma 3.8. Assume that |Ω| < ∞ and 1 p < ∞. Then
I1(|f |χΩ) Lp(Ω) c(n, p)|Ω|
1
n f Lp(Ω).
T H E M O R A L : If |Ω| < ∞, then I1 : Lp
(Ω) → Lp
(Ω) is a bounded operator for
1 p < ∞.
Proof. If p > 1, Hölder’s inequality and Lemma 3.7 give
ˆ
Ω
|f (y)|
|x− y|n−1
dy =
ˆ
Ω
|f (y)|
|x− y|
1
p (n−1)
1
|x− y|
1
p
(n−1)
dy
ˆ
Ω
|f (y)|p
|x− y|n−1
dy
1
p
ˆ
Ω
1
|x− y|n−1
dy
1
p
c|Ω|
1
np
ˆ
Ω
|f (y)|p
|x− y|n−1
dy
1
p
= c|Ω|
p−1
np
ˆ
Ω
|f (y)|p
|x− y|n−1
dy
1
p
.
For p = 1, the inequality above is clear. Thus by Fubini’s theorem and Lemma 3.7,
we have
ˆ
Ω
|I1(|f |χΩ)(x)|p
dx c|Ω|
p−1
n
ˆ
Ω
ˆ
Ω
|f (y)|p
|x− y|n−1
dydx
c|Ω|
p−1
n |Ω|
1
n
ˆ
Ω
|f (y)|p
dy.
Next we show that the Riesz potential can be bounded by the Hardy-Littlewood
maximal function. We shall do this for the general α although α = 1 will be most
important for us.
Lemma 3.9. If 0 < α < n, there exists c = c(n,α), such that
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f (y)|
|x− y|n−α
dy crα
M f (x)
for every x ∈ Rn
and r > 0.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 67
Proof. Let x ∈ Rn
and denote Ai = B(x,r2−i
), i = 0,1,2,.... Then
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f (y)|
|x− y|n−α
dy =
∞
i=0
ˆ
AiAi+1
|f (y)|
|x− y|n−α
dy
∞
i=0
r
2i+1
α−n ˆ
Ai
|f (y)|dy
= Ωn
∞
i=0
1
2
α−n
r
2i
α
1
Ωn
r
2i
−n ˆ
Ai
|f (y)|dy
= Ωn
∞
i=0
1
2
α−n
r
2i
α
1
|Ai|
ˆ
Ai
|f (y)|dy
cM f (x)rα
∞
i=0
1
2α
i
= crα
M f (x).
Theorem 3.10 (Sobolev inequality for Riesz potentials). Assume that α >
0, p > 1 and αp < n. Then there exists c = c(n, p,α), such that for every f ∈ Lp
(Rn
)
we have
Iα f Lp∗
(Rn) c f Lp(Rn), p∗
=
pn
n−αp
.
T H E M O R A L : This is the Sobolev inequality for the Riesz potentials. Observe
that of α = 1, then p∗
is the Sobolev conjugate of p.
Proof. If f = 0 almost everywhere, the claim is clear. Thus we may assume that
f = 0 on a set of positive measure and thus M f > 0 everywhere. By Hölder’s
inequality
ˆ
RnB(x,r)
|f (y)|
|x− y|n−α
dy
ˆ
RnB(x,r)
|f (y)|p
dy
1
p
ˆ
RnB(x,r)
|x− y|(α−n)p
dy
1
p
,
where
ˆ
RnB(x,r)
|x− y|(α−n)p
dy =
ˆ ∞
r
ˆ
B(x,ρ)
|x− y|(α−n)p
dS(y)dρ
=
ˆ ∞
r
ρ(α−n)p
ˆ
B(x,ρ)
1dS(y)
=ωn−1 ρn−1
dρ
= ωn−1
ˆ ∞
r
ρ(α−n)p +n−1
dρ
=
ωn−1
(n−α)p − n
rn−(n−α)p
.
The exponent can be written in the form
n−(n−α)p = n−(n−α)
p
p −1
=
αp − n
p −1
,
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 68
and thus ˆ
RnB(x,r)
|f (y)|
|x− y|n−α
dy cr
α− n
p f Lp(Rn).
Lemma 3.9 implies
|Iα f (x)|
ˆ
Rn
|f (y)|
|x− y|n−α
dy
=
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f (y)|
|x− y|n−α
dy+
ˆ
RnB(x,r)
|f (y)|
|x− y|n−α
dy
c rα
M f (x)+ r
α− n
p f Lp(Rn) .
By choosing
r =
M f (x)
f Lp(Rn)
−
p
n
,
we obtain
|Iα f (x)| cM f (x)1−
αp
n f
αp
n
Lp(Rn)
. (3.5)
By raising both sides to the power p∗
=
np
n−αp , we have
|Iα f (x)|p∗
cM f (x)p
f
αp
n p∗
Lp(Rn)
The maximal function theorem, see (3.2), implies
ˆ
Rn
|Iα f (x)|p∗
dy c f
αp
n p∗
Lp(Rn)
ˆ
Rn
(M f (x))p
dx
= c f
αp
n p∗
Lp(Rn)
M f
p
Lp(Rn)
c f
αp
n p∗
Lp(Rn)
f
p
Lp(Rn)
and thus
Iα f Lp∗
(Rn) c f
αp
n +
p
p∗
Lp(Rn)
= c f Lp(Rn).
Remark 3.11. From the proof of the previous theorem we also obtain a weak type
estimate when p = 1. Indeed, by (3.5) with p = 1, there exists c = c(n,α) such that
|Iα f (x)| cM f (x)1− α
n f
α
n
L1(Rn)
and thus the maximal function theorem with p = 1, see (3.1), implies
|{x ∈ Rn
: |Iα f (x)| > t}| x ∈ Rn
: cM f (x)
n−α
n f
α
n
L1(Rn)
> t
x ∈ Rn
: M f (x) > ct
n
n−α f
− α
n · n
n−α
L1(Rn)
ct− n
n−α f
α
n−α
L1(Rn)
f L1(Rn)
= ct− n
n−α f
n
n−α
L1(Rn)
for every t > 0. This also implies that
|{x ∈ Rn
: |Iα f (x)| t}| ct− n
n−α f
n
n−α
L1(Rn)
for every t > 0.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 69
This gives a second proof for the Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality, see
Theorem 2.2.
Corollary 3.12 (Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality). If 1 p < n, there
exists a constant c = c(n, p) such that
u Lp∗
(Rn) c Du Lp(Rn), p∗
=
np
n− p
,
for every u ∈ C1
0(Rn
).
T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality is a consequence
of pointwise estimates for the function in terms of the Riesz potential of the
gradient and the Sobolev inequality for the Riesz potentials.
Proof. 1 < p < ∞ By Remark 3.5
|u(x)|
1
ωn−1
I1(|Du|)(x) for every x ∈ Rn
,
Thus Theorem 3.10 with α = 1 gives
u Lp∗
(Rn) c I1(|Du|) Lp∗
(Rn) c Du Lp(Rn).
p = 1 Let
Aj = {x ∈ Rn
: 2j
< |u(x)| 2j+1
}, j ∈ Z,
and let ϕ : R → R, ϕ(t) = max{0,min{t,1}}, be an auxiliary function. For j ∈ Z define
uj : Rn
→ [0,1],
uj(x) = ϕ(21−j
|u(x)|−1) =



0, |u(x)| 2j−1
,
21−j
|u(x)|−1, 2j−1
< |u(x)| 2j
,
1, |u(x)| > 2j
.
Lemma 1.25 implies uj ∈ W1,1
(Rn
), j ∈ Z. Observe that Duj = 0 almost everywhere
in Rn
 Aj−1, j ∈ Z. Then
|Aj| |{x ∈ Rn
: |u(x)| > 2j
}|
= |{x ∈ Rn
: uj(x) = 1}| (|u(x)| > 2j
=⇒ 21−j
|u(x)|−1 > 1)
{x ∈ Rn
: I1(|Duj|)(x) ωn−1} (Remark 3.5)
c
ˆ
Rn
|Duj(x)|dx
n
n−1
(Remark 3.11)
= c
ˆ
A j−1
|Duj(x)|dx
n
n−1
c
ˆ
A j−1
ϕ (21−j
|u(x)|−1)21−j
|Du(x)|dx
n
n−1
= c2−j n
n−1
ˆ
A j−1
|Du(x)|dx
n
n−1
.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 70
By summing over j ∈ Z, we obtain
ˆ
Rn
|u(x)|
n
n−1 dx =
j∈Z
ˆ
A j
|u(x)|
n
n−1 dx
j∈Z
2(j+1) n
n−1 |Aj|
c
j∈Z
ˆ
A j−1
|Du(x)|dx
n
n−1
c
j∈Z
ˆ
A j−1
|Du(x)|dx
n
n−1
= c
ˆ
Rn
|Du(x)|dx
n
n−1
.
In the last equality we used the fact that the sets Aj, j ∈ Z, are pairwise disjoint.
Remark 3.13. The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality for u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) fol-
lows from Corollary 3.12 by using the fact that C1
0(Rn
) is dense in W1,p
(Rn
),
1 p < n.
3.2 Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities
Next we consider Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities in balls, compare with Theorem
2.7 and Theorem 2.8 for the corresponding estimates over cubes.
First we study the one-dimensional case. Assume that u ∈ C1
(R) and let
y, z ∈ B(x,r) = (x− r,x+ r). By the fundamental theorem of calculus
u(z)− u(y) =
ˆ y
z
u (t)dt.
Thus
|u(z)− u(y)|
ˆ y
z
|u (t)|dt
ˆ x+r
x−r
|u (t)|dt =
ˆ
B(x,r)
|u (t)|dt
and
|u(z)− uB(x,r)| = u(z)−
B(x,r)
u(y)dy
=
B(x,r)
u(z)dy−
B(x,r)
u(y)dy
B(x,r)
|u(z)− u(y)|dy
ˆ
B(x,r)
|u (y)|dy.
This is a pointwise estimate of the oscillation of the function. Next we generalize
this to Rn
.
Lemma 3.14. Let u ∈ C1
(Rn
) and B(x,r) ⊂ Rn
. There exists c = c(n) such that
u(z)− uB(x,r) c
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du(y)|
|z − y|n−1
dy
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 71
for every z ∈ B(x,r).
T H E M O R A L : This is a pointwise estimate for the oscillation of the function
in terms of the Riesz potential of the gradient.
Proof. For any y, z ∈ B(x,r), we have
u(y)− u(z) =
ˆ 1
0 t
(u(ty+(1− t)z))dt =
ˆ 1
0
Du(ty+(1− t)z)·(y− z)dt.
By the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality
|u(y)− u(z)| |y− z|
ˆ 1
0
|Du(ty+(1− t)z)|dt.
Let ρ > 0. In the next display, we make a change of variables
w = ty+(1− t)z ⇐⇒ y =
1
t
(w−(1− t)z), dS(y) = t1−n
dS(w).
Then we have |w−z| = t|y−z| and tn−1
= |z−w|
ρ
n−1
, where ρ = |y−z|. We arrive at
ˆ
B(x,r)∩ B(z,ρ)
|u(y)− u(z)|dS(y)
ρ
ˆ 1
0
ˆ
B(x,r)∩ B(z,ρ)
|Du(ty+(1− t)z)|dS(y)dt
= ρ
ˆ 1
0
1
tn−1
ˆ
B(x,r)∩ B(z,tρ)
|Du(w)|dS(w)dt
= ρn
ˆ 1
0
ˆ
B(x,r)∩ B(z,tρ)
|Du(w)|
|z − w|n−1
dS(w)dt
= ρn−1
ˆ ρ
0
ˆ
B(x,r)∩ B(z,s)
|Du(w)|
|z − w|n−1
dS(w)ds (s = tρ, dt =
1
ρ
ds)
= ρn−1
ˆ
B(x,r)∩B(z,ρ)
|Du(w)|
|z − w|n−1
dw. (polar coordinates)
Since B(x,r) ⊂ B(z,2r), an integration in polar coordinates gives
u(z)− uB(x,r)
B(x,r)
|u(z)− u(y)|dy
=
1
|B(x,r)|
ˆ 2r
0
ˆ
B(x,r)∩ B(z,ρ)
|u(y)− u(z)|dS(y)dρ
1
|B(x,r)|
ˆ 2r
0
ρn−1
ˆ
B(x,r)∩B(z,ρ)
|Du(y)|
|z − y|n−1
dydρ
1
|B(x,r)|
ˆ 2r
0
ρn−1
dρ
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du(y)|
|z − y|n−1
dy
= c(n)
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du(y)|
|z − y|n−1
dy.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 72
Remarks 3.15:
(1) Assume that u ∈ C1
(Rn
). By Lemma 3.14 and Lemma 3.9, we have
|u(z)− uB(x,r)| c
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du(y)|
|z − y|n−1
dy
= cI1(|Du|χB(x,r))(z)
c
ˆ
B(z,2r)
|Du(y)|χB(x,r)(y)
|z − y|n−1
dy
crM(|Du|χB(x,r))(z),
for every z ∈ B(x,r).
Next we show that the corresponding inequalities hold true almost every-
where if u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Rn
), 1 p < ∞. Since C∞
(B(x,r)) is dense in W1,p
(B(x,r)),
there exists a sequence ui ∈ C∞
(B(x,r)), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in
W1,p
(B(x,r)) as i → ∞. By passing to a subsequence, if necessary, we
obtain an exceptional set N1 ⊂ Rn
with |N1| = 0 such that
lim
i→∞
ui(z) = u(z) < ∞
for every z ∈ B(x,r) N1. By linearity of the Riesz potential and by Lemma
3.8, we have
I1(|Dui|χB(x,r))− I1(|Du|χB(x,r)) Lp(B(x,r))
= I1((|Dui|−|Du|)χB(x,r)) Lp(B(x,r))
c|B(x,r)|
1
n |Dui|−|Du| Lp(B(x,r)),
which implies that
I1(|Dui|χB(x,r)) → I1(|Du|χB(x,r)) in Lp
(B(x,r)) as i → ∞.
By passing to a subsequence, if necessary, we obtain an exceptional set
N2 ⊂ B(x,r) with |N2| = 0 such that
lim
i→∞
I1(|Dui|χB(x,r))(z) = I1(|Du|χB(x,r))(z) < ∞
for every z ∈ B(x,r) N2. Thus
|u(z)− uB(x,r)| = lim
i→∞
|ui(z)−(ui)B(x,r)|
c lim
i→∞
I1(|Dui|χB(x,r))(z)
= cI1(|Du|χB(x,r))(z)
crM(|Du|χB(x,r))(z),
for every z ∈ B(x,r)(N1 ∪ N2).
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 73
(2) By Lemma 3.14 and (3.5), we have
|u(z)− uB(x,r)| c
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du(y)|
|z − y|n−1
dy
= cI1(|Du|χB(x,r))(z)
cM(|Du|χB(x,r))(z)1−
p
n |Du|χB(x,r)
p
n
Lp(Rn)
for every z ∈ B(x,r). The corresponding inequalities hold true almost
everywhere if u ∈ W
1,p
loc
(Rn
), 1 p < ∞.
This gives a proof for the Sobolev-Poincaré inequality on balls, see Theorem
2.8 for the correspoding statement for cubes. Maximal function arguments can be
used for cubes as well.
Theorem 3.16 (Sobolev-Poincaré inequality on balls). Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
)
and let 1 < p < n. There exists c = c(n, p) such that
B(x,r)
|u − uB(x,r)|p∗
dy
1
p∗
cr
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy
1
p
for every B(x,r) ⊂ Rn
.
T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev-Poincaré inequality is a consequence of pointwise
estimates for the oscillation of the function in terms of the Riesz potential of the
gradient and the Sobolev inequality for the Riesz potentials.
Proof. By Remark 3.15, we have
|u(y)− uB(x,r)| cI1(|Du|χB(x,r))(y)
for almost every y ∈ B(x,r). Thus Theorem 3.10 implies
ˆ
B(x,r)
|u − uB(x,r)|p∗
dy
1
p∗
c
ˆ
Rn
I1(|Du|χB(x,r))p∗
dy
1
p∗
c
ˆ
Rn
(|Du|χB(x,r))p
dy
1
p
= c
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy
1
p
.
A similar argument can be used to prove a counterpart of Theorem 2.7 as well.
Theorem 3.17 (Poincaré inequality on balls). Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
)and
let 1 < p < ∞. There exists c = c(n, p) such that
B(x,r)
|u − uB(x,r)|p
dy
1
p
cr
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy
1
p
for every B(x,r) ⊂ Rn
.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 74
Proof. By Remark 3.15, we have
|u(y)− uB(x,r)| crM(|Du|χB(x,r))(y)
for almost every y ∈ B(x,r). The maximal function theorem with p > 1, see (3.2),
implies
ˆ
B(x,r)
|u − uB(x,r)|p
dy crp
ˆ
Rn
M(|Du|χB(x,r))p
dy
crp
ˆ
Rn
(|Du|χB(x,r))p
dy
= crp
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy.
The maximal function approach to Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities is more in-
volved in the case p = 1, since then we only have a weak type estimate. However,
it is possible to consider that case as well, but this requires a different proof. We
begin with two rather technical lemmas.
Lemma 3.18. Assume that E ⊂ Rn
is a measurable set and that f : E → [0,∞] is
a measurable function for which
{x ∈ E : f (x) = 0}
|E|
2
.
Then for every a ∈ R and λ > 0, we have
{x ∈ E : f (x) > λ} x ∈ E : |f (x)− a| >
λ
2
.
Proof. Assume first that |a| λ
2 . If x ∈ E with f (x) > λ, then
|f (x)− a| >
λ
2
f (x)−|a| >
λ
2
.
Thus {x ∈ E : f (x) > λ} ⊂ x ∈ E : |f (x)− a| > λ
2 and
{x ∈ E : f (x) > λ} x ∈ E : |f (x)− a| >
λ
2
.
Assume then that |a| > λ
2 . If x ∈ E with f (x) = 0, then
|f (x)− a| = |a| >
λ
2
.
Thus
{x ∈ E : f (x) = 0} ⊂ x ∈ E : f (x) >
λ
2
.
If |E| = ∞, then by assumption
{x ∈ E : f (x) = 0}
|E|
2
= ∞
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 75
and thus x ∈ E : f (x) λ
2 = ∞. On the other hand, if |E| < ∞, then
{x ∈ E : f (x) > λ} |E|− {x ∈ E : f (x) = 0}
|{x ∈ E : f (x) = 0}|
x ∈ E : |f (x)− a| >
λ
2
.
This completes the proof.
Lemma 3.19. Assume that u ∈ C0,1
(Rn
), that is, u is a bounded Lipschitz contin-
uous function in Rn
, and let B(x,r) be a ball in Rn
. Then there exists λ0 ∈ R for
which
{y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ0}
|B(x,r)|
2
and {y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ0}
|B(x,r)|
2
.
Proof. Denote Eλ = {y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ}, λ ∈ R, and set
λ0 = sup λ ∈ R : |Eλ|
|B(x,r)|
2
.
Note that |λ0| u L∞(Rn) < ∞. Thus there exists an increasing sequence of real
numbers (λi) such that λi → λ0 and
|Eλi
|
|B(x,r)|
2
for every i = 1,2,....
Since Eλ0 = ∞
i=1
Eλi
, Eλ1 ⊃ Eλ2 ⊃ ... and |Eλi
| |B(x,r)| < ∞, we conclude that
|Eλ0 | = lim
i→∞
|Eλi
|
|B(x,r)|
2
.
This shows that
{y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ0}
|B(x,r)|
2
.
A similar argument shows the other claim (exercise).
The next result is Theorem 3.16 with p = 1.
Theorem 3.20. Assume that u ∈ W
1,1
loc
(Rn
). There exists c = c(n) such that
B(x,r)
|u − uB(x,r)|
n
n−1 dy
n−1
n
cr
B(x,r)
|Du|dy
for every B(x,r) ⊂ Rn
.
Proof. By Lemma 3.19 there is a number λ0 ∈ R for which
{y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ0}
|B(x,r)|
2
and {y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ0}
|B(x,r)|
2
.
Denote
v+ = max{u −λ0,0} and v− = −min{u −λ0,0}.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 76
Both of these functions belong to W
1,1
loc
(Rn
). For the rest of the proof v 0 denotes
either v+ or v−. All statements are valid in both cases.
Let
Aj = {y ∈ B(x,r) : 2j
< v(y) 2j+1
}, j ∈ Z,
and let ϕ : R → R, ϕ(t) = max{0,min{t,1}}, be an auxiliary function. We define
vj : B(x,r) → [0,1],
vj(y) = ϕ(21−j
v(y)−1), j ∈ Z.
Lemma 1.25 implies vj ∈ W1,1
(B(x,r)), j ∈ Z. By Remark 3.15 (2) with p = 1, we
have
|vj(y)−(vj)B(x,r)|
n
n−1 cM(|Dvj|χB(x,r))(y) |Dvj|χB(x,r)
1
n−1
L1(Rn)
.
Lemma 3.18 with λ = 1
2 and a = (vj)B(x,r) gives
|Aj| |{y ∈ B(x,r) : v(y) > 2j
}|
y ∈ B(x,r) : vj(y) >
1
2
y ∈ B(x,r) : |vj(y)−(vj)B(x,r)| >
1
4
y ∈ Rn
: M(|Dvj|χB(x,r))(y) c |Dvj|χB(x,r)
1
1−n
L1(Rn)
.
The last term can be estimated using the weak type estimate for the maximal
function, see (3.1), and the fact that
|Dvj| = 21−j
|Dv|χA j−1
almost everywhere in B(x,r). Thus we arrive at
y ∈ Rn
:M(|Dvj|χB(x,r))(y) c |Dvj|χB(x,r)
1
1−n
L1(Rn)
c |Dvj|χB(x,r)
1
n−1
L1(Rn)
ˆ
Rn
|Dvj(y)|χB(x,r)(y)dy
= c |Dvj|χB(x,r)
n
n−1
L1(Rn)
c2−
jn
n−1 |Dv|χA j−1∩B(x,r)
n
n−1
L1(Rn)
.
Combining the above estimates for |Aj|, we obtain
ˆ
B(x,r)
v(y)
n
n−1 dy =
j∈Z
ˆ
A j
v(y)
n
n−1 dy =
j∈Z
2
(j+1)n
n−1 |Aj|
c
j∈Z
2
(j+1)n
n−1 2−
jn
n−1 |Dv|χA j−1∩B(x,r)
n
n−1
L1(Rn)
c
j∈Z
|Dv|χA j−1∩B(x,r)
n
n−1
L1(Rn)
c |Du|χB(x,r)
n
n−1
L1(Rn)
.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 77
Since |u −λ0| = v+ + v−, we obtain
B(x,r)
|u − uB(x,r)|
n
n−1 dy
n−1
n
2
B(x,r)
|u −λ0|
n
n−1 dy
n−1
n
2
B(x,r)
v+(y)
n
n−1 dy
n−1
n
+2
B(x,r)
v−(y)
n
n−1 dy
n−1
n
c |Du|χB(x,r) L1(Rn)
= c
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du(y)|dy.
T H E M O R A L : The proof shows that in this case a weak type estimate implies
a strong type estimate. Observe carefully, that this does not hold in general. The
reason why this works here is that we consider gradients, which have the property
that they vanish on the set where the function itself is constant.
Next we give a maximal function proof for Morrey’s inequality, see Theorem
2.13 and Remark 2.14 (3).
Theorem 3.21 (Morrey’s inequality). Assume that u ∈ C1
(Rn
) and let n < p <
∞. There exists c = c(n, p) such that
|u(y)− u(z)| cr
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dw
1
p
for every B(x,r) ⊂ Rn
and y, z ∈ B(x,r).
Proof. By Lemma 3.14
|u(y)− u(z)| |u(y)− uB(x,r)|+|uB(x,r) − u(z)|
c
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du(w)|
|y− w|n−1
dw+ c
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du(w)|
|z − w|n−1
dw
for every y, z ∈ B(x,r). Hölder’s inequality gives
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du(w)|
|y− w|n−1
dw
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dw
1
p
ˆ
B(x,r)
|y− w|(1−n)p
dw
1
p
,
where
ˆ
B(x,r)
|y− w|(1−n)p
dw
ˆ
B(y,2r)
|y− w|(1−n)p
dw
=
ˆ 2r
0
ˆ
B(y,ρ)
ρ(1−n)p
dS(w)dρ
= ωn−1
ˆ 2r
0
ρ(1−n)p +n−1
dρ = crn−(n−1)p
.
Since
(n−(n−1)p ) 1
p = 1− n
p ,
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 78
we have
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du(w)|
|y− w|n−1
dw cr
1− n
p
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dw
1
p
.
The same argument applies to the other integral as well, so that
|u(y)− u(z)| cr
1− n
p
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dw
1
p
.
3.3 Sobolev inequalities on domains
In this section we study open sets Ω ⊂ Rn
for which the Sobolev-Poincaré inequality
ˆ
Ω
|u − uΩ|p∗
dy
1
p∗
c(p,n,Ω)
ˆ
Ω
|Du|p
dy
1
p
, 1 p < n, p∗
=
np
n− p
,
holds true for all u ∈ C∞
(Ω). We already know that this inequality holds if Ω
is a ball, but are there other sets for which it holds true as well? We begin by
introducing an appropriate class of domains.
Definition 3.22. A bounded open set Ω ⊂ Rn
is a John domain, if there is cJ 1
and a point x0 ∈ Ω so that every point x ∈ Ω can be joined to x0 by a path γ : [0,1] →
Ω such that γ(0) = x, γ(1) = x0 and
dist(γ(t), Ω) c−1
J |x−γ(t)|
for every t ∈ [0,1].
T H E M O R A L : In a John domain every point can be connected to the distin-
guished point with a curve that is relatively far from the boundary.
Remarks 3.23:
(1) A bounded and connected open set Ω ⊂ Rn
satisfies the interior cone condi-
tion, if there exists a bounded cone
C = {x ∈ Rn
: x2
1 +···+ x2
n−1 ax2
, 0 xn b}
such that every point of Ω is a vertex of a cone congruent to C and entirely
contained in Ω. Every domain with interior cone condition is a John
domain (exercise). Roughly speaking the main difference between the
interior cone condition and a John domain is that rigid cones are replaced
by twisted cones.
(2) The collection of John domains is relatively large. For example, a domain
whose boundary is von Koch snowflake is a John domain.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 79
Theorem 3.24. If Ω ⊂ Rn
is a John domain and 1 p < n, then
ˆ
Ω
|u − uΩ|p∗
dx
1
p∗
c(p,n, cJ)
ˆ
Ω
|Du|p
dx
1
p
, 1 < p < n,
for all u ∈ C∞
(Ω).
T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev-Poincaré inequality holds for many other sets than
balls as well.
W A R N I N G : A rooms and passages example shows that the Sobolev-Poincaré
inequality does not hold for all sets.
Proof. Let x0 ∈ Ω be the distinguished point in the John domain. Deonte B0 =
B(x0,r0), r0 = 1
4 dist(x0, Ω). We show that there is a constant M = M(cJ,n) such
that for every x ∈ Ω there is a chain of balls Bi = B(xi,ri) ⊂ Ω, i = 1,2,..., with the
properties
(1) |Bi ∪Bi+1| M|Bi ∩Bi+1|, i = 1,2,...,
(2) dist(x,Bi) Mri, ri → 0, xi → x as i → ∞ and
(3) no point of Ω belongs to more than M balls Bi.
To construct the chain, first assume that x is far from x0, say x ∈ ΩB(x,2r0). Let
γ be a John path that connects x to x0. All balls on the chain are centered on
γ. We construct the balls recursively. We have already defined B0. Assume that
B0,...,Bi have been constructed. Starting from the center xi of Bi we move along
γ towards x until we leave Bi for the last time. Let xi+1 be the point on γ where
this happens and define
Bi+1 = B(xi+1,ri+1), ri+1 =
1
4cJ
|x− xi+1|.
By construction Bi ⊂ Ω. Property (1) and dist(x,Bi) Mri in (2) follow from
the fact that the consecutive balls have comparable radii and that the radii are
comparable to the distances of the centers of the balls to x.
To prove (3) assume that y ∈ Bi1 ∩ ··· ∩ Bik
. Observe that the radii of Bi j
,
j = 1,...,k, are comparable to |x− y|. By construction, if i j < im, the the center of
Bim does not belong to Bi j
. This implies that the distances between the centers of
Bi j
are comparable to |x−y|. The number of points in Rn
with pairwise comparable
distances is bounded, that is, if z1,..., zm ∈ Rn
satisfy
r
c
< dist(zi, zj) < cr for i = j,
then m N = N(c,n). Thus k is bounded by a constant depending only on n and
cJ. This implies (3). Property (3) implies , ri → 0, xi → x as i → ∞.
The case x ∈ B(x,2r0) is left as an exercise.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 80
Since
uBi
=
Bi
u(y)dy → u(x)
for every x ∈ Ω as i → ∞, we obtain
|u(x)− uB0 |
∞
i=0
|uBi
− uBi+1
|
∞
i=0
|uBi
− uBi∩Bi+1
|+|uBi∩Bi+1
− uBi+1
|
∞
i=0
|Bi|
|Bi ∩Bi+1| Bi
|u − uBi
|dy+
|Bi+1|
|Bi ∩Bi+1| Bi+1
|u − uBi+1
|dy
c
∞
i=0 Bi
|u − uBi
|dy (property (1))
c
∞
i=0
ri
Bi
|Du|dy (Poincaré inequality, see Theorem 3.17)
= c
∞
i=0
ˆ
Bi
|Du|
rn−1
i
dy.
Property (2) implies |x− y| cri for every y ∈ Bi and
1
rn−1
i
c
|x− y|n−1
for every y ∈ Bi.
Thus
|u(x)− uB0 | c
∞
i=0
ˆ
Bi
|Du(y)|
|x− y|n−1
dy c
ˆ
Ω
|Du(y)|
|x− y|n−1
dy.
The last inequality follows from (3). We observe that
|u(x)− uΩ| |u(x)− uB0 |+|uB0 − uΩ|,
where by Lemma 3.7 we have
|uB0 − uΩ|
1
|Ω|
ˆ
Ω
|u(x)− uB0 |dx
c
1
|Ω|
ˆ
Ω
ˆ
Ω
|Du(y)|
|x− y|n−1
dxdy
= c
1
|Ω|
ˆ
Ω
|Du(y)|
ˆ
Ω
1
|x− y|n−1
dx dy
c|Ω|−1+ 1
n
ˆ
Ω
|Du(y)|dy.
By the John condition we have
c|Ω|
1
n dist(x0, Ω) c−1
J |x− x0|
and by taking supremum over x ∈ Ω we obtain
diamΩ c(n, cJ)|Ω|
1
n
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 81
and thus
|Ω|− n−1
n
c
|x− y|n−1
for every y ∈ Ω.
This implies
|uB0 − uΩ| c
ˆ
Ω
|Du(y)|
|x− y|n−1
dy
and thus
|u(x)− uΩ| c
ˆ
Ω
|Du(y)|
|x− y|n−1
dy = cI1(|Du|χΩ)(x).
Theorem 3.10 implies
ˆ
B(x,r)
|u(x)− uΩ|p∗
dx
1
p∗
c
ˆ
Rn
|I1(|Du(x)|χΩ(x))|p∗
dx
1
p∗
c
ˆ
Rn
(|Du(x)|χΩ(x))p
dx
1
p
= c
ˆ
Ω
|Du(x)|p
dx
1
p
.
3.4 A maximal function characterization
of Sobolev spaces
Similar argument as in the proof of Sobolev-Poincaré inequality gives the following
pointwise estimate.
Theorem 3.25. Assume that u ∈ C1
(Rn
). There exists a constant c = c(n) > 0 such
that
|u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y))
for every x, y ∈ Rn
.
Proof. Let x, y ∈ Rn
. Then x, y ∈ B(x,2|x− y|) and B(x,2|x− y|) ⊂ B(y,4|x− y|). By
Remark 3.15 we obtain
|u(x)− u(y)| |u(x)− uB(x,2|x−y|)|+|uB(x,2|x−y|) − u(y)|
c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y)).
Remarks 3.26:
(1) If |Du| ∈ Lp
(Rn
), 1 < p ∞, then by (3.2) we have M|Du| ∈ Lp
(Rn
).
(2) If |Du| ∈ L1
(Rn
), then by (3.1) we have M|Du| < ∞ almost everywhere.
(3) If |Du| ∈ L∞
(Rn
), then M|Du| M|Du| L∞(Rn) Du L∞(Rn) everywhere.
Thus
|u(x)− u(y)| c Du L∞(Rn)|x− y|
for every x, y ∈ Rn
. In other words, u is Lipschitz continuous.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 82
Theorem 3.27. Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
), 1 < p < ∞. There exists c = c(n) and a
set N ⊂ Rn
with |N| = 0 such that
|u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y))
for every x, y ∈ Rn
 N.
Proof. C∞
0 (Rn
) is dense in W1,p
(Rn
) by Lemma 1.24. Thus there exists a sequence
ui ∈ C∞
0 (Rn
), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p
(Rn
) as i → ∞. By passing to a
subsequence, if necessary, we obtain an exceptional set N1 ⊂ Rn
with |N1| = 0 such
that
lim
i→∞
ui(x) = u(x) < ∞
for every x ∈ Rn
N1. By the sublinearity of the maximal operator and the maximal
function theorem
M|Dui|− M|Du| Lp(Rn) M(|Dui|−|Du|) Lp(Rn)
c |Dui|−|Du|| Lp(Rn)
c Dui − Du Lp(Rn)
which implies that M|Dui| → M|Du| in Lp
(Rn
) as i → ∞. By passing to a sub-
sequence, if necessary, we obtain an exceptional set N2 ⊂ Rn
with |N2| = 0 such
that
lim
i→∞
M|Dui|(x) = M|Du|(x) < ∞
for every x ∈ Rn
 N2. By Theorem 3.25
|u(x)− u(y)| = lim
i→∞
|ui(x)− ui(y)|
c|x− y| lim
i→∞
(M|Dui|(x)+ M|Dui|(y))
c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y))
for every x ∈ Rn
(N1 ∪ N2).
Remark 3.28. Compare the proof above to Remark 3.15, which shows that the
result holds for u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
), 1 p ∞.
The following definition motivated by Theorem 3.25.
Definition 3.29. Assume that 1 < p < ∞ and let u ∈ Lp
(Rn
). For a measurable
function g : Rn
→ [0,∞] we denote g ∈ D(u) if there exists an exceptional set
N ⊂ Rn
such that |N| = 0 and
|u(x)− u(y)| |x− y|(g(x)+ g(y)) (3.6)
for every x, y ∈ Rn
 N. We say that u ∈ Lp
(Rn
) belongs to the Hajłasz-Sobolev
space M1,p
(Rn
), if there exists g ∈ Lp
(Rn
) with g ∈ D(u). This space is endowed
with the norm
u M1,p(Rn) = u Lp(Rn) + inf
g∈D(u)
g Lp(Rn).
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 83
T H E M O R A L : The space M1,p
(Rn
) is defined through the pointwise inequality
(3.6).
Theorem 3.30. Assume that 1 < p < ∞. Then M1,p
(Rn
) = W1,p
(Rn
) and the asso-
ciate norms are equivalent, that is, there exists c such that
1
c
u W1,p(Rn) u M1,p(Rn) c u W1,p(Rn)
for every measurable function u that belongs to M1,p
(Rn
) = W1,p
(Rn
).
T H E M O R A L : This is a pointwise characterization of Sobolev spaces. This can
be used as a definition of the first order Sobolev spaces on metric measure spaces.
Proof. ⊃ Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). By Theorem 3.27 there exists c = c(n) and a
set N ⊂ Rn
with |N| = 0 such that
|u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y))
for every x, y ∈ Rn
 N. Thus g = cM|Du| ∈ D(u) ∩ Lp
(Rn
) and by the maximal
function theorem
u M1,p(Rn) = u Lp(Rn) + inf
g∈D(u)
g Lp(Rn)
u Lp(Rn) + cM|Du| Lp(Rn)
u Lp(Rn) + c Du Lp(Rn)
c u W1,p(Rn),
where c = c(n, p).
⊂ Assume then that u ∈ M1,p
(Rn
). Then u ∈ Lp
(Rn
) and there exists g ∈ Lp
(Rn
)
with g ∈ D(u). Then
|u(x+ h)− u(x)| |h|(g(x+ h)+ g(x))
for almost every x, h ∈ Rn
and thus
ˆ
Rn
|u(x+ h)− u(x)|p
dx |h|p
ˆ
Rn
(g(x+ h)+ g(x))p
dx
2p
|h|p
ˆ
Rn
(g(x+ h)p
+ g(x)p
)dx
2p+1
g
p
Lp(Rn)
|h|p
.
By the characterization of the Sobolev space with the integrated difference quo-
tients, see Theorem 1.38, we conclude u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) and
u W1,p(Rn) c u Lp(Rn) + c g Lp(Rn).
The inequality u W1,p(Rn) c u M1,p(Rn) follows by taking infimum over all g ∈
D(u)∩ Lp
(Rn
).
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 84
Remark 3.31. The pointwise characterization of Sobolev spaces in Theorem 3.30 is
very useful in studying properties of Sobolev spaces. For example, if u ∈ M1,p
(Rn
)
and g ∈ D(u)∩ Lp
(Rn
), then by the triangle inequality
|u(x)|−|u(y)| |u(x)− u(y)| |x− y|(g(x)+ g(y))
Thus g ∈ D(|u|)∩ Lp
(Rn
) and consequently |u| ∈ M1,p
(Rn
).
The pointwise characterization of Sobolev spaces in Theorem 3.30 can be used
to show a similar result as Theorem 1.35.
Lemma 3.32. The function u belongs to W1,p
(Rn
) if and only if u ∈ Lp
(Rn
) and
there are functions ui ∈ Lp
(Rn
), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u almost everywhere
and gi ∈ D(ui)∩ Lp
(Rn
) such that gi → g almost everywhere for some g ∈ Lp
(Rn
).
Proof. If u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
), then the claim of the lemma is clear. To see the converse,
suppose that u, g ∈ Lp
(Rn
), gi ∈ D(ui)∩Lp
(Rn
) and ui → u almost everywhere and
gi → g almost everywhere. Then
|ui(x)− ui(y)| |x− y| gi(x)+ gi(y) (3.7)
for all x, y ∈ Rn
 Fi with |Fi| = 0, i = 1,2,... Let A ⊂ Rn
be such that ui(x) → u(x)
and gi(x) → g(x) for all x ∈ Rn
 A and |A| = 0. Write F = A ∪ ∞
i=1
Fi. Then |F| = 0.
Let x, y ∈ Rn
 F, x = y. From (3.7) we obtain
|u(x)− u(y)| |x− y| g(x)+ g(y)
and thus g ∈ D(u)∩ Lp
(Rn
). This completes the proof.
3.5 Pointwise estimates
In this section we revisit pointwise inequalities for Sobolev functions.
Definition 3.33. Let 0 < β < ∞ and R > 0. The fractional sharp maximal function
of a locally integrable function f is defined by
f #
β,R(x) = sup
0<r<R
r−β
B(x,r)
|f − fB(x,r)|dy,
If R = ∞ we simply write f #
β
(x).
T H E M O R A L : The fractional sharp maximal function controls the mean
oscillation of the function instead of the average of the function as in the Hardy-
Littlewood maximal function.
Next we prove a more general pointwise inequality than in Theorem 3.27.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 85
Lemma 3.34. Suppose that f is locally integrable and let 0 < β < ∞. Then there
is c = c(β,n) and a set E with |E| = 0 such that
|f (x)− f (y)| c|x− y|β
f #
β,4|x−y|(x)+ f #
β,4|x−y|(y) (3.8)
for every x, y ∈ Rn
 E.
T H E M O R A L : This is a pointwise inequality for a function without the gradi-
ent.
Proof. Let E be the complement of the set of Lebesgue points of f . By Lebesgue’s
theorem |E| = 0. Fix x ∈ Rn
 E, 0 < r < ∞ and denote Bi = B(x,2−i
r), i = 0,1,...
Then
|f (x)− fB(x,r)|
∞
i=0
|fBi+1
− fBi
|
∞
i=0
|Bi|
|Bi+1| Bi
|f − fBi
|dy
c
∞
i=0
(2−i
r)β
(2−i
r)−β
Bi
|f − fBi
|dy
crβ
f #
β,r(x).
Let y ∈ B(x,r) E. Then B(x,r) ⊂ B(y,2r) and we obtain
|f (y)− fB(x,r)| |f (y)− fB(y,2r)|+|fB(y,2r) − fB(x,r)|
crβ
f #
β,2r(y)+
B(x,r)
|f − fB(y,2r)|dz
crβ
f #
β,2r(y)+ c
B(y,2r)
|f − fB(y,2r)|dz
crβ
f #
β,2r(y).
Let x, y ∈ Rn
 E, x = y and r = 2|x− y|. Then x, y ∈ B(x,r) and hence
|f (x)− f (y)| |f (x)− fB(x,r)|+|f (y)− fB(x,r)|
c|x− y|β
f #
β,4|x−y|(x)+ f #
β,4|x−y|(y) .
This completes the proof.
Remark 3.35. Lemma 3.34 gives a Campanato type characterization for Hölder
continuity. Assume that f ∈ L1
loc
(Rn
) and let 0 < β 1. By Lemma 3.34 there exists
a set E ⊂ Rn
with |E| = 0 such that
|f (x)− f (y)| c(n,β)|x− y|β
f #
β (x)+ f #
β (y)
for every x, y ∈ Rn
 E. If f #
β
∈ L∞
(Rn
), then f can be redefined on a set of measure
zero so that the function is Hölder continuous in Rn
with exponent β. On the other
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 86
hand, if f ∈ C0,β
(Rn
), then
|f (y)− fB(x,r)| = f (y)−
B(x,r)
f (z)dz
B(x,r)
|f (y)− f (z)|dz crβ
for every y ∈ B(x,r). Thus
f #
β,R(x) = sup
0<r<R
r−β
B(x,r)
|f (y)− fB(x,r)|dy c
for every x ∈ Rn
and this implies that f #
β
∈ L∞
(Rn
). Thus f can be redefined on a
set of measure zero so that the function is Hölder continuous with exponent β if
and only if f #
β
∈ L∞
(Rn
).
Definition 3.36. Let 0 α < n and R > 0. The fractional maximal function of
f ∈ L1
loc
(Rn
) is
Mα,R f (x) = sup
0<r<R
rα
B(x,r)
|f |dy,
For R = ∞, we write Mα,∞ = Mα. If α = 0, we obtain the Hardy–Littlewood
maximal function and we write M0 = M.
If u ∈ W
1,1
loc
(Rn
), then by the Poincaré inequality with p = 1, see Theorem 3.20,
there is c = c(n) such that
B(x,r)
|u − uB(x,r)|dy cr
B(x,r)
|Du|dy
for every ball B(x,r) ⊂ Rn
. It follows that
rα−1
B(x,r)
|u − uB(x,r)|dy crα
B(x,r)
|Du|dy
and consequently
u#
1−α,R(x) cMα,R|Du|(x)
for every x ∈ Rn
and R > 0. Thus we have proved the following useful inequality.
Corollary 3.37. Let u ∈ W
1,1
loc
(Rn
) and 0 α < 1. Then there is c = c(n,α) and a
set E ⊂ Rn
with |E| = 0 such that
|u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|1−α
Mα,4|x−y||Du|(x)+ Mα,4|x−y||Du|(y)
for every x, y ∈ Rn
 E.
The next result shows that this gives a characterization of W1,p
(Rn
) for 1 <
p ∞.
Theorem 3.38. Let 1 < p < ∞. Then the following four conditions are equivalent.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 87
(1) u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
).
(2) u ∈ Lp
(Rn
) and there is g ∈ Lp
(Rn
), g 0, such that
|u(x)− u(y)| |x− y|(g(x)+ g(y))
for every x, y ∈ Rn
 E with |E| = 0.
(3) u ∈ Lp
(Rn
) and there is g ∈ Lp
(Rn
), g 0, such that the Poincaré inequality
B(x,r)
|u − uB(x,r)|dy c r
B(x,r)
g dy
holds for every x ∈ Rn
and r > 0.
(4) u ∈ Lp
(Rn
) and u#
1 ∈ Lp
(Rn
).
Proof. (1) We have already seen that (1) implies (2).
(2) To prove that (2) implies (3), we integrate the pointwise inequality twice
over the ball B(x,r). After the first integration we obtain
|u(y)− uB(x,r)| = u(y)−
B(x,r)
u(z)dz
B(x,r)
|u(y)− u(z)|dz
2r g(y)+
B(x,r)
g(z)dz
from which we have
B(x,r)
|u(y)− uB(x,r)|dy 2r
B(x,r)
g(y)dy+
B(x,r)
g(z)dz
4r
B(x,r)
g(y)dy.
(3) To show that (3) implies (4) we observe that
u#
1(x) = sup
r>0
1
r B(x,r)
|u − uB(x,r)|dy csup
r>0 B(x,r)
g dy = cMg(x).
(4) Then we show that (4) implies (1). By Theorem 3.34
|u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|(u#
1(x)+ u#
1(y))
for every x, y ∈ Rn
 E with |E| = 0. If we denote g = cu#
1, then g ∈ Lp
(Rn
) and
|u(x)− u(y)| |x− y|(g(x)+ g(y))
for every x, y ∈ Rn
 E with |E| = 0. Then we use the characterization of Sobolev
spaces W1,p
(Rn
), 1 < p < ∞, with integrated difference quotients, see Theorem
1.38. Let h ∈ Rn
. Then
|uh(x)− u(x)| = |u(x+ h)− u(x)| |h|(gh(x)+ g(x)),
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 88
from which we conclude that
uh − u Lp(Rn) |h|( gh Lp(Rn) + g Lp(Rn)) = 2|h| g Lp(Rn).
The claim follows from this.
Remark 3.39. It can be shown that u ∈ W1,1
(Rn
) if and only if u ∈ L1
(Rn
) and there
is a nonnegative function g ∈ L1
(Rn
) and σ 1 such that
|u(x)− u(y)| |x− y| Mσ|x−y| g(x)+ Mσ|x−y| g(y)
for every x, y ∈ Rn
 E with |E| = 0. Moreover, if this inequality holds, then |Du|
c(n,σ)g almost everywhere.
3.6 Approximation by Lipschitz functions
Smooth functions in C∞
(Ω) and C∞
0 (Ω) are often used as canonical test functions
in mathematical analysis. However, in many occasions smooth functions can be
replaced by a more flexible class of Lipschitz functions. One highly useful property
of Lipschitz functions, not shared by the smooth functions, is that the pointwise
minimum and maximum over L-Lipschitz functions are still L-Lipschitz. The
same is in fact true also for pointwise infimum and supremum of L-Lipschitz
functions, if these are finite at a single point. In particular, it follows that if
u : A → R is an L-Lipschitz function, then the truncations max{u, c} and min{u, c}
with c ∈ R are L-Lipschitz.
Theorem 3.40 (McShane). Assume that A ⊂ Rn
, 0 L < ∞ and that f : A → R
is an L-Lipschitz function. There exists an L-Lipschitz function f ∗ : Rn
→ R such
that f ∗
(x) = f (x) for every x ∈ A.
T H E M O R A L : Every Lipschitz continuous function defined on a subset A of
Rn
can be extended as a Lipschitz continuous function to the whole Rn
.
Proof. Define f ∗ : Rn
→ R,
f ∗
(x) = inf f (a)+ L|x− a| : a ∈ A .
We claim that f ∗
(b) = f (b) for every b ∈ A. To see this we observe that
f (b)− f (a) |f (b)− f (a)| L|b − a|,
which implies f (b) f (a)+ L|b − a| for every a ∈ A. By taking infimum over a ∈ A
we obtain f (b) f ∗
(b). On the other hand, by the definition f ∗
(b) f (b) for every
b ∈ A. Thus f ∗
(b) = f (b) for every b ∈ A.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 89
Then we claim that f ∗
is L-Lipschitz in Rn
. Let x, y ∈ Rn
. Then
f ∗
(x) = inf f (a)+ L|x− a| : a ∈ A
inf f (a)+ L(|y− a|+|x− y|) : a ∈ A
inf f (a)+ L|y− a| : a ∈ A + L|x− y|
= f ∗
(y)+ L|x− y|.
By switching the roles of x and y, we arrive at f ∗
(y) f ∗
(x)+L|x− y|. This implies
that −L|x− y| f ∗
(x)− f ∗
(y) L|x− y|.
Remark 3.41. The function f∗ : Rn
→ R,
f∗(x) = sup f (a)− L|x− a| : a ∈ A .
is an L-Lipschitz extension of f as well. We can see, that f ∗
is the largest and f∗
the smallest L-Lipschitz extensions of f .
Since C∞
0 (Rn
) is dense in W1,p
(Rn
), also compactly supported Lipschitz func-
tions are dense in W1,p
(Rn
). By Theorem 3.27, we give a quantitative density
result for Lipschitz functions in W1,p
(Rn
). The main difference of the following
result to the standard mollification approximation uε → u as ε → 0 is that the
value of the function is not changed in a good set {x ∈ Rn : uε(x) = u(x)} and there
is an estimate for the measure of the bad set {x ∈ Rn : uε(x) = u(x)}.
Theorem 3.42. Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
), 1 < p < ∞. Then for every ε > 0 there
exists a Lipschitz continuous function uε : Rn
→ R such that
(1) |{x ∈ Rn : uε(x) = u(x)}| < ε and
(2) u − uε W1,p(Rn) < ε.
Proof. Let Eλ = {x ∈ Rn : M|Du|(x) λ}, λ > 0. We show that u is cλ-Lipschitz in
Eλ. By Theorem 3.27
|u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y)) cλ|x− y|
for almost every x, y ∈ Eλ. The McShane extension theorem allows us to find a
cλ-Lipschitz extension vλ : Rn
→ R. We truncate vλ and obtain a 2cλ-Lipschitz
function
uλ = max{−λ,min{vλ,λ}}.
Observe that |uλ| λ in Rn
and uλ = u almost everywhere in Eλ.
(1) We consider measure of the set
Rn
 Eλ = {x ∈ Rn
: M|Du|(x) > λ}.
There exits c = c(n, p) such that
λp
|{x ∈ Rn
: M|Du|(x)| > λ}| c
ˆ
{x∈Rn:|Du(x)|> λ
2 }
|Du(x)|p
dx → 0
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 90
as λ → ∞, since Du ∈ Lp
(Rn
). This follows by choosing f = |Du| in the following
general fact for the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function.
Claim: If f ∈ Lp
(Rn
), then there exists c = c(n, p) such that
|{x ∈ Rn
: M f (x) > λ}|
c
λ
ˆ
{x∈Rn:|f (x)|> λ
2 }
|f (x)|p
dx, λ > 0.
Reason. Let f = f1 + f2, where f1 = f χ{|f |> λ
2 } and f2 = f χ{|f | λ
2 }. Then
ˆ
Rn
|f1(x)|dx =
ˆ
{x∈Rn:|f (x)|> λ
2 }
|f1(x)|p
|f1(x)|1−p
dx
λ
2
1−p
f
p
Lp(Rn)
< ∞.
This shows that f1 ∈ L1
(Rn
). On the other hand, |f2(x)| λ
2 for every x ∈ Rn
,
which implies f2 L∞(Rn)
λ
2 and f2 ∈ L∞
(Rn
). Thus every Lp
function can be
represented as a sum of an L1
function and an L∞
function. By Lemma 3.2, we
have
M f2 L∞(Rn) f2 L∞(Rn)
λ
2
From this we conclude using sublinearity of the maximal operator that
M f (x) = M(f1 + f2)(x) M f1(x)+ M f2(x) M f1(x)+
λ
2
for every x ∈ Rn
and thus M f (x) > λ implies M f1(x) > λ
2 . It follows that
|{x ∈ Rn
: M f (x) > λ}| x ∈ Rn
: M f1(x) >
λ
2
for every λ > 0.
p = 1 By the maximal function theorem on L1
(Rn
), see (3.1), we have
x ∈ Rn
: M f1(x) >
λ
2
c
λ
f1 L1(Rn) =
c
λ
ˆ
{x∈Rn:|f (x)|> λ
2 }
|f (x)|dx
for every λ > 0.
1 < p < ∞ By Chebyshev’s inequality and by the maximal function theorem
Lp
(Rn
), p > 1, see (3.2), we have
x ∈ Rn
: M f1(x) >
λ
2
2
λ
p ˆ
Rn
(M f1(x))p
dx
c
λp
ˆ
Rn
|f1(x)|p
dx
=
c
λp
ˆ
{x∈Rn:|f (x)|> λ
2 }
|f (x)|dx
for every λ > 0.
Thus we conclude that
λp
|Rn
 Eλ| λp
|{x ∈ Rn
: M|Du|(x)| > λ}|
c
ˆ
{x∈Rn:|Du(x)|> λ
2 }
|Du(x)|p
dx
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 91
and consequently λp
|Rn
 Eλ| → 0 and |Rn
 Eλ| → 0 as λ → ∞.
(2) Next we prove an estimate for u − uε W1,p(Rn). Since uλ = u in Eλ and
|uλ| λ in Rn
, we have
uλ − u
p
Lp(Rn)
=
ˆ
RnEλ
|uλ − u|p
dx
2p
ˆ
RnEλ
|uλ|p
dx+
ˆ
RnEλ
|u|p
dx
2p
λp
|Rn
 Eλ|+
ˆ
RnEλ
|u|p
dx → 0
as λ → ∞.
To prove the corresponding estimate for the gradients, we note that
D(uλ − u) = χRnEλ
D(uλ − u) = χRnEλ
Duλ −χRnEλ
Du
almost everywhere. Recall that uλ is cλ-Lipschitz and thus |Duλ| cλ almost
everywhere.
D(uλ − u)
p
Lp(Rn)
=
ˆ
RnEλ
|D(uλ − u)|p
dx
2p
ˆ
RnEλ
|Duλ|p
dx+
ˆ
RnEλ
|Du|p
dx
2p
(2cλ)p
|Rn
 Eλ|+
ˆ
RnEλ
|Du|p
dx → 0
as λ → ∞. Thus u − uλ W1,p(Rn) → 0 as λ → ∞. Observe that
{x ∈ Rn
: u(x) = uλ(x)} ⊂ Ω Eλ,
with |Rn
 Eλ| → 0 as λ → ∞. This proves the claims.
Remark 3.43. Let Eλ = {x ∈ Rn : M|Du|(x) λ}, λ > 0. Let Qi, i = 1,2,... be a
Whitney decomposition of Rn
 Eλ with the following properties: each Qi is open,
cubes Qi, i = 1,2,..., are disjoint, Rn
 Eλ = ∪∞
i=1
Qi, 4Qi ⊂ Rn
 Eλ, i = 1,2,...,
∞
i=1
χ2Qi
N < ∞,
and
c1 dist(Qi,Eλ) diam(Qi) c2 dist(Qi,Eλ)
for some constants c1 and c2.
Then we construct a partition of unity associated with the covering 2Qi,
i = 1,2,... This can be done in two steps. First, let ϕi ∈ C∞
0 (2Qi) be such that
0 ϕi 1, ϕi = 1 in Qi and
|Dϕi|
c
diam(Qi)
,
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 92
for i = 1,2,... Then we define
φi(x) =
ϕi(x)
∞
j=1 ϕj(x)
for every i = 1,2,.... Observe that the sum is over finitely many terms only since
ϕi ∈ C∞
0 (2Qi) and the cubes 2Qi, i = 1,2,..., are of bounded overlap. The functions
φi have the property
∞
i=1
φi(x) = χRnEλ
(x)
for every x ∈ Rn
.
Then we define the function uλ by
uλ(x) =



u(x), x ∈ Eλ,
∞
i=1 φi(x)u2Qi
, x ∈ Rn
 Eλ.
The function uλ is a Whitney type extension of u|Eλ
to the set Rn
 Eλ.
First we claim that
uλ W1,p(RnEλ) c u W1,p(RnEλ). (3.9)
Since the cubes 2Qi, i = 1,2,..., are of bounded overlap, we have
ˆ
RnEλ
|uλ|p
dx =
ˆ
RnEλ
∞
i=1
φi(x)u2Qi
p
dx c
∞
i=1
ˆ
2Qi
|u2Qi
|p
dx
c
∞
i=1
|2Qi|
2Qi
|u|p
dx c
ˆ
RnEλ
|u|p
dx.
Then we consider an estimate for the gradient. We recall that
Φ(x) =
∞
i=1
φi(x) = 1
for every x ∈ Rn
 Eλ. Since the cubes 2Qi, i = 1,2,..., are of bounded overlap, we
see that Φ ∈ C∞
(Rn
 Eλ) and
DjΦ(x) =
∞
i=1
Djφi(x) = 0, j = 1,2,...,n,
for every x ∈ Rn
 Eλ. Hence we obtain
|Djuλ(x)| =
∞
i=1
Djφi(x)u2Qi
=
∞
i=1
Djφi(x)(u(x)− u2Qi
)
c
∞
i=1
diam(Qi)−1
|u(x)− u2Qi
|χ2Qi
(x)
and consequently
|Djuλ(x)| c
∞
i=1
diam(Qi)−p
|u(x)− u2Qi
|p
χ2Qi
(x).
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 93
Here we again used the fact that the cubes 2Qi, i = 1,2,..., are of bounded overlap.
This implies that for every j = 1,2,...,n,
ˆ
RnEλ
|Djuλ|dx c
ˆ
RnEλ
∞
i=1
diam(Qi)−p
|u − u2Qi
|p
χ2Qi
dx
∞
i=1
ˆ
2Qi
diam(Qi)−p
|u − u2Qi
|p
dx
c
∞
i=1
ˆ
2Qi
|Du|p
dx c
ˆ
RnEλ
|Du|p
dx.
Then we show that uλ ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). We know that uλ ∈ W1,p
(Rn
Eλ) and that it
is Lipschitz continuous in Rn
(exercise). Moreover u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) and u = uλ in Eλ
by (i). This implies that w = u − uλ ∈ W1,p
(Rn
 Eλ). and that w = 0 in Eλ. By the
ACL-property, u is absolutely continuous on almost every line segment parallel to
the coordinate axes. Take any such line. Now w is absolutely continuous on the
part of the line segment which intersects Rn
 Eλ. On the other hand w = 0 in the
complement of Eλ. Hence the continuity of w in the line segment implies that w
is absolutely continuous on the whole line segment.
We have
u − uλ W1,p(Rn) = u − uλ W1,p(Eλ)
u W1,p(Eλ) + uλ W1,p(Eλ) c u W1,p(Eλ).
3.7 Maximal operator on Sobolev spaces
Assume that u is Lipschitz continuous with constant L, that is
|uh(y)− u(y)| = |u(y+ h)− u(y)| L|h|
for every y,h ∈ Rn
, where we denote uh(y) = u(y+ h). Since the maximal function
commutes with translations and the maximal operator is sublinear, we have
|(Mu)h(x)− Mu(x)| = |M(uh)(x)− Mu(x)|
M(uh − u)(x)
= sup
r>0
1
|B(x,r)|
ˆ
B(x,r)
|uh(y)− u(y)|dy
L|h|.
This means that the maximal function is Lipschitz continuous with the same
constant as the original function if Mu is not identically infinity. Observe, that
this proof applies to Hölder continuous functions as well.
Next we show that the Hardy-Littlewood maximal operator is bounded in
Sobolev spaces.
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 94
Theorem 3.44. Let 1 < p < ∞. If u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
), then Mu ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). Moreover,
there exists c = c(n, p) such that
Mu W1,p(Rn) c u W1,p(Rn). (3.10)
T H E M O R A L : M : W1,p
(Rn
) → W1,p
(Rn
), p > 1, is a bounded operator. Thus
the maximal operator is not only bounded on Lp
(Rn
) but also on W1,p
(Rn
) for p > 1.
Proof. The proof is based on the characterization of W1,p
(Rn
) by integrated dif-
ference quotients, see Theorem 1.38. By the maximal function theorem with
1 < p < ∞, see (3.2), we have Mu ∈ Lp
(Rn
) and
(Mu)h − Mu Lp(Rn) = M(uh)− Mu Lp(Rn)
M(uh − u) Lp(Rn)
c uh − u Lp(Rn)
c Du Lp(Rn)|h|
for every h ∈ Rn
. Theorem 1.38 gives Mu ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) with
DMu Lp(Rn) c Du Lp(Rn).
Thus by the maximal function theorem
Mu W1,p(Rn) = Mu
p
Lp(Rn)
+ DMu
p
Lp(Rn)
1
p
Mu Lp(Rn) + DMu Lp(Rn)
c u Lp(Rn) + Du Lp(Rn)
c u W1,p(Rn).
A more careful analysis gives a pointwise estimate for the partial derivatives.
Theorem 3.45. Let 1 < p < ∞. If u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
), then Mu ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) and
|Dj Mu| M(Dju), j = 1,2,...,n, (3.11)
almost everywhere in Rn
.
T H E M O R A L : Differentiation commutes with a linear operator. The sublinear
maximal operator semicommutes with differentiation.
Proof. If χB(0,r) is the characteristic function of B(0,r) and
χr =
χB(0,r)
|B(0,r)|
,
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 95
then
1
|B(x,r)|
ˆ
B(x,r)
|u(y)|dy =
1
|B(0,r)|
ˆ
B(0,r)
|u(x− y)|dy
=
1
|B(0,r)|
ˆ
Rn
χB(0,r)|u(x− y)|dy
= (|u|∗χr)(x),
where ∗ denotes the convolution. Now |u|∗χr ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) and by Theorem 1.17 (1)
Dj(|u|∗χr) = χr ∗ Dj|u|, j = 1,2,...,n,
almost everywhere in Rn
.
Let rm, m = 1,2,..., be an enumeration of positive rationals. Since u is locally
integrable, we may restrict ourselves to the positive rational radii in the definition
of the maximal function. Hence
Mu(x) = sup
m
(|u|∗χrm )(x).
We define functions vk : Rn
→ R, k = 1,2,..., by
vk(x) = max
1 m k
(|u|∗χrm )(x).
Now (vk) is an increasing sequence of functions in W1,p
(Rn
), which converges to
Mu pointwise and
|Djvk| max
1 m k
Dj(|u|∗χrm )
= max
1 m k
χrm ∗ Dj|u|
M(Dj|u|) = M(Dju), j = 1,2,...,n,
almost everywhere in Rn
. Here we also used Remark 1.27 and the fact that by
Theorem 1.26
Dj|u| = |Dju|, j = 1,2,...,n,
almost everywhere. Thus
Dvk Lp(Rn)
n
j=1
Djvk Lp(Rn)
n
j=1
M(Dju) Lp(Rn)
and the maximal function theorem implies
vk W1,p(Rn) Mu Lp(Rn) +
n
j=1
M(Dju) Lp(Rn)
c u Lp(Rn) + c
n
j=1
Dju Lp(Rn) c < ∞
CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 96
for every k = 1,2,... Hence (vk) is a bounded sequence in W1,p
(Rn
) which converges
to Mu pointwise. Theorem 1.35 implies Mu ∈ W1,p
(Rn
), vk → Mu weakly in Lp
(Rn
)
and Djvk → Dj Mu weakly in Lp
(Rn
).
Next we prove the pointwise estimate for the gradient. By Mazur’s lemma, see
Theorem 1.31, there is a subsequence of (vk), still denoted by (vk), such that the
convex combinations
wl =
l
k=1
akDjvk → Dj Mu, j = 1,...,n,
in Lp
(Rn
) as l → ∞. There is a subsequence of (wl) which converges almost
everywhere to Dj Mu. Thus we have
|wl|
l
k=1
ak Djvk
l
k=1
akM(Dju) = M(Dju)
for every l = 1,2,... and finally
|Dj Mu| = lim
i→∞
|wl| M(Dju), j = 1,...,n,
almost everywhere in Rn
. This completes the proof.
Remarks 3.46:
(1) Estimate (3.10) also follows from (3.11). To see this, we may use the
maximal function theorem, see (3.2), and (3.11) to obtain
Mu W1,p(Rn) Mu Lp(Rn) + DMu Lp(Rn)
c u Lp(Rn) + M|Du| Lp(Rn)
c u W1,p(Rn),
where c is the constant in (3.2).
(2) If u ∈ W1,∞
(Rn
), then a slight modification of our proof shows that Mu
belongs to W1,∞
(Rn
). Moreover,
Mu W1,∞(Rn) = Mu L∞(Rn) + DMu L∞(Rn)
u L∞(Rn) + M|Du| L∞(Rn)
u W1,∞(Rn).
Hence in this case the maximal operator is bounded with constant one.
Recall, that after a redefinition on a set of measure zero u ∈ W1,∞
(Rn
) is a
bounded and Lipschitz continuous function, see Theorem 2.18.
4Pointwise behaviour of Sobolev
functions
In this chapter we study fine properties of Sobolev functions. By definition, Sobolev
functions are defined only up to Lebesgue measure zero and thus it is not always
clear how to use their pointwise properties to give meaning, for example, to
boundary values.
4.1 Sobolev capacity
Capacities are needed to understand pointwise behavior of Sobolev functions.
They also play an important role in studies of solutions of partial differential
equations.
Definition 4.1. For 1 < p < ∞, the Sobolev p-capacity of a set E ⊂ Rn
is defined
by
capp(E) = inf
u∈A (E)
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
= inf
u∈A (E)
u
p
Lp(Rn)
+ Du
p
Lp(Rn)
= inf
u∈A (E)
ˆ
Rn
|u|p
+|Du|p
dx,
where A (E) = u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) : u 1 on a neighbourhood of E . If A (E) = , we set
capp(E) = ∞. Functions in A (E) are called admissible functions for E.
T H E M O R A L : Capacity measures the size of exceptional sets for Sobolev
functions. Lebesgue measure is the natural measure for functions in Lp
(Rn
) and
the Sobolev p-capacity is the natural outer measure for functions in W1,p
(Rn
).
97
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 98
Remark 4.2. In the definition of capacity we can restrict ourselves to the admissi-
ble functions u for which 0 u 1. Thus
capp(E) = inf
u∈A (E)
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
,
where A (E) = u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) : 0 u 1, u = 1 on a neighbourhood of E .
Reason. (1) Since A (E) ⊂ A (E), we have
capp(E) inf
u∈A (E)
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
.
(2) For the reverse inequality, let ε > 0 and let u ∈ A (E) such that
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
capp(E)+ε.
Then v = max{0,min{|u|,1}} ∈ A (E), |v| |u| and by Remark 1.27 we have |Dv|
|Du| almost everywhere. Thus
inf
u∈A (E)
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
v
p
W1,p(Rn)
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
capp(E)+ε
and by letting ε → 0 we obtain
inf
u∈A (E)
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
capp(E).
Remarks 4.3:
(1) There are several alternative definitions for capacity and, in general, it
does not matter which one we choose. For example, when 1 < p < n, we
may consider the defintion
capp(E) = inf
ˆ
Rn
|Du|p
dx,
where the infimum is taken over all u ∈ Lp∗
(Rn
) with |Du| ∈ Lp
(Rn
), u 0
and u 1 on a neighbourhood of E. Some estimates and arguments may
become more transparent with this definition, but we stick to our original
definition.
(2) The definition of Sobolev capacity applies also for p = 1, but we shall not
discuss this case here.
The Sobolev p-capacity enjoys many desirable properties, one of the most
important of which says that it is an outer measure.
Theorem 4.4. The Sobolev p-capacity is an outer measure, that is,
(1) capp( ) = 0,
(2) if E1 ⊂ E2, then capp(E1) capp(E2) and
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 99
(3) capp
∞
i=1
Ei
∞
i=1 capp(Ei) whenever Ei ⊂ Rn
, i = 1,2,....
T H E M O R A L : Capacity is an outer measure, but measure theory is useless
since there are very few measurable sets.
Proof. (1) Clearly capp( ) = 0.
(2) A (E2) ⊂ A (E1) implies capp(E1) capp(E2) .
(3) Let ε > 0. We may assume that ∞
i=1 capp(Ei) < ∞. Choose ui ∈ A (Ei) so
that
ui
p
W1,p(Rn)
capp(Ei)+ε2−i
, i = 1,2,....
Claim: v = supi ui is admissible for ∞
i=1
Ei.
Reason. First we show that v ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). Let
vk = max
1 i k
ui, k = 1,2,....
Then (vk) is an increasing sequence such that vk → v pointwise as k → ∞. More-
over
|vk| = | max
1 i k
ui| |sup
i
ui| = |v|, k = 1,2,...,
and by Remark 1.27
|Dvk| max
1 i k
|Dui| sup
i
|Dui|, k = 1,2,....
We show that (vk) is a a bounded sequence in W1,p
(Rn
). To conclude this, we
observe that
vk
p
W1,p(Rn)
=
ˆ
Rn
|vk|p
dx+
ˆ
Rn
|Dvk|p
dx
ˆ
Rn
sup
i
|ui|p
dx+
ˆ
Rn
sup
i
|Dui|p
dx
ˆ
Rn
∞
i=1
|ui|p
dx+
ˆ
Rn
∞
i=1
|Dui|p
dx
=
∞
i=1
ˆ
Rn
|ui|p
dx+
ˆ
Rn
|Dui|p
dx
∞
i=1
(capp(Ei)+ε2−i
)
∞
i=1
capp(Ei)+ε < ∞, k = 1,2,....
Since vk → v almost everywhere, by weak compactness of Sobolev spaces, see
Theorem 1.35, we conclude that v ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). Since ui ∈ A (Ei), there exists an
open set Oi ⊃ Ei such that ui 1 on Oi for every i = 1,2,.... It follows that
v = supi ui 1 on ∞
i=1
Oi, which is a neighbourhood of ∞
i=1
Ei.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 100
We conclude that
capp
∞
i=1
Ei v
p
W1,p(Rn)
∞
i=1
ui
p
W1,p(Rn)
∞
i=1
capp(Ei)+ε.
The claim follows by letting ε → 0.
Remark 4.5. The Sobolev p-capacity is outer regular, that is,
capp(E) = inf{capp(O) : E ⊂ O, O open}.
Reason. (1) By monotonicity,
capp(E) inf{capp(O) : E ⊂ O, O open}.
(2) To see the inequality into the other direction, let ε > 0 and take u ∈ A (E)
such that
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
capp(E)+ε.
Since u ∈ A (E) there is an open set O containing E such that u 1 on O, which
implies
capp(O) u
p
W1,p(Rn)
capp(E)+ε.
The claim follows by letting ε → 0.
T H E M O R A L : Capacity of a set is completely determined by capacities of open
sets containing the set. The same applies to the Lebesgue outer measure.
4.2 Capacity and measure
We are mainly interested in the sets of vanishing capacity, since they are in some
sense exceptional sets in the theory Sobolev spaces. Our first result is rather
immediate.
Lemma 4.6. |E| capp(E) for every E ⊂ Rn
.
T H E M O R A L : Sets of capacity zero are of measure zero. Thus capacity is a
finer measure than Lebesgue measure.
Proof. If capp(E) = ∞, there is nothing to prove. Thus we may assume that
capp(E) < ∞. Let ε > 0 and take u ∈ A (E) such that
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
capp(E)+ε.
There is an open O ⊃ E such that u 1 in O and thus
|E| |O|
ˆ
O
|u|p
dx u
p
Lp(Rn)
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
capp(E)+ε.
The claim follows by letting ε → 0.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 101
Remark 4.7. Lemma 4.6 shows that capp(B(x,r)) > 0 for every x ∈ Rn
, r > 0. This
implies that capacity is nontrivial in the sense that every nonempty open set has
positive capacity.
Lemma 4.8. Let x ∈ Rn
and 0 < r 1. Then there exists c = c(n, p) such that
capp(B(x,r)) crn−p
T H E M O R A L : For the Lebesgue measure of a ball we have |B(x,r)| crn
, but
for the Sobolev capacity of a ball we have capp(B(x,r)) crn−p
. Thus the natural
scaling dimension for capacity is n− p. Observe, that the dimension for capacity
is smaller than n−1.
Proof. Define a cutoff function
u(y) =



1, y ∈ B(x,r),
2−
|y−x|
r , y ∈ B(x,2r)B(x,r),
0, y ∈ Rn
B(x,2r).
Observe that 0 u 1, u is 1
r -Lipschitz and |Du| 1
r almost everywhere. Thus
u ∈ A (B(x,r)) and
capp(B(x,r))
ˆ
B(x,2r)
|u(y)|p
dy+
ˆ
B(x,2r)
|Du(y)|p
dy
(1+ r−p
)|B(x,2r)| (r−p
+ r−p
)|B(x,2r)|
= 2r−p
|B(x,2r)| = crn−p
,
with c = c(n, p)
Remarks 4.9:
(1) Lemma 4.8 shows that every bounded set has finite capacity. Thus there
are plenty of sets with finite capacity.
Reason. Assume that E ⊂ Rn
is bounded. Then E ⊂ B(0,r) for some r,
0 < r < ∞, and
capp(E) capp(B(0,r)) crn−p
< ∞.
(2) Lemma 4.8 implies that capp({x}) = 0 for every x ∈ Rn
when 1 < p < n.
Reason.
capp({x}) capp(B(x,r)) crn−p
, 0 < r 1.
The claim follows by letting r → 0.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 102
Remark 4.10. Let x ∈ Rn
and 0 < r 1
2 . Then there exists c = c(n) such that
capn(B(x,r)) c log
1
r
1−n
.
Reason. Use the test function
u(y) =



log 1
r
−1
log 1
|x−y| , y ∈ B(x,1)B(x,r),
1, y ∈ B(x,r),
0, y ∈ Rn
B(x,1).
This implies that capp({x}) = 0 for every x ∈ Rn
when p = n (exercise).
We have shown that a point has zero capacity when 1 < p n. By countable
subadditivity all countable sets have zero capacity as well. Next we show that a
point has positive capacity when p > n.
Lemma 4.11. If p > n, then capp({x}) > 0 for every x ∈ Rn
.
T H E M O R A L : For p > n every set containing at least one point has a positive
capacity. Thus there are no nontrivial sets of capacity zero. In practice this means
that capacity is a useful tool only when p n.
Proof. Let x ∈ Rn
and assume that u ∈ A ({x}). Then there exists 0 < r 1 such that
u(y) 1 on B(x,r). Take a cutoff function η ∈ C∞
0 (B(x,2)) such that 0 η 1, η = 1
in B(x,r) and |Dη| 2. By Morrey’s inequality, see Theorem 2.13, there exists
c = c(n, p) > 0 such that
|(ηu)(y)−(ηu)(z)| c|y− z|
1− n
p D(ηu) Lp(Rn)
for almost every y, z ∈ Rn
. Choose y ∈ B(x,r) and z ∈ B(x,4)  B(x,2) so that
(ηu)(y) 1 and (ηu)(z) = 0. Then 1 |y− z| 5 and thus
ˆ
B(x,2)
|D(ηu)(y)|p
dy = D(ηu)
p
Lp(Rn)
c|y− z|n−p
5n−p
|(ηu)(y)−(ηu)(z)|p
1
c > 0.
On the other hand
ˆ
B(x,2)
|D(ηu)(y)|p
dy 2p
ˆ
B(x,2)
|Dη(y)u(y)|p
dy+
ˆ
B(x,2)
|η(y)Du(y)|p
dy
= 2p


ˆ
B(x,2)
|Dη(y)|p
2p
|u(y)|p
dy+
ˆ
B(x,2)
|η(y)|p
1
|Du(y)|p
dy


4p
ˆ
B(x,2)
|u(y)|p
dy+
ˆ
B(x,2)
|Du(y)|p
dy
4p
u
p
W1,p(Ω)
.
This shows that there exists c = c(n, p) > 0 such that u
p
W1,p(Ω)
c > 0 for every
u ∈ A ({x}) and thus capp({x}) c > 0.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 103
In order to study the connection between capacity and measure, we need to
consider lower dimensional measures than the Lebesgue measure. We recall the
definition of Hausdorff measures.
Definition 4.12. Let E ⊂ Rn
and s 0. For 0 < δ ∞ we set
H s
δ (E) = inf
∞
i=1
rs
i
: E ⊂
∞
i=1
B(xi,ri), ri δ .
The (spherical) s-Hausdorff measure of E is
H s
(E) = lim
δ→0
H s
δ (E) = sup
δ>0
H s
δ (E).
The Hausdorff dimension of E is
inf s : H s
(E) = 0 = sup s : H s
(E) = ∞ .
T H E M O R A L : The Hausdorff measure is the natural s-dimensional measure
up to scaling and the Hausdorff dimension is the measure theoretic dimension of
the set. Observe that the dimension can be any nonnegative real number less or
equal than the dimension of the space.
We begin by proving a useful measure theoretic lemma. In the proof we need
some tools from measure and integration theory and real analysis.
Lemma 4.13. Assume that 0 < s < n, f ∈ L1
loc
(Rn
) and let
E = x ∈ Rn
: limsup
r→0
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f |dy > 0 .
Then H s
(E) = 0.
T H E M O R A L : Roughly speaking the lemma above says that the set where
a locally integrable function blows up rapidly is of the corresponding Hausdorff
measure zero.
Proof. (1) Assume first that f ∈ L1
(Rn
).
(2) By the Lebesgue differentiation theorem
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
|f (y)|dy = |f (x)| < ∞,
for almost every x ∈ Rn
. If x is a Lebesgue point of |f |, then
limsup
r→0
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f (y)|dy = climsup
r→0
rn−s
B(x,r)
|f (y)|dy = 0.
This shows that all Lebesgue points of |f | belong to the complement of E and thus
|E| = 0.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 104
(3) Let ε > 0 and
Eε = x ∈ Rn
: limsup
r→0
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f |dy > ε .
Since Eε ⊂ E and |E| = 0, we have |Eε| = 0.
Claim: H s
(Eε) = 0 for every ε > 0.
Reason. Let 0 < δ < 1. For every x ∈ Eε there exists rx with 0 < rx δ such that
1
rs
x
ˆ
B(x,rx)
|f |dy > ε.
By the Vitali covering theorem, there exists a subfamily of countably many pair-
wise disjoint balls B(xi,ri), i = 1,2,..., such that
Eε ⊂
∞
i=1
B(xi,5ri).
This gives
H s
5δ(Eε)
∞
i=1
(5ri)s 5s
ε
∞
i=1
ˆ
B(xi,ri)
|f |dy =
5s
ε
ˆ
∞
i=1
B(xi,ri)
|f |dy.
By disjointness of the balls
∞
i=1
B(x,ri) =
∞
i=1
|B(xi,ri)| = c
∞
i=1
rn
i
c
∞
i=1
rn
i
εrs
i
ˆ
B(xi,ri)
|f |dy
c
δn−s
ε
ˆ
Rn
|f |dy → 0 as δ → 0.
By absolute continuity of integral
ˆ
∞
i=1
B(xi,ri)
|f |dy → 0 as δ → 0.
Thus
H s
(Eε) = lim
δ→0
H s
5δ(Eε)
5s
ε
lim
δ→0
ˆ
∞
i=1
B(xi,ri)
|f |dy = 0.
This shows that H s
(Eε) = 0 for every ε > 0.
(4) By subadditivity of the Hausdorff measure
H s
(E) = H s
∞
k=1
E 1
k
∞
k=1
H s
(E 1
k
) = 0.
This shows that H s
(E) = 0.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 105
(5) Assume then that f ∈ L1
loc
(Rn
). Then
H s
(E) = H s
x ∈ Rn
: limsup
r→0
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f |dy > 0
= H s
∞
k=1
x ∈ Rn
: limsup
r→0
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f χB(0,k)|dy > 0
∞
k=1
H s
x ∈ Rn
: limsup
r→0
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|f χB(0,k)|dy > 0 = 0.
Next we compare capacity to the Hausdorff measure.
Theorem 4.14. Assume that 1 < p < n. Then there exists c = c(n, p) such that
capp(E) cH n−p
(E) for every E ⊂ Rn
.
T H E M O R A L : Capacity is smaller than (n−p)-dimensional Hausdorff measure.
In particular, H n−p
(E) = 0 implies capp(E) = 0.
Proof. Let B(xi,ri), i = 1,2,..., be any covering of E such that the radii satisfy
ri δ. Subadditivity implies
capp(E)
∞
i=1
capp(B(xi,ri)) c
∞
i=1
r
n−p
i
.
By taking the infimum over all coverings by such balls and observing that H s
δ
(E)
H s
(E) we obtain
capp(E) cH
n−p
δ
(E) cH n−p
(E).
We next consider the converse of the previous theorem. We prove that sets of
p-capacity zero have Hausdorff dimension at most n− p.
Theorem 4.15. Assume that 1 < p < n. If E ⊂ Rn
with capp(E) = 0, then H s
(E) =
0 for all s > n− p.
Proof. (1) Let E ⊂ Rn
be such that capp(E) = 0. Then for every i = 1,2,..., there is
ui ∈ A (E) such that ui
p
W1,p(Rn)
2−i
. Define u = ∞
i=1 ui.
Claim: u ∈ A (E).
Reason. Let vk = k
i=1 ui, k = 1,2,.... Then vk ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) and
vk W1,p(Rn) =
k
i=1
ui
W1,p(Rn)
k
i=1
ui W1,p(Rn)
∞
i=1
ui W1,p(Rn)
∞
i=1
2
− i
p < ∞.
Thus (vk) is a bounded sequence in W1,p
(Rn
). Since 0 ui 1, we observe that
(vk) is an increasing sequence and thus vk → u almost everywhere. Theorem 1.35
implies u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). Moreover, u 1 almost everywhere on a neighbourhood of E
which shows that u ∈ A (E).
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 106
(2) Claim:
limsup
r→0 B(x,r)
u dy = ∞ for every x ∈ E. (4.1)
Reason. Let m ∈ N and x ∈ E. Then for r > 0 small enough B(x,r) is contained in
an intersection of open sets Oi, i = 1,...,m, with the property that ui = 1 almost
everywhere on Oi. This implies that u = ∞
i=1 ui m almost everywhere in B(x,r)
and thus
B(x,r)
u dy m.
This proves the claim.
T H E M O R A L : This gives a method to construct a function that blows up on
any set of zero capacity.
(3) Claim: If s > n− p, then
limsup
r→0
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy = ∞ for every x ∈ E.
Reason. Let x ∈ E and, for a contradiction, assume that
limsup
r→0
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy < ∞.
Then there exists c < ∞ such that
limsup
r→0
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy c.
The we choose R > 0 so small that
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy crs
for every 0 < r R. Denote Bi = B(x,2−i
R), i = 1,2,.... Then by Hölder’s inequality
and the Poincaré inequality, see Theorem 3.17, we have
|uBi+1
− uBi
|
Bi+1
|u − uBi
|dy
|Bi|
|Bi+1| Bi
|u − uBi
|dy
c
Bi
|u − uBi
|p
dy
1
p
c2−i
R
Bi
|Du|p
dy
1
p
c(2−i
R)
p−n+s
p .
For k > j, we obtain
|uBk
− uBj
|
k−1
i=j
|uBi+1
− uBi
| c
k−1
i=j
(2−i
R)
p−n+s
p
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 107
and thus (uBi
) is a Cauchy sequence when s > n − p. This contradicts (4.1) and
thus the claim holds true.
(4) Thus
E ⊂ x ∈ Rn
:
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy = ∞
⊂ x ∈ Rn
:
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy > 0 .
Lemma 4.13 implies
H s
(E) H s
x ∈ Rn
:
1
rs
ˆ
B(x,r)
|Du|p
dy > 0 = 0.
This shows that H s
(E) = 0 whenever n− p < s < n. The claim follows from this,
since H s
(E) = 0 implies H t
(E) = 0 for every t s.
Remark 4.16. It can be shown that even H n−p
(E) < ∞, 1 < p < n, implies capp(E) =
0.
4.3 Quasicontinuity
In this section we study fine properties of Sobolev functions. It turns out that
Sobolev functions are defined up to a set of capacity zero.
Definition 4.17. We say that a property holds p-quasieverywhere, if it holds
except for a set of p-capacity zero.
T H E M O R A L : Qusieverywhere is a capacitary version of almost everywhere.
Recall that by Meyers-Serrin theorem 1.18 W1,p
(Rn
)∩C(Rn
) is dense in W1,p
(Rn
)
for 1 p < ∞ and, by Theorem 1.13, the Sobolev space W1,p
(Rn
) is complete. The
next result gives a way to find a quasieverywhere converging subsequence.
Theorem 4.18. Assume that ui ∈ W1,p
(Rn
)∩C(Rn
), i = 1,2,..., and that (ui) is a
Cauchy sequence in W1,p
(Rn
). Then there is a subsequence of (ui) that converges
pointwise p-quasieverywhere in Rn
. Moreover, the convergence is uniform outside
a set of arbitrarily small p-capacity.
T H E M O R A L : This is a Sobolev space version of the result that for every
Cauchy sequence in Lp
(Rn
), there is a subsequence that converges pointwise
almost everywhere. The claim concerning uniform convergence is a Sobolev space
version of Egorov’s theorem.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 108
Proof. There exists a subsequence of (ui), which we still denote by (ui), such that
∞
i=1
2ip
ui − ui+1
p
W1,p(Rn)
< ∞.
For i = 1,2,..., denote
Ei = x ∈ Rn
: |ui(x)− ui+1(x)| > 2−i
and Fj =
∞
i=j
Ei.
By continuity 2i
(ui − ui+1) ∈ A (Ei) and thus
capp(Ei) 2ip
ui − ui+1
p
W1,p(Rn)
.
By subadditivity we obtain
capp(Fj)
∞
i=j
capp(Ei)
∞
i=j
2ip
ui − ui+1
p
W1,p(Rn)
.
Thus
capp
∞
j=1
Fj lim
j→∞
capp(Fj) (
∞
j=1
Fj ⊂ Fj, Fj+1 ⊂ Fj, j = 1,2,...)
lim
j→∞
∞
i=j
2ip
ui − ui+1
p
W1,p(Rn)
= 0.
Here we used the fact that the tail of a convergent series tends to zero. We observe
that (ui) converges pointwise in Rn
 ∞
j=1
Fj. Moreover,
|ul(x)− uk(x)|
k−1
i=l
|ui(x)− ui+1(x)|
k−1
i=l
2−i
21−l
for every x ∈ Rn
 Fj for every k > l > j, which shows that the convergence is
uniform in Rn
 Fj.
Definition 4.19. A function u : Rn
→ [−∞,∞] is p-quasicontinuous in Rn
if for
every ε > 0 there is a set E such that capp(E) < ε and the restriction of u to Rn
E,
denoted by u|RnE, is continuous.
Remark 4.20. By outer regularity, see Remark 4.5, we may assume that E is open
in the definition above.
The next result shows that a Sobolev function has a quasicontinous represen-
tative.
Corollary 4.21. For each u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) there is a p-quasicontinuous function
v ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) such that u = v almost everywhere in Rn
.
T H E M O R A L : Every Lp
function is defined almost everywhere, but every
W1,p
function is defined quasieverywhere.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 109
Proof. By Theorem 1.18, for every function u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
), there are functions
ui ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) ∩ C(Rn
), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p
(Rn
) as i → ∞. By
Theorem 4.18 there exists a subsequence that converges uniformly outside a set
of arbitrarily small capacity. Uniform convergence implies continuity of the limit
function and thus the limit function is continuous outside a set of arbitrarily small
p-capacity. This completes the proof.
Next we show that the quasicontinuous representative given by Corollary 4.21
is essentially unique. We begin with a useful observation.
Remarks 4.22:
(1) If G ⊂ Rn
is open and E ⊂ Rn
with |E| = 0, then capp(G) = capp(G  E).
Reason. Monotonicity implies capp(G) capp(G  E).
Let ε > 0 and let u ∈ A (G  E) be such that
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
capp(G  E)+ε.
Then there exists an open O ⊂ Rn
with (G  E) ⊂ O and u 1 almost every-
where in O. Since O ∪G is open G ⊂ (O ∪G) and u 1 almost everywhere
in O ∪ (G  E), and almost everywhere in O ∪ G since |E| = 0, we have
u ∈ A (G).
capp(G) u
p
W1,p(Rn)
capp(G  E)+ε.
By letting ε → 0, we obtain capp(G) capp(G  E).
(2) For any open G ⊂ Rn
we have |G| = 0 ⇐⇒ capp(G) = 0.
Reason. =⇒ If |G| = 0, then (1) implies
capp(G) = capp(G G) = capp( ) = 0.
⇐= If capp(G) = 0, then Lemma 4.6 implies |G| capp(G) = 0.
W A R N I N G : It is not true in general that capacity and measure have
the same zero sets.
Theorem 4.23. Assume that u and v are p−quasicontinuous functions on Rn
. If
u = v almost everywhere in Rn
, then u = v p-quasieverywhere in Rn
.
T H E M O R A L : Quasicontinuous representatives of Sobolev functions are
unique.
Proof. Let ε > 0 and choose open G ⊂ Rn
such that capp(G) < ε and that the
restrictions of u and v to Rn
G are continuous. Thus {x ∈ Rn
G : u(x) = v(x)} is
open in the relative topology on Rn
G, that is, there exists open U ⊂ Rn
with
U G = {x ∈ Rn
G : u(x) = v(x)}
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 110
and
|U G| = |{x ∈ Rn
G : u(x) = v(x)}| = 0.
Moreover,
{x ∈ Rn
: u(x) = v(x)} ⊂ G ∪{x ∈ Rn
G : u(x) = v(x)} = G ∪U.
Remark 4.22 (1) with G and E replaced by U ∪G and U G, respectively, implies
capp({x ∈ Rn
: u(x) = v(x)}) capp(G ∪U) = capp(G) < ε.
This completes the proof.
Remarks 4.24:
(1) The same proof gives the following local result: Assume that u and v are
p−quasicontinuous on an open set O ⊂ Rn
. If u = v almost everywhere in
O, then u = v p-quasieverywhere in O.
(2) Observe that if u and v are p−quasicontinuous and u v almost ev-
erywhere in an open set O, then max{u − v,0} = 0 almost everywhere
in O and max{u − v,0} is p−quasicontinuous. Then Theorem 4.23 im-
plies max{u − v,0} = 0 p-quasieverywhere in O and consequently u v
p-quasieverywhere in O.
(3) The previous theorem enables us to define the trace of a Sobolev function
to an arbitrary set. If u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) and E ⊂ Rn
, then the trace of u to E is
the restriction to E of any p−quasicontinuous representative of u. This
definition is useful only if capp(E) > 0.
4.4 Lebesgue points of Sobolev functions
By the maximal function theorem with p = 1, see (3.1), there exists c = c(n) such
that
|{x ∈ Rn
: M f (x) > λ}|
c
λ
f L1(Rn)
for every λ > 0. By Chebyshev’s inequality and the maximal function theorem
with 1 < p < ∞, see (3.2), there exists c = c(n, p) such that
|{x ∈ Rn
: M f (x) > λ}|
1
λp
M f
p
Lp(Rn)
c
λp
f
p
Lp(Rn)
for every λ > 0. Thus the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function satisfies weak type
estimates with respect to Lebesgue measure for functions in Lp
(Rn
). Next we
consider capacitary weak type estimates for functions in W1,p
(Rn
).
Theorem 4.25. Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
), 1 < p < ∞. Then there exists c =
c(n, p) such that
capp {x ∈ Rn
: Mu(x) > λ}
c
λp
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
.
for every λ > 0.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 111
T H E M O R A L : This is a capacitary version of weak type estimates for the
Hardy-Littlewood maximal function.
Proof. Denote Eλ = {x ∈ Rn : Mu(x) > λ}. Then Eλ is open and by Theorem 3.44
Mu ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). Thus
Mu
λ
∈ A (Eλ).
Since the maximal operator is bounded on W1,p
(Rn
), see (3.10), we obtain
capp Eλ
Mu
λ
p
W1,p(Rn)
=
1
λp
Mu
p
W1,p(Rn)
c
λp
u
p
W1,p(Rn)
.
This weak type inequality can be used in studying the pointwise behaviour of
Sobolev functions. We recall that x ∈ Rn
is a Lebesgue point for u ∈ L1
loc
(Rn
) if the
limit
u∗
(x) = lim
r→0 B(x,r)
u(y)dy
exists and
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
|u(y)− u∗
(x)|dy = 0.
The Lebesgue differentiation theorem states that almost all points are Lebesgue
points for a locally integrable function. If a function belongs to W1,p
(Rn
), then
using the capacitary weak type estimate, see Theorem 4.25, we shall prove
that it has Lebesgue points p-quasieverywhere. Moreover, we show that the
p-quasicontinuous representative given by Corollary 4.21 is u∗
.
We begin by proving a measure theoretic result, which is analogous to Lemma
4.13.
Lemma 4.26. Let 1 < p < ∞, f ∈ Lp
(Rn
) and
E = x ∈ Rn
: limsup
r→0
rp
B(x,r)
|f |p
dy > 0 .
Then capp(E) = 0.
T H E M O R A L : Roughly speaking the lemma above says that the set where an
Lp
function blows up rapidly is of capacity zero. The main difference compared to
Lemma 4.13 is that the size of the set is measured by capacity instead of Hausdorff
measure.
Proof. The argument is similar to the proof of Lemma 4.13, but we reproduce it
here.
(1) By the Lebesgue differentiation theorem
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
|f (y)|p
dy = |f (x)|p
< ∞,
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 112
for almost every x ∈ Rn
. If x is a Lebesgue point of |f |p
, then
limsup
r→0
rp
B(x,r)
|f (y)|p
dy = 0.
This shows that all Lebesgue points of |f |p
belong to the complement of E and
thus |E| = 0.
(2) Let ε > 0 and
Eε = x ∈ Rn
: limsup
r→0
rp
B(x,r)
|f |p
dy > ε .
Since Eε ⊂ E and |E| = 0, we have |Eε| = 0. We show that capp(Eε) = 0 for every
ε > 0, then the claim follows by subadditivity. Let 0 < δ < 1
5 . For every x ∈ Eε there
is rx with 0 < rx δ such that
r
p
x
B(x,rx)
|f |p
dy > ε.
By the Vitali covering theorem, there exists a subfamily of countably many pair-
wise disjoint balls B(xi,ri), i = 1,2,..., such that
Eε ⊂
∞
i=1
B(xi,5ri).
By subadditivity of the capacity and Lemma 4.8 we have
capp(Eε)
∞
i=1
capp(B(xi,5ri)) c
∞
i=1
r
n−p
i
c
ε
∞
i=1
ˆ
B(xi,ri)
|f |p
dy =
c
ε
ˆ
∞
i=1
B(xi,ri)
|f (y)|p
dy.
Here c = c(n, p). Finally we observe that by the disjointness of the balls
∞
i=1
B(x,ri) =
∞
i=1
|B(xi,ri)|
∞
i=1
r
p
i
ε
ˆ
B(xi,ri)
|f |p
dy
δp
ε
ˆ
Rn
|f |p
dy → 0
as δ → 0. By absolute continuity of integral
ˆ
∞
i=1
B(xi,ri)
|f |p
dy → 0
as δ → 0. Thus
capp(Eε)
c
ε
ˆ
∞
i=1
B(xi,ri)
|f |p
dy → 0
as δ → 0, which implies that capp(Eε) = 0 for every ε > 0.
Now we are ready for a version of the Lebesgue differentiation theorem for
Sobolev functions.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 113
Theorem 4.27. Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) with 1 < p < ∞. Then there exists
E ⊂ Rn
such that capp(E) = 0 and
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
u(y)dy = u∗
(x)
exists for every x ∈ Rn
 E. Moreover
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
|u(y)− u∗
(x)|dy = 0
for every x ∈ Rn
 E and the function u∗
is the p-quasicontinuous representative
of u.
T H E M O R A L : A function in W1,p
(Rn
) with 1 < p < ∞ has Lebesgue points
p-quasieverywhere. Moreover, the p-quasicontinuous representative is obtained
as a limit of integral averages.
Proof. (1) By Theorem 1.18 there exist ui ∈ C∞
(Rn
)∩W1,p
(Rn
) such that
u − ui
p
W1,p(Rn)
2−i(p+1)
, i = 1,2,....
Denote
Ei = {x ∈ Rn
: M(u − ui)(x) > 2−i
}, i = 1,2,....
By Theorem 4.25 there exists c = c(n, p) such that
capp(Ei) c2ip
u − ui
p
W1,p(Rn)
c2−i
, i = 1,2,....
Clearly
|ui(x)− uB(x,r)|
B(x,r)
|ui(x)− u(y)|dy
B(x,r)
|ui(x)− ui(y)|dy+
B(x,r)
|ui(y)− u(y)|dy,
which implies that
limsup
r→0
|ui(x)− uB(x,r)|
limsup
r→0 B(x,r)
|ui(x)− ui(y)|dy+limsup
r→0 B(x,r)
|ui(y)− u(y)|dy
M(ui − u)(x) 2−i
,
for every x ∈ Rn
 Ei. Here we used the fact that
limsup
r→0 B(x,r)
|ui(x)− ui(y)|dy = 0, i = 1,2,...,
since ui is continuous and
B(x,r)
|ui(y)− u(y)|dy M(ui − u)(x) for every r > 0.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 114
Let Fk = ∞
i=k
Ei, k = 1,2,.... Then by subadditivity of the capacity we have
capp(Fk)
∞
i=k
capp(Ei) c
∞
i=k
2−i
.
If x ∈ Rn
 Fk and i, j k, then
|ui(x)− uj(x)| limsup
r→0
|ui(x)− uB(x,r)|+limsup
r→0
|uB(x,r) − uj(x)|
2−i
+2−j
.
Thus (ui) converges uniformly in Rn
 Fk to a continuous function v in Rn
 Fk.
Furthermore
limsup
r→0
|v(x)− uB(x,r)| |v(x)− ui(x)|+limsup
r→0
|ui(x)− uB(x,r)|
|v(x)− ui(x)|+2−i
for every x ∈ Rn
 Fk. The right-hand side of the previous inequality tends to zero
as i → ∞. Thus
limsup
r→0
|v(x)− uB(x,r)| = 0
and consequently
v(x) = lim
r→0 B(x,r)
u(y)dy = u∗
(x)
for every x ∈ Rn
 Fk. Define F = ∞
k=1
Fk. Then
capp(F) lim
k→∞
capp(Fk) c lim
k→∞
∞
i=k
2−i
= 0
and
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
u(y)dy = u∗
(x)
exists for every x ∈ Rn
 F. This completes the proof of the first claim.
(2) To prove the second claim, consider
E = x ∈ Rn
: limsup
r→0
rp
B(x,r)
|Du(y)|p
dy > 0 .
Lemma 4.26 shows that capp(E) = 0. By the Poincaré inequality, see Theorem
3.17, we have
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
|u(y)− uB(x,r)|p
dy clim
r→0
rp
B(x,r)
|Du(y)|p
dy = 0
for every x ∈ Rn
 E. We conclude that
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
|u(y)− u∗
(x)|dy
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
|u(y)− u∗
(x)|p
dy
1
p
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
|u(y)− uB(x,r)|p
dy
1
p
+ lim
r→0
|uB(x,r) − u∗
(x)| = 0
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 115
whenever x ∈ Rn
(E ∪ F). Finally we observe that
capp(E ∪ F) capp(E)+capp(F) = 0.
(3) Let ε > 0 and choose k large enough so that capp(Fk) < ε
2 . Then by outer
regularity of the capacity, see Remark 4.5, there is an open set O containing Fk so
that capp(O) < ε. Since (ui) converges uniformly to u∗
on Rn
O we conclude that
u∗
|XO is continuous. Thus u∗
is p-quasicontinuous.
4.5 Sobolev spaces with zero boundary
values
In this section we return to Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values started in
Section 1.9. Assume that Ω is an open subset of Rn
and 1 p < ∞. Recall that
W
1,p
0 (Ω) with 1 p < ∞ is the closure of C∞
0 (Ω) with respect to the Sobolev norm,
see Defintion 1.20. Using pointwise properties of Sobolev functions we discuss the
definition of W
1,p
0 (Ω).
The first result is a W
1,p
0 (Ω) version of Corollary 4.21 which states that for
every u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) there is a p-quasicontinuous function v ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) such that
u = v almost everywhere in Rn
.
Theorem 4.28. If u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω), there exists a p-quasicontinuous function v ∈
W1,p
(Rn
) such that u = v almost everywhere in Ω and v = 0 p-quasieverywhere in
Rn
Ω.
T H E M O R A L : Quasicontinuous functions in Sobolev spaces with zero bound-
ary values are zero quasieverywhere in the complement.
Proof. Since u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω), there exist ui ∈ C∞
0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in
W1,p
(Ω) as i → ∞. Since (ui) is a Cauchy sequence in W1,p
(Rn
), by Theorem 4.18
it has a subsequence of (ui) that converges pointwise p-quasieverywhere in Rn
to a function v ∈ W1,p
(Rn
). Moreover, the convergence is uniform outside a set
of arbitrary small p-capacity and, as in Corollary 4.21, the limit function v is
p-quasicontinuous.
Theorem 4.29. If u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) is p-quasicontinuous and u = 0 p-quasieverywhere
in Rn
Ω, then u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
T H E M O R A L : Quasicontinuous functions in a Sobolev space on the whole
space which are zero quasieverywhere in the complement belong to the Sobolev
space with zero boundary values. In particular, continuous functions in a Sobolev
space on the whole space which are zero everywhere in the complement belong to
the Sobolev space with zero boundary values.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 116
Proof. (1) We show that u can be approximated by W1,p
(Rn
) functions with com-
pact support in Ω. If we can construct such a sequence for u+ = max{u,0}, then we
can do it for u− = −min{u,0}, and we obtain the result for u = u+ + u−. Thus we
may assume that u 0. By Theorem 1.24 we may assume that u has a compact
support in Rn
and by considering truncations min{u,λ}, λ > 0, we may assume
that u is bounded (exercise).
(2) Let δ > 0 and let O ⊂ Rn
be an open set such that capp(O) < δ and the
restriction of u to Rn
O is continuous. Denote
E = {x ∈ Rn
Ω : u(x) = 0}.
By assumption capp(E) = 0. Let v ∈ A (O ∪ E) such that 0 v 1 and
v
p
W1,p(Rn)
< δ,
see Remark 4.2. Then v = 1 in an open set G containing O ∪ E. Define
uε(x) = max{u(x)−ε,0}, 0 < ε < 1.
Let x ∈ ΩG. Since u(x) = 0 and the restriction of u to Rn
G is continuous, there
exists rx > 0 such that uε = 0 in B(x,rx)G. Thus (1− v)uε = 0 in B(x,rx)∪G for
every x ∈ ΩG. This shows that (1− v)uε is zero in a neighbourhood of Rn
Ω,
which implies that (1− v)uε is compactly supported in Ω. Lemma 1.23 implies
(1− v)uε ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω). We show that this kind of functions converge to u in W1,p
(Rn
).
(3) Since
uε =



u −ε in {x ∈ Rn : u(x) ε},
0 in {x ∈ Rn : u(x) ε},
by Remark 1.27 we have
Duε =



Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Rn : u(x) ε},
0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Rn : u(x) ε}.
Thus
u −(1− v)uε W1,p(Rn) u − uε W1,p(Rn) + vuε W1,p(Rn).
Using the facts that u − uε ε and supp(u − uε) ⊂ suppu, we obtain
u − uε W1,p(Rn) u − uε Lp(Rn) + Du − Duε Lp(Rn)
ε χsuppu Lp(Rn) + χ{0<u ε}Du Lp(Rn) → 0
as ε → 0. Observe that, by the dominated convergence theorem, we have
lim
ε→0
χ{0<u ε}Du Lp(Rn) = lim
ε→0
ˆ
Rn
χ{0<u ε}|Du|p
dx
1
p
=
ˆ
Rn
lim
ε→0
χ{0<u ε}|Du|p
dx
1
p
= 0,
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 117
where χ{0<u ε}|Du|p
|Du|p
∈ L1
(Rn
) may be used as an integrable majorant. On
the other hand,
vuε W1,p(Rn) vuε Lp(Rn) + D(vuε) Lp(Rn)
vuε Lp(Rn) + uεDv Lp(Rn) + vDuε Lp(Rn)
uv Lp(Rn) + uDv Lp(Rn) + vDuε Lp(Rn)
u L∞(Rn) v Lp(Rn) + u L∞(Rn) Dv Lp(Rn) + vDu Lp(Rn)
2 u L∞(Rn) v W1,p(Rn) + vDu Lp(Rn)
2δ
1
p u L∞(Rn) + vDu Lp(Rn).
Since v = vδ → 0 in Lp
(Rn
) as δ → 0, there is a subsequence (δi) for which vi =
vδi
→ 0 almost everywhere as i → ∞. By the dominated convergence theorem, we
have
lim
i→∞
viDu Lp(Rn) = lim
i→∞
ˆ
Rn
|vi|p
|Du|p
dx
1
p
=
ˆ
Rn
( lim
i→∞
|vi|p
)|Du|p
dx
1
p
= 0,
where |vi|p
|Du|p
|Du|p
, so that |Du|p
∈ L1
(Rn
) may be used as an integrable
majorant. Thus we conclude that
lim
i→∞
viuε W1,p(Rn) lim
i→∞
2δ
1
p
i
u L∞(Rn) + viDu Lp(Rn) = 0.
Thus
u −(1− vi)uε W1,p(Rn) → 0
as ε → 0 and i → ∞. Since
(1− vi)uε ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) and (1− vi)uε → u in W1,p
(Rn
)
as ε → 0 and i → ∞, we conclude that u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
Remark 4.30. If u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) is continuous and zero everywhere in Rn
Ω, then
u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
We obtain a very useful characterization of Sobolev spaces with zero boundary
values on an arbitrary open set by combining the last two theorems.
Corollary 4.31. u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) if and only if there exists a p-quasicontinuous
function u∗
∈ W1,p
(Rn
) such that u∗
= u almost everywhere in Ω and u = 0 p-
quasieverywhere in Rn
Ω.
T H E M O R A L : Quasicontinuous functions in Sobolev spaces with zero bound-
ary values are precisely functions in the Sobolev space on the whole space which
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 118
are zero quasieverywhere in the complement. This result can be used to show that
a given function belongs to the Sobolev space with zero boundary values without
constructing an approximating sequence of compactly supported smooth functions.
There is also a characterization of Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values
using Lebesgue points for Sobolev functions.
Theorem 4.32. Assume that Ω ⊂ Rn
is an open set and u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) with 1 < p <
∞. Then u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) if and only if
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
u(y)dy = 0
for p-quasievery x ∈ Rn
Ω.
T H E M O R A L : A function in the Sobolev space on the whole space belongs to
the Sobolev space with zero boundary values if and only if the limit of integral
averages is zero quasieverywhere in the complement.
Proof. =⇒ If u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω), then by Theorem 4.28 there exists a p-quasicontinuous
function u∗
∈ W1,p
(Rn
) such that u∗
= u almost everywhere in Ω and u∗
= 0
p-quasieverywhere in Rn
Ω. Theorem 4.27 shows that the limit
u∗
(x) = lim
r→0 B(x,r)
u(y)dy
exists p-quasieverywhere and that the function u∗
is a p-quasicontinuous repre-
sentative of u. This shows that
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
u(y)dy = u∗
(x) = 0
for p-quasievery x ∈ Rn
Ω.
⇐= Assume then that u ∈ W1,p
(Rn
) and
lim
r→0 B(x,r)
u(y)dy = 0
for p-quasievery x ∈ Rn
Ω. Theorem 4.27 shows that the limit
u∗
(x) = lim
r→0 B(x,r)
u(y)dy
exists p-quasieverywhere and that the function u∗
is a p-quasicontinuous repre-
sentative of u. We conclude that u∗
(x) = 0 for p-quasievery x ∈ Rn
Ω.
Example 4.33. Let Ω = B(0,1){0} and u : Ω → R, u(x) = 1−|x|. Then u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω)
for 1 < p n and u ∉ W
1,p
0 (Ω) for p > n.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 119
T H E M O R A L : A function that belongs to the Sobolev space with zero boundary
values does not have to be zero at every point of the boundary.
Remark 4.34. Theorem 4.32 gives a practical tool to show that a function belongs
to a Sobolev space with zero boundary values. For example, the following claims
follow from Theorem 4.32 (exercise).
(1) Assume that u ∈ W1,p
(Ω) has a compact support, then u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
(2) Assume that u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω). Then |u| ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
(3) Assume that u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω). If v ∈ W1,p
(Ω) and 0 v u almost everywhere
in Ω, then v ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
(4) Assume that u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω). If v ∈ W1,p
(Ω) and |v| |u| almost everywhere
in Ω K, where K is a compact subset of Ω, then v ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω).
Let E ⊂ Ω be a relatively closed set, that is, there exists a closed F ⊂ Rn
such
that E = Ω∩ F, with |E| = 0. It is clear that W
1,p
0 (Ω E) ⊂ W
1,p
0 (Ω). By
W
1,p
0 (Ω E) = W
1,p
0 (Ω)
we mean that every u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) can be approximated by functions in C∞
0 (Ω E)
or in W
1,p
0 (Ω E).
Theorem 4.35. Assume that E is a closed subset of Ω. Then W
1,p
0 (Ω) = W
1,p
0 (Ω
E) if and only if capp(E) = 0.
Proof. ⇐= Assume capp(E) = 0. Lemma 4.6 implies |E| = 0 so that it is reasonable
to ask whether W
1,p
0 (Ω) = W
1,p
0 (Ω E) when we consider functions defined up to a
set of measure.
It is clear that W
1,p
0 (Ω E) ⊂ W
1,p
0 (Ω). To see reverse inclusion, let ui ∈ C∞
0 (Ω),
i = 1,2,..., be such that ui → u in W1,p
(Ω) as i → ∞. Since capp(E) = 0 there are
vj ∈ A (E), j = 1,2,..., be such that vj W1,p(Rn) → 0 as j → ∞. Then (1− vj)ui ∈
W1,p
(Ω) and, since vj = 1 in a neighbourhood of E, supp(1 − vj)ui is a compact
subset of ΩE for every i, j = 1,2,.... Lemma 1.23 implies (1−vj)ui ∈ W
1,p
0 (ΩE),
i, j = 1,2,....
Moreover, we have
u −(1− vj)ui W1,p(Ω) u − ui W1,p(Ω) + vjui W1,p(Ω),
where u − ui W1,p(Ω) → 0 as i → ∞ and
vjui W1,p(Ω) vjui Lp(Ω) + D(vjui) Lp(Ω)
ui L∞(Ω) vj Lp(Ω) + vjDui Lp(Ω) + uiDvj Lp(Ω)
ui L∞(Ω) vj Lp(Ω) + vjDui Lp(Ω) + ui L∞(Ω) Dvj Lp(Ω)
2 ui L∞(Ω) vj W1,p(Ω) + vjDui Lp(Ω).
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 120
Since vj → 0 in Lp
(Ω) as j → ∞, there is a subsequence, still denoted by (vj),
for which vj → 0 almost everywhere as j → ∞. By the dominated convergence
theorem, we have
lim
j→∞
vjDui Lp(Ω) = lim
j→∞
ˆ
Ω
|vj|p
|Dui|p
dx
1
p
=
ˆ
Ω
( lim
j→∞
|vj|p
)|Dui|p
dx
1
p
= 0.
Observe that |vj|p
|Dui|p
|Dui|p
for j = 1,2,..., so that |Dui|p
∈ L1
(Ω) may be
used as an integrable majorant. Thus
u −(1− vj)ui W1,p(Ω) → 0 as i, j → ∞.
Since
(1− vj)ui ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) and (1− vj)ui → u in W1,p
(Ω E)
as i, j → ∞, we conclude that u ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω E).
=⇒ Let x0 ∈ Ω and let i0 ∈ N be large enough that
dist(x0,Rn
Ω) >
1
i0
.
Define
Ωi = x ∈ Ω : dist(x,Rn
Ω) >
1
i
∩B(x0, i), i = i0, i0 +1,....
Observe that Ωi Ωi+1 ··· Ω and Ω = ∞
i=i0
Ωi. Let ui : Rn
→ R,
ui(x) = dist(x,Rn
Ω2i).
Then ui is Lipschitz continuous, ui ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω) and ui(x) 1
2i for every x ∈ E ∩Ωi,
i = 1,2,.... Since W
1,p
0 (Ω) = W
1,p
0 (Ω E) we have ui ∈ W
1,p
0 (Ω E), i = 1,2,....
Fix i and let vj ∈ C∞
0 (Ω E), j = 1,2,..., such that vj → ui in W1,p
(Ω E) as
j → ∞. Since 3i(ui − vj) 1 in a neigbourhood of E ∩Ωi. Thus
capp(E ∩Ωi) 3i(ui − vj)
p
W1,p(ΩE)
= (3i)p
ui − vj
p
W1,p(ΩE)
→ 0 as j → ∞.
Thus capp(E ∩Ωi) = 0, i = 1,2..., and by subadditivity
capp(E) = capp
∞
i=1
(E ∩Ωi)
∞
i=1
capp(E ∩Ωi) = 0.
CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 121
THE END
Bibliography
[1] D. Aalto and J. Kinnunen, Maximal functions in Sobolev spaces. Sobolev
spaces in mathematics. I, 25–67, Int. Math. Ser. (N. Y.), 8, Springer, New
York, 2009.
[2] D.R. Adams and L.I. Hedberg, Function spaces and potential theory,
Springer 1996.
[3] R.A. Adams and J.J.F. Fournier, Sobolev spaces (second edition), Aca-
demic Press 2003.
[4] L. Diening, P. Harjulehto, P. Hästö and M. Ružiˇcka, Lebesgue and
Sobolev spaces with variable exponents, Springer 2011.
[5] E. Di Nezza, G. Palatucci and E. Valdinoci, Hitchhiker’s guide to the
fractional Sobolev spaces, Bull. Sci. Math. 136 (2012), no. 5, 521–573.
[6] L.C. Evans, Partial differential equations, 2nd edition, AMS 2010.
[7] L.C. Evans and R.F. Gariepy, Measure theory and fine properties of
functions, CRC Press 1992.
[8] P. Hajłasz, Sobolev inequalities, truncation method, and John domains.
Papers on analysis, 109?126, Rep. Univ. Jyväskylä Dep. Math. Stat., 83,
2001.
[9] J. Heinonen, Lectures on analysis on metric spaces, Springer 2001.
[10] J. Heinonen, T. Kilpeläinen and O. Martio, Nonlinear potential theory
of degenerate elliptic equations. Unabridged republication of the 1993
original. Dover Publications, 2006.
[11] G. Leoni, A first course in Sobolev spaces, 2nd edition, AMS 2017.
[12] V. Maz’ya, Sobolev space with applications to elliptic partial differential
equation, 2nd edition, Springer 2011.
[13] E. M. Stein, Singular Integrals and Differentiability Properties of Func-
tions, Princeton University Press, 1970.
[14] W.P. Ziemer, Weak differentiable functions, Springer 1989.
122

More Related Content

PPTX
Inner product space
PPTX
Geometric Progressions
PPT
GREEN THEOREM Mohini yaduwanshi BSC I SEM 2018
PPT
Partial derivative1
PPTX
2.0 rectangular coordinate system t
PPTX
Polynomials
PDF
Inner product spaces
DOCX
Graph of polynomial function
Inner product space
Geometric Progressions
GREEN THEOREM Mohini yaduwanshi BSC I SEM 2018
Partial derivative1
2.0 rectangular coordinate system t
Polynomials
Inner product spaces
Graph of polynomial function

What's hot (14)

PPTX
Math 7 – special products of binomials
PPTX
4.5 continuous functions and differentiable functions
PDF
Math school-books-3rd-preparatory-2nd-term-khawagah-2019
PDF
Complex Numbers and Functions. Complex Differentiation
PPTX
Predicates and quantifiers
PDF
Dsp U Lec05 The Z Transform
PPTX
Inner Product Space
PPTX
diophantine equation and congruence puzzles
PDF
1 complex numbers
PPT
Relations and Functions
PPTX
Il Dominio di vari tipi di funzione
PPTX
3.6 applications in optimization
PPTX
2 1 relationsfunctions
Math 7 – special products of binomials
4.5 continuous functions and differentiable functions
Math school-books-3rd-preparatory-2nd-term-khawagah-2019
Complex Numbers and Functions. Complex Differentiation
Predicates and quantifiers
Dsp U Lec05 The Z Transform
Inner Product Space
diophantine equation and congruence puzzles
1 complex numbers
Relations and Functions
Il Dominio di vari tipi di funzione
3.6 applications in optimization
2 1 relationsfunctions
Ad

Similar to Sobolev spaces (20)

PDF
Functional analysis in mechanics 2e
PDF
Functional analysis in mechanics
PDF
Elliptic Partial Differential Equations Existence And Regularity Of Distribut...
PDF
Elliptic Partial Differential Equations Existence And Regularity Of Distribut...
PDF
Elliptic Partial Differential Equations Lucio Boccardo Gisella Croce
PDF
Math516 runde
PDF
Journal Of Functional Analysis Volume 253 A Connes D Stroock Chief Editors
PDF
Existence of weak solutions
PDF
An Introduction To Functional Analysis 1st Edition James C Robinson
PDF
590-Article Text.pdf
PDF
590-Article Text.pdf
PDF
A Survey On The Weierstrass Approximation Theorem
PDF
Functional Analysis (Gerald Teschl)
PDF
Lectures on analytic differential equations Yulij Ilyashenko
PDF
On best one sided approximation by multivariate lagrange
PDF
Blowup Theory For Elliptic Pdes In Riemannian Geometry Mn45 Course Book Olivi...
PDF
P1 . norm vector space
PDF
Lectures on analytic differential equations Yulij Ilyashenko
PDF
Partial Diff Equations And Functional Analysis The Philippe Clement Festschri...
Functional analysis in mechanics 2e
Functional analysis in mechanics
Elliptic Partial Differential Equations Existence And Regularity Of Distribut...
Elliptic Partial Differential Equations Existence And Regularity Of Distribut...
Elliptic Partial Differential Equations Lucio Boccardo Gisella Croce
Math516 runde
Journal Of Functional Analysis Volume 253 A Connes D Stroock Chief Editors
Existence of weak solutions
An Introduction To Functional Analysis 1st Edition James C Robinson
590-Article Text.pdf
590-Article Text.pdf
A Survey On The Weierstrass Approximation Theorem
Functional Analysis (Gerald Teschl)
Lectures on analytic differential equations Yulij Ilyashenko
On best one sided approximation by multivariate lagrange
Blowup Theory For Elliptic Pdes In Riemannian Geometry Mn45 Course Book Olivi...
P1 . norm vector space
Lectures on analytic differential equations Yulij Ilyashenko
Partial Diff Equations And Functional Analysis The Philippe Clement Festschri...
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Basic Mud Logging Guide for educational purpose
PDF
3rd Neelam Sanjeevareddy Memorial Lecture.pdf
PDF
TR - Agricultural Crops Production NC III.pdf
PDF
Computing-Curriculum for Schools in Ghana
PDF
Sports Quiz easy sports quiz sports quiz
PDF
ANTIBIOTICS.pptx.pdf………………… xxxxxxxxxxxxx
PDF
Anesthesia in Laparoscopic Surgery in India
PDF
Supply Chain Operations Speaking Notes -ICLT Program
PPTX
Cell Structure & Organelles in detailed.
PDF
Pre independence Education in Inndia.pdf
PDF
Saundersa Comprehensive Review for the NCLEX-RN Examination.pdf
PDF
Microbial disease of the cardiovascular and lymphatic systems
PDF
01-Introduction-to-Information-Management.pdf
PDF
Physiotherapy_for_Respiratory_and_Cardiac_Problems WEBBER.pdf
PPTX
Pharmacology of Heart Failure /Pharmacotherapy of CHF
PPTX
Institutional Correction lecture only . . .
PDF
grade 11-chemistry_fetena_net_5883.pdf teacher guide for all student
PDF
2.FourierTransform-ShortQuestionswithAnswers.pdf
PPTX
Lesson notes of climatology university.
PPTX
Final Presentation General Medicine 03-08-2024.pptx
Basic Mud Logging Guide for educational purpose
3rd Neelam Sanjeevareddy Memorial Lecture.pdf
TR - Agricultural Crops Production NC III.pdf
Computing-Curriculum for Schools in Ghana
Sports Quiz easy sports quiz sports quiz
ANTIBIOTICS.pptx.pdf………………… xxxxxxxxxxxxx
Anesthesia in Laparoscopic Surgery in India
Supply Chain Operations Speaking Notes -ICLT Program
Cell Structure & Organelles in detailed.
Pre independence Education in Inndia.pdf
Saundersa Comprehensive Review for the NCLEX-RN Examination.pdf
Microbial disease of the cardiovascular and lymphatic systems
01-Introduction-to-Information-Management.pdf
Physiotherapy_for_Respiratory_and_Cardiac_Problems WEBBER.pdf
Pharmacology of Heart Failure /Pharmacotherapy of CHF
Institutional Correction lecture only . . .
grade 11-chemistry_fetena_net_5883.pdf teacher guide for all student
2.FourierTransform-ShortQuestionswithAnswers.pdf
Lesson notes of climatology university.
Final Presentation General Medicine 03-08-2024.pptx

Sobolev spaces

  • 1. JUHA KINNUNEN Sobolev spaces Department of Mathematics and Systems Analysis, Aalto University 2017
  • 2. Contents 1 SOBOLEV SPACES 1 1.1 Weak derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1.2 Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1.3 Properties of weak derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.4 Completeness of Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1.5 Hilbert space structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1.6 Approximation by smooth functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1.7 Local approximation in Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 1.8 Global approximation in Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 1.9 Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 1.10 Chain rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 1.11 Truncation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 1.12 Sequential weak compactness of Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . 25 1.13 Difference quotients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 1.14 Absolute continuity on lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 2 SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 37 2.1 Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 2.2 Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 2.3 Morrey’s inequality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 2.4 Lipschitz functions and W1,∞ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 2.5 Summary of the Sobolev embeddings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 2.6 Direct methods in the calculus of variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 3 MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 62 3.1 Representation formulas and Riesz potentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 3.2 Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 3.3 Sobolev inequalities on domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 3.4 A maximal function characterization of Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . 81 3.5 Pointwise estimates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 3.6 Approximation by Lipschitz functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 3.7 Maximal operator on Sobolev spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
  • 3. CONTENTS ii 4 POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 97 4.1 Sobolev capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 4.2 Capacity and measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 4.3 Quasicontinuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 4.4 Lebesgue points of Sobolev functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 4.5 Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
  • 4. 1Sobolev spaces In this chapter we begin our study of Sobolev spaces. The Sobolev space is a vector space of functions that have weak derivatives. Motivation for studying these spaces is that solutions of partial differential equations, when they exist, belong naturally to Sobolev spaces. 1.1 Weak derivatives Notation. Let Ω ⊂ Rn be open, f : Ω → R and k = 1,2,.... Then we use the following notations: C(Ω) = {f : f continuous in Ω} supp f = {x ∈ Ω : f (x) = 0} = the support of f C0(Ω) = {f ∈ C(Ω) : supp f is a compact subset of Ω} Ck (Ω) = {f ∈ C(Ω) : f is k times continuously diferentiable} Ck 0(Ω) = Ck (Ω)∩C0(Ω) C∞ = ∞ k=1 Ck (Ω) = smooth functions C∞ 0 (Ω) = C∞ (Ω)∩C0(Ω) = compactly supported smooth functions = test functions W A R N I N G : In general, supp f Ω. Examples 1.1: (1) Let u : B(0,1) → R, u(x) = 1−|x|. Then suppu = B(0,1). 1
  • 5. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 2 (2) Let f : R → R be f (x) =    x2 , x 0, −x2 , x < 0. Now f ∈ C1 (R)C2 (R) although the graph looks smooth. (3) Let us define ϕ : Rn → R, ϕ(x) =    e 1 |x|2−1 , x ∈ B(0,1), 0, x ∈ Rn B(0,1). Now ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ) and suppϕ = B(0,1) (exercise). Let us start with a motivation for definition of weak derivatives. Let Ω ⊂ Rn be open, u ∈ C1 (Ω) and ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). Integration by parts gives ˆ Ω u ϕ xj dx = − ˆ Ω u xj ϕdx. There is no boundary term, since ϕ has a compact support in Ω and thus vanishes near Ω. Let then u ∈ Ck (Ω), k = 1,2,..., and let α = (α1,α2,...,αn) ∈ Nn (we use the convention that 0 ∈ N) be a multi-index such that the order of multi-index |α| = α1 +...+αn is at most k. We denote Dα u = |α| u x α1 1 ... x αn n = α1 x α1 1 ... αn x αn n u. T H E M O R A L : A coordinate of a multi-index indicates how many times a function is differentiated with respect to the corresponding variable. The order of a multi-index tells the total number of differentiations. Successive integration by parts gives ˆ Ω uDα ϕdx = (−1)|α| ˆ Ω Dα uϕdx. Notice that the left-hand side makes sense even under the assumption u ∈ L1 loc (Ω). Definition 1.2. Assume that u ∈ L1 loc (Ω) and let α ∈ Nn be a multi-index. Then v ∈ L1 loc (Ω) is the αth weak partial derivative of u, written Dα u = v, if ˆ Ω uDα ϕdx = (−1)|α| ˆ Ω vϕdx for every test function ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). We denote D0 u = D(0,...,0) = u. If |α| = 1, then Du = (D1u,D2u...,Dnu) is the weak gradient of u. Here Dju = u xj = D(0,...,1,...,0) u, j = 1,...,n, (the jth component is 1).
  • 6. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 3 T H E M O R A L : Classical derivatives are defined as pointwise limits of differ- ence quotients, but the weak derivatives are defined as a functions satisfying the integration by parts formula. Observe, that changing the function on a set of measure zero does not affect its weak derivatives. W A R N I N G We use the same notation for the weak and classical derivatives. It should be clear from the context which interpretation is used. Remarks 1.3: (1) If u ∈ Ck (Ω), then the classical weak derivatives up to order k are also the corresponding weak derivatives of u. In this sense, weak derivatives generalize classical derivatives. (2) If u = 0 almost everywhere in an open set, then Dα u = 0 almost everywhere in the same set. Lemma 1.4. A weak αth partial derivative of u, if it exists, is uniquely defined up to a set of measure zero. Proof. Assume that v,v ∈ L1 loc (Ω) are both weak αth partial derivatives of u, that is, ˆ Ω uDα ϕdx = (−1)|α| ˆ Ω vϕdx = (−1)|α| ˆ Ω vϕdx for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). This implies that ˆ Ω (v− v)ϕdx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). (1.1) Claim: v = v almost everywhere in Ω. Reason. Let Ω Ω (i.e. Ω is open and Ω is a compact subset of Ω). The space C∞ 0 (Ω ) is dense in Lp (Ω ) (we shall return to this later). There exists a sequence of functions ϕi ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω ) such that |ϕi| 2 in Ω and ϕi → sgn(v − v) almost everywhere in Ω as i → ∞. Here sgn is the signum function. Identity (1.1) and the dominated convergence theorem, with the majorant |(v− v)ϕi| 2(|v|+|v|) ∈ L1 (Ω ), give 0 = lim i→∞ ˆ Ω (v− v)ϕi dx = ˆ Ω lim i→∞ (v− v)ϕi dx = ˆ Ω (v− v)sgn(v− v)dx = ˆ Ω |v− v|dx This implies that v = v almost everywhere in Ω for every Ω Ω. Thus v = v almost everywhere in Ω. From the proof we obtain a very useful corollary.
  • 7. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 4 Corollary 1.5 (Fundamental lemma of the calculus of variations). If f ∈ L1 loc (Ω) satisfies ˆ Ω f ϕdx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω), then f = 0 almost everywhere in Ω. T H E M O R A L : This is an integral way to say that a function is zero almost everywhere. Example 1.6. Let n = 1 and Ω = (0,2). Consider u(x) =    x, 0 < x 1, 1, 1 x < 2, and v(x) =    1, 0 < x 1, 0, 1 x < 2. We claim that u = v in the weak sense. To see this, we show that ˆ 2 0 uϕ dx = − ˆ 2 0 vϕdx for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 ((0,2)). Reason. An integration by parts and the fundamental theorem of calculus give ˆ 2 0 u(x)ϕ (x)dx = ˆ 1 0 xϕ (x)dx+ ˆ 2 1 ϕ (x)dx = xϕ(x) 1 0 =ϕ(1) − ˆ 1 0 ϕ(x)dx+ϕ(2) =0 −ϕ(1) = − ˆ 1 0 ϕ(x)dx = − ˆ 2 0 vϕ(x)dx for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 ((0,2)). 1.2 Sobolev spaces Definition 1.7. Assume that Ω is an open subset of Rn . The Sobolev space Wk,p (Ω) consists of functions u ∈ Lp (Ω) such that for every multi-index α with |α| k, the weak derivative Dα u exists and Dα u ∈ Lp (Ω). Thus Wk,p (Ω) = {u ∈ Lp (Ω) : Dα u ∈ Lp (Ω), |α| k}.
  • 8. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 5 If u ∈ Wk,p (Ω), we define its norm u Wk,p(Ω) = |α| k ˆ Ω |Dα u|p dx 1 p , 1 p < ∞, and u Wk,∞(Ω) = |α| k esssup Ω |Dα u|. Notice that D0 u = D(0,...,0) u = u. Assume that Ω is an open subsets of Ω. We say that Ω is compactly contained in Ω, denoted Ω Ω, if Ω is a compact subset of Ω. A function u ∈ W k,p loc (Ω), if u ∈ Wk,p (Ω ) for every Ω Ω. T H E M O R A L : Thus Sobolev space Wk,p (Ω) consists of functions in Lp (Ω) that have weak partial derivatives up to order k and they belong to Lp (Ω). Remarks 1.8: (1) As in Lp spaces we identify Wk,p functions which are equal almost every- where. (2) There are several ways to define a norm on Wk,p (Ω). The norm · Wk,p(Ω) is equivalent, for example, with the norm |α| k Dα u Lp(Ω), 1 p ∞. and · Wk,∞(Ω) is also equivalent with max |α| k Dα u L∞(Ω). (3) For k = 1 we use the norm u W1,p(Ω) = u p Lp(Ω) + Du p Lp(Ω) 1 p = ˆ Ω |u|p dx+ ˆ Ω |Du|p dx 1 p , 1 p < ∞, and u W1,∞(Ω) = esssup Ω |u|+esssup Ω |Du|. We may also consider equivalent norms u W1,p(Ω) = u p Lp(Ω) + n j=1 Dju p Lp(Ω) 1 p , u W1,p(Ω) = u Lp(Ω) + n j=1 Dju Lp(Ω) , and u W1,p(Ω) = u Lp(Ω) + Du Lp(Ω) when 1 p < ∞ and u W1,∞(Ω) = max u L∞(Ω), D1 u L∞(Ω) ,..., Dnu L∞(Ω) .
  • 9. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 6 Example 1.9. Let u : B(0,1) → [0,∞], u(x) = |x|−α , α > 0. Clearly u ∈ C∞ (B(0,1) {0}), but u is unbounded in any neighbourhood of the origin. We start by showing that u has a weak derivative in the entire unit ball. When x = 0 , we have u xj (x) = −α|x|−α−1 xj |x| = −α xj |x|α+2 , j = 1,...,n. Thus Du(x) = −α x |x|α+2 . Gauss’ theorem gives ˆ B(0,1)B(0,ε) Dj(uϕ)dx = ˆ (B(0,1)B(0,ε)) uϕνj dS, where ν = (ν1,...,νn) is the outward pointing unit (|ν| = 1) normal of the boundary and ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (B(0,1)). As ϕ = 0 on B(0,1), this can be written as ˆ B(0,1)B(0,ε) Djuϕdx+ ˆ B(0,1)B(0,ε) uDjϕdx = ˆ B(0,ε) uϕνj dS. By rearranging terms, we obtain ˆ B(0,1)B(0,ε) uDjϕdx = − ˆ B(0,1)B(0,ε) Djuϕdx+ ˆ B(0,ε) uϕνj dS. (1.2) Let us estimate the last term on the right-hand side. Since ν(x) = − x |x| , we have νj(x) = − xj |x| , when x ∈ B(0,ε). Thus ˆ B(0,ε) uϕνj dS ϕ L∞(B(0,1)) ˆ B(0,ε) ε−α dS = ϕ L∞(B(0,1))ωn−1εn−1−α → 0 as ε → 0, if n−1−α > 0. Here ωn−1 = H n−1 ( B(0,1)) is the (n−1)-dimensional measure of the sphere B(0,1). Next we study integrability of Dju. We need this information in order to be able to use the dominated convergence theorem. A straightforward computation gives ˆ B(0,1) Dju dx ˆ B(0,1) |Du| dx = α ˆ B(0,1) |x|−α−1 dx = α ˆ 1 0 ˆ B(0,r) |x|−α−1 dS dr = αωn−1 ˆ 1 0 r−α−1+n−1 dr = αωn−1 ˆ 1 0 rn−α−2 dr = αωn−1 n−α−1 rn−α−1 1 0 < ∞, if n−1−α > 0.
  • 10. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 7 The following argument shows that Dju is a weak derivative of u also in a neighbourhood of the origin. By the dominated convergence theorem ˆ B(0,1) uDjϕdx = ˆ B(0,1) lim ε→0 uDjϕχB(0,1)B(0,ε) dx = lim ε→0 ˆ B(0,1)B(0,ε) uDjϕdx = −lim ε→0 ˆ B(0,1)B(0,ε) Djuϕdx+lim ε→0 ˆ B(0,ε) uϕνj dS = − ˆ B(0,1) lim ε→0 DjuϕχB(0,1)B(0,ε) dx = − ˆ B(0,1) Djuϕdx. Here we used the dominated convergence theorem twice: First to the function uDjϕχB(0,1)B(0,ε) , which is dominated by |u| Dϕ ∞ ∈ L1 (B(0,1)), and then to the function DjuϕχB(0,1)B(0,ε) , which is dominated by |Du| ϕ ∞ ∈ L1 (B(0,1)). We also used (1.2) and the fact that the last term there converges to zero as ε → 0. Now we have proved that u has a weak derivative in the unit ball. We note that u ∈ Lp (B(0,1)) if and only if −pα + n > 0, or equivalently, α < n p . On the other hand, |Du| ∈ Lp (B(0,1), if −p(α+1)+ n > 0, or equivalently, α < n−p p . Thus u ∈ W1,p (B(0,1)) if and only if α < n−p p . Let (ri) be a countable and dense subset of B(0,1) and define u : B(0,1) → [0,∞], u(x) = ∞ i=1 1 2i |x− ri|−α . Then u ∈ W1,p (B(0,1)) if α < n−p p . Reason. |x− ri|−α W1,p(B(0,1)) ∞ i=1 1 2i |x− ri|−α W1,p(B(0,1)) = ∞ i=1 1 2i |x|−α W1,p(B(0,1)) = |x|−α W1,p(B(0,1)) < ∞. Note that if α > 0, then u is unbounded in every open subset of B(0,1) and not differentiable in the classical sense in a dense subset. T H E M O R A L : Functions in W1,p , 1 p < n, n 2, may be unbounded in every open subset.
  • 11. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 8 Example 1.10. Observe, that u(x) = |x|−α , α > 0, does not belong to W1,n (B(0,1). However, there are unbounded functions in W1,n , n 2. Let u : B(0,1) → R, u(x) =    log log 1+ 1 |x| , x = 0, 0, x = 0. Then u ∈ W1,n (B(0,1)) when n 2, but u ∉ L∞ (B(0,1)). This can be used to construct a function in W1,n (B(0,1) that is unbounded in every open subset of B(0,1) (exercise). T H E M O R A L : Functions in W1,p , 1 p n, n 2, are not continuous. Later we shall see, that every W1,p function with p > n coincides with a continuous function almost everywhere. Example 1.11. The function u : B(0,1) → R, u(x) = u(x1,...,xn) =    1, xn > 0, 0, xn < 0, does not belong to W1,p (B(0,1) for any 1 p ∞ (exercise). 1.3 Properties of weak derivatives The following general properties of weak derivatives follow rather directly from the definition. Lemma 1.12. Assume that u,v ∈ Wk,p (Ω) and |α| k. Then (1) Dα u ∈ Wk−|α|,p (Ω), (2) Dβ (Dα u) = Dα (Dβ u) for all multi-indices α,β with |α|+|β| k, (3) for every λ,µ ∈ R, λu +µv ∈ Wk,p (Ω) and Dα (λu +µv) = λDα u +µDα v, (4) if Ω ⊂ Ω is open, then u ∈ Wk,p (Ω ), (5) (Leibniz’s formula) if η ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω), then ηu ∈ Wk,p (Ω) and Dα (ηu) = β α α β Dβ ηDα−β u, where α β = α! β!(α−β)! , α! = α1!...αn! and β α means that βj αj for every j = 1,...,n.
  • 12. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 9 T H E M O R A L : Weak derivatives have the same properties as classical deriva- tives of smooth functions. Proof. (1) Follows directly from the definition of weak derivatives. See also (2). (2) Let ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). Then Dβ ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). Therefore (−1)|β| ˆ Ω Dβ (Dα u)ϕdx = ˆ Ω Dα uDβ ϕdx = (−1)|α| ˆ Ω uDα+β ϕdx = (−1)|α| (−1)|α+β| ˆ Ω Dα+β uϕdx for all test functions ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). Notice that |α|+|α+β| =α1 +...+αn +(α1 +β1)+...+(αn +βn) =2(α1 +...+αn)+β1 +...+βn =2|α|+|β|. As 2|α| is an even number, the estimate above, together with the uniqueness results Lemma 1.4 and Corollary 1.5, implies that Dβ (Dα u) = Dα+β u. (3) and (4) Clear. (5) First we consider the case |α| = 1. Let ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). By Leibniz’s rule for differentiable functions and the definition of weak derivative ˆ Ω ηuDα ϕdx = ˆ Ω (uDα (ηϕ)− u(Dα η)ϕ)dx = − ˆ Ω (ηDα u + uDα η)ϕdx for all ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). The case |α| > 1 follows by induction (exercise). 1.4 Completeness of Sobolev spaces One of the most useful properties of Sobolev spaces is that they are complete. Thus Sobolev spaces are closed under limits of Cauchy sequences. A sequence (ui) of functions ui ∈ Wk,p (Ω), i = 1,2,..., converges in Wk,p (Ω) to a function u ∈ Wk,p (Ω), if for every ε > 0 there exists iε such that ui − u Wk,p(Ω) < ε when i iε. Equivalently, lim i→∞ ui − u Wk,p(Ω) = 0. A sequence (ui) is a Cauchy sequence in Wk,p (Ω), if for every ε > 0 there exists iε such that ui − uj Wk,p(Ω) < ε when i, j iε.
  • 13. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 10 W A R N I N G : This is not the same condition as ui+1 − ui Wk,p(Ω) < ε when i iε. Indeed, the Cauchy sequence condition implies this, but the converse is not true (exercise). Theorem 1.13 (Completeness). The Sobolev space Wk,p (Ω), 1 p ∞, k = 1,2,..., is a Banach space. T H E M O R A L : The spaces Ck (Ω), k = 1,2,..., are not complete with respect to the Sobolev norm, but Sobolev spaces are. This is important in existence arguments for PDEs. Proof. Step 1: · Wk,p(Ω) is a norm. Reason. (1) u Wk,p(Ω) = 0 ⇐⇒ u = 0 almost everywhere in Ω. =⇒ u Wk,p(Ω) = 0 implies u Lp(Ω) = 0, which implies that u = 0 almost every- where in Ω. ⇐= u = 0 almost everywhere in Ω implies ˆ Ω Dα uϕdx = (−1)|α| ˆ Ω uDα ϕdx = 0 for all ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). This together with Corollary 1.5 implies that Dα u = 0 almost everywhere in Ω for all α, |α| k. (2) λu Wk,p(Ω) = |λ| u Wk,p(Ω), λ ∈ R. Clear. (3) The triangle inequality for 1 p < ∞ follows from the elementary inequal- ity (a+ b)α aα + bα , a, b 0, 0 < α 1, and Minkowski’s inequality, since u + v Wk,p(Ω) = |α| k Dα u + Dα v p Lp(Ω) 1 p |α| k Dα u Lp(Ω) + Dα v Lp(Ω) p 1 p |α| k Dα u p Lp(Ω) 1 p + |α| k Dα v p Lp(Ω) 1 p = u Wk,p(Ω) + v Wk,p(Ω). Step 2: Let (ui) be a Cauchy sequence in Wk,p (Ω). As Dα ui − Dα uj Lp(Ω) ui − uj Wk,p(Ω), |α| k, it follows that (Dα ui) is a Cauchy sequence in Lp (Ω), |α| k. The completeness of Lp (Ω) implies that there exists uα ∈ Lp (Ω) such that Dα ui → uα in Lp (Ω). In particular, ui → u(0,...,0) = u in Lp (Ω).
  • 14. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 11 Step 3: We show that Dα u = uα, |α| k. We would like to argue ˆ Ω uDα ϕdx = lim i→∞ ˆ Ω uiDα ϕdx = lim i→∞ (−1)|α| ˆ Ω Dα uiϕdx = (−1)|α| ˆ Ω Dα uϕdx for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). On the second line we used the definition of the weak derivative. Next we show how to conclude the fist and last inequalities above. 1 < p < ∞ Let ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). By Hölder’s inequality we have ˆ Ω uiDα ϕdx− ˆ Ω uDα ϕdx = ˆ Ω (ui − u)Dα ϕdx ui − u Lp(Ω) Dα ϕ Lp (Ω) → 0 and consequently we obtain the first inequality above. The last inequality follows in the same way, since ˆ Ω Dα uiϕdx− ˆ Ω Dα uϕdx Dα ui − uα Lp(Ω) ϕ Lp (Ω) → 0. p = 1, p = ∞ A similar argument as above (exercise). This means that the weak derivatives Dα u exist and Dα u = uα, |α| k. As we also know that Dα ui → uα = Dα u, |α| k, we conclude that ui −u Wk,p(Ω) → 0. Thus ui → u in Wk,p (Ω). Remark 1.14. Wk,p (Ω), 1 p < ∞ is separable. In the case k = 1 consider the mapping u → (u,Du) from W1,p (Ω) to Lp (Ω)× Lp (Ω))n and recall that a subset of a separable space is separable (exercise). However, W1,∞ (Ω) is not separable. 1.5 Hilbert space structure The space Wk,2 (Ω) is a Hilbert space with the inner product 〈u,v〉Wk,2(Ω) = |α| k 〈Dα u,Dα v〉L2(Ω), where 〈Dα u,Dα v〉L2(Ω) = ˆ Ω Dα uDα vdx. Observe that u Wk,2(Ω) = 〈u,u〉 1 2 Wk,2(Ω) .
  • 15. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 12 1.6 Approximation by smooth functions This section deals with the question whether every function in a Sobolev space can be approximated by a smooth function. Define φ ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ) by φ(x) =    c e 1 |x|2−1 , |x| < 1, 0, |x| 1, where c > 0 is chosen so that ˆ Rn φ(x)dx = 1. For ε > 0, set φε(x) = 1 εn φ x ε . The function φ is called the standard mollifier. Observe that φε 0, suppφε = B(0,ε) and ˆ Rn φε(x)dx = 1 εn ˆ Rn φ x ε dx = 1 εn ˆ Rn φ(y)εn dy = ˆ Rn φ(x)dx = 1 for all ε > 0. Here we used the change of variable y = x ε , dx = εn dy. Notation. If Ω ⊂ Rn is open with Ω = , we write Ωε = {x ∈ Ω : dist(x, Ω) > ε}, ε > 0. If f ∈ L1 loc (Ω), we obtain its standard convolution mollification fε : Ωε → [−∞,∞], fε(x) = (f ∗φε)(x) = ˆ Ω f (y)φε(x− y)dy. T H E M O R A L : Since the convolution is a weighted integral average of f over the ball B(x,ε) for every x, instead of Ω it is well defined only in Ωε. If Ω = Rn , we do not have this problem. Remarks 1.15: (1) For every x ∈ Ωε, fε(x) = ˆ Ω f (y)φε(x− y)dy = ˆ B(x,ε) f (y)φε(x− y)dy. (2) By a change of variables z = x− y we have ˆ Ω f (y)φε(x− y)dy = ˆ Ω f (x− z)φε(z)dz
  • 16. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 13 (3) For every x ∈ Ωε, |fε(x)| ˆ B(x,ε) f (y)φε(x− y)dy φε ∞ ˆ B(x,ε) |f (y)|dy < ∞. (4) If f ∈ C0(Ω), then fε ∈ C0(Ωε), whenever 0 < ε < ε0 = 1 2 dist(supp f , Ω). Reason. If x ∈ Ωε s.t. dist(x,supp f ) > ε0 (in particular, for every x ∈ Ωε Ωε0 ) then B(x,ε)∩supp f = , which implies that fε(x) = 0. Lemma 1.16 (Properties of mollifiers). (1) fε ∈ C∞ (Ωε). (2) fε → f almost everywhere as ε → 0. (3) If f ∈ C(Ω), then fε → f uniformly in every Ω Ω. (4) If f ∈ L p loc (Ω), 1 p < ∞, then fε → f in Lp (Ω ) for every Ω Ω. W A R N I N G : (4) does not hold for p = ∞, since there are functions in L∞ (Ω) that are not continuous. Proof. (1) Let x ∈ Ωε, j = 1,...,n, e j = (0,...,1,...,0) (the jth component is 1). Choose h0 > 0 such that B(x,h0) ⊂ Ωε and let h ∈ R, |h| < h0. Then fε(x+ he j)− fε(x) h = 1 εn ˆ B(x+he j,ε)∪B(x,ε) 1 h φ x+ he j − y ε −φ x− y ε f (y)dy Let us set Ω = B(x,h0 +ε). Now Ω Ω and B(x+ he j,ε)∪B(x,ε) ⊂ Ω . Claim: 1 h φ x+ he j − y ε −φ x− y ε → 1 ε φ xj x− y ε for all y ∈ Ω as h → 0. Reason. Let ψ(x) = φ x−y ε . Then ψ xj (x) = 1 ε φ xj x− y ε , j = 1,...,n and ψ(x+ he j)−ψ(x) = ˆ h 0 t (ψ(x+ te j))dt = ˆ h 0 Dψ(x+ te j)· e j dt. Thus |ψ(x+ he j)−ψ(x)| ˆ |h| 0 |Dψ(x+ te j)· e j|dt 1 ε ˆ |h| 0 Dφ x+ te j − y ε dt |h| ε Dφ L∞(Rn).
  • 17. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 14 This estimate shows that we can use the Lebesgue dominated convergence theorem (on the third row) to obtain fε xj (x) = lim h→0 fε(x+ he j)− fε(x) h = lim h→0 1 εn ˆ Ω 1 h φ x+ he j − y ε −φ x− y ε f (y)dy = 1 εn ˆ Ω 1 ε φ xj x− y ε f (y)dy = ˆ Ω φε xj (x− y) f (y)dy = φε xj ∗ f (x). A similar argument shows that Dα fε exists and Dα fε = Dα φε ∗ f in Ωε for every multi-index α. (2) Recall that ´ B(x,ε) φε(x− y)dy = 1. Therefore we have |fε(x)− f (x)| = ˆ B(x,ε) φε(x− y)f (y)dy− f (x) ˆ B(x,ε) φε(x− y)dy = ˆ B(x,ε) φε(x− y)(f (y)− f (x)dy 1 εn ˆ B(x,ε) φ x− y ε |f (y)− f (x)|dy Ωn φ L∞(Rn) 1 |B(x,ε)| ˆ B(x,ε) |f (y)− f (x)|dy → 0 for almost every x ∈ Ω as ε → 0. Here Ωn = |B(0,1)| and the last convergence follows from the Lebesgue’s differentiation theorem. (3) Let Ω Ω Ω, 0 < ε < dist(Ω , Ω ), and x ∈ Ω . Because Ω is compact and f ∈ C(Ω), f is uniformly continuous in Ω , that is, for every ε > 0 there exists δ > 0 such that |f (x)− f (y)| < ε for all x, y ∈ Ω with |x− y| < δ. By combining this with an estimate from the proof of (ii), we conclude that |fε(x)− f (x)| Ωn φ L∞(Rn) 1 |B(x,ε)| ˆ B(x,ε) |f (y)− f (x)|dy < Ωn φ L∞(Rn) ε for all x ∈ Ω if ε < δ. (4) Let Ω Ω Ω. Claim: ˆ Ω |fε|p dx ˆ Ω |f |p dx whenever 0 < ε < dist(Ω , Ω ) and 0 < ε < dist(Ω , Ω).
  • 18. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 15 Reason. Take x ∈ Ω . By Hölder’s inequality implies |fε(x)| = ˆ B(x,ε) φε(x− y)f (y)dy ˆ B(x,ε) φε(x− y) 1− 1 p φε(x− y) 1 p |f (y)|dy ˆ B(x,ε) φε(x− y)dy 1 p ˆ B(x,ε) φε(x− y)|f (y)|p dy 1 p By raising the previous estimate to power p and by integrating over Ω , we obtain ˆ Ω |fε(x)|p dx ˆ Ω ˆ B(x,ε) φε(x− y)|f (y)|p dydx = ˆ Ω ˆ Ω φε(x− y)|f (y)|p dxdy = ˆ Ω |f (y)|p ˆ Ω φε(x− y)dxdy = ˆ Ω |f (y)|p dy. Here we used Fubini’s theorem and once more the fact that the integral of φε is one. Since C(Ω ) is dense in Lp (Ω ). Therefore for every ε > 0 there exists g ∈ C(Ω ) such that ˆ Ω |f − g|p dx 1 p ε 3 . By (2), we have gε → g uniformly in Ω as ε → 0. Thus ˆ Ω |gε − g|p dx 1 p sup Ω |gε − g| Ω 1 p < ε 3 , when ε > 0 is small enough. Now we use the Minkowski’s inequality and the previous claim to conclude that ˆ Ω |fε − f |p dx 1 p ˆ Ω |fε − gε|p dx 1 p + ˆ Ω |gε − g|p dx 1 p + ˆ Ω |g − f |p dx 1 p 2 ˆ Ω |g − f |p dx 1 p + ˆ Ω |gε − g|p dx 1 p 2 ε 3 + ε 3 = ε . Thus fε → f in Lp (Ω ) as ε → 0.
  • 19. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 16 1.7 Local approximation in Sobolev spaces Next we show that the convolution approximation converges locally in Sobolev spaces. Theorem 1.17. Let u ∈ Wk,p (Ω), 1 p < ∞. then (1) Dα uε = Dα u ∗φε in Ωε and (2) uε → u in Wk,p (Ω ) for every Ω Ω. T H E M O R A L : Smooth functions are dense in local Sobolev spaces. Thus every Sobolev function can be locally approximated with a smooth function in the Sobolev norm. Proof. (1) Fix x ∈ Ωε. Then Dα uε(x) = Dα (u ∗φε)(x) = (u ∗ Dα φε)(x) = ˆ Ω Dα x φε(x− y)u(y)dy = (−1)|α| ˆ Ω Dα y (φε(x− y))u(y)dy. Here we first used the proof of Lemma 1.16 (1) and then the fact that xj φ x− y ε = − xj φ y− x ε = − yj φ x− y ε . For every x ∈ Ωε, the function ϕ(y) = φε(x− y) belongs to C∞ 0 (Ω). Therefore ˆ Ω Dα y (φε(x− y))u(y)dy = (−1)|α| ˆ Ω Dα u(y)φε(x− y)dy. By combining the above facts, we see that Dα uε(x) = (−1)|α|+|α| ˆ Ω Dα u(y)φε(x− y)dy = (Dα u ∗φε)(x). Notice that (−1)|α|+|α| = 1. (2) Let Ω Ω, and choose ε > 0 s.t. Ω ⊂ Ωε. By (i) we know that Dα uε = Dα u ∗φε in Ω , |α| k. By Lemma 1.16, we have Dα uε → Dα u in Lp (Ω ) as ε → 0, |α| k. Consequently uε − u Wk,p(Ω ) = |α| k Dα uε − Dα u p Lp(Ω ) 1 p → 0.
  • 20. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 17 1.8 Global approximation in Sobolev spaces The next result shows that the convolution approximation converges also globally in Sobolev spaces. Theorem 1.18 (Meyers-Serrin). If u ∈ Wk,p (Ω), 1 p < ∞, then there exist functions ui ∈ C∞ (Ω)∩Wk,p (Ω) such that ui → u in Wk,p (Ω). T H E M O R A L : Smooth functions are dense in Sobolev spaces. Thus every Sobolev function can be approximated with a smooth function in the Sobolev norm. In particular, this holds true for the function with a dense infinity set in Example 1.9. Proof. Let Ω0 = and Ωi = x ∈ Ω : dist(x, Ω) > 1 i ∩B(0, i), i = 1,2,.... Then Ω = ∞ i=1 Ωi and Ω1 Ω2 ... Ω. Claim: There exist ηi ∈ C∞ 0 (Ωi+2 Ωi−1), i = 1,2,..., such that 0 ηi 1 and ∞ i=1 ηi(x) = 1 for every x ∈ Ω. This is a partition of unity subordinate to the covering {Ωi}. Reason. By using the distance function and convolution approximation we can construct ηi ∈ C∞ 0 (Ωi+2Ωi−1) such that 0 ηi 1 and ηi = 1 in Ωi+1Ωi (exercise). Then we define ηi(x) = ηi(x) ∞ j=1 ηj(x) , i = 1,2,.... Observe that the sum is only over four indices in a neighbourhood of a given point. Now by Lemma 1.12 (5), ηiu ∈ Wk,p (Ω) and supp(ηiu) ⊂ Ωi+2 Ωi−1. Let ε > 0. Choose εi > 0 so small that supp(φεi ∗(ηiu)) ⊂ Ωi+2 Ωi−1 (see Remark 1.15 (4)) and φεi ∗(ηiu)−ηiu Wk,p(Ω) < ε 2i , i = 1,2,....
  • 21. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 18 By Theorem 1.17 (2), this is possible. Define v = ∞ i=1 φεi ∗(ηiu). This function belongs to C∞ (Ω), since in a neighbourhood of any point x ∈ Ω, there are at most finitely many nonzero terms in the sum. Moreover, v− u Wk,p(Ω) = ∞ i=1 φεi ∗(ηiu)− ∞ i=1 ηiu Wk,p(Ω) ∞ i=1 φεi ∗(ηiu)−ηiu Wk,p(Ω) ∞ i=1 ε 2i = ε. Remarks 1.19: (1) The Meyers-Serrin theorem 1.18 gives the following characterization for the Sobolev spaces W1,p (Ω), 1 p < ∞: u ∈ W1,p (Ω) if and only if there exist functions ui ∈ C∞ (Ω)∩Wk,p (Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in Wk,p (Ω) as i → ∞. In other words, W1,p (Ω) is the completion of C∞ (Ω) in the Sobolev norm. Reason. =⇒ Theorem 1.18. ⇐= Theorem 1.13. (2) The Meyers-Serrin theorem 1.18 is false for p = ∞. Indeed, if ui ∈ C∞ (Ω)∩ W1,∞ (Ω) such that ui → u in W1,∞ (Ω), then u ∈ C1 (Ω) (exercise). Thus special care is required when we consider approximations in W1,∞ (Ω). (3) Let Ω Ω. The proof of Theorem 1.17 and Theorem 1.18 shows that for every ε > 0 there exists v ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω) such that v− u W1,p(Ω ) < ε. (4) The proof of Theorem 1.18 shows that not only C∞ (Ω) but also C∞ 0 (Ω) is dense in Lp (Ω), 1 p < ∞. 1.9 Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values In this section we study definitions and properties of first order Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values in an open subset of Rn . A similar theory can be developed for higher order Sobolev spaces as well. Recall that, by Theorem 1.18, the Sobolev space W1,p (Ω) can be characterized as the completion of C∞ (Ω) with respect to the Sobolev norm when 1 p < ∞.
  • 22. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 19 Definition 1.20. Let 1 p < ∞. The Sobolev space with zero boundary values W 1,p 0 (Ω) is the completion of C∞ 0 (Ω) with respect to the Sobolev norm. Thus u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) if and only if there exist functions ui ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p (Ω) as i → ∞. The space W 1,p 0 (Ω) is endowed with the norm of W1,p (Ω). T H E M O R A L : The only difference compared to W1,p (Ω) is that functions in W 1,p 0 (Ω) can be approximated by C∞ 0 (Ω) functions instead of C∞ (Ω) functions, that is, W1,p (Ω) = C∞(Ω) and W 1,p 0 (Ω) = C∞ 0 (Ω), where the completions are taken with respect to the Sobolev norm. A function in W 1,p 0 (Ω) has zero boundary values in Sobolev’s sense. We may say that u, v ∈ W1,p (Ω) have the same boundary values in Sobolev’s sense, if u−v ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). This is useful, for example, in Dirichlet problems for PDEs. W A R N I N G : Roughly speaking a function in W1,p (Ω) belongs to W 1,p 0 (Ω), if it vanishes on the boundary. This is a delicate issue, since the function does not have to be zero pointwise on the boundary. We shall return to this question later. Remark 1.21. W 1,p 0 (Ω) is a closed subspace of W1,p (Ω) and thus complete (exer- cise). Remarks 1.22: (1) Clearly C∞ 0 (Ω) ⊂ W 1,p 0 (Ω) ⊂ W1,p (Ω) ⊂ Lp (Ω). (2) If u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω), then the zero extension u : Rn → [−∞,∞], u(x) =    u(x), x ∈ Ω, 0, x ∈ Rn Ω, belongs to W1,p (Rn ) (exercise). Lemma 1.23. If u ∈ W1,p (Ω) and suppu is a compact subset of Ω, then u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). Proof. Let η ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω) be a cutoff function such that η = 1 on the support of u. Claim: If ui ∈ C∞ (Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p (Ω), then ηui ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω) converges to ηu = u in W1,p (Ω). Reason. We observe that ηui −ηu W1,p(Ω) = ηui −ηu p Lp(Ω) + D(ηui −ηu) p Lp(Ω) 1 p ηui −ηu Lp(Ω) + D(ηui −ηu) Lp(Ω),
  • 23. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 20 where ηui −ηu Lp(Ω) = ˆ Ω |ηui −ηu|p dx 1 p = ˆ Ω |η|p |ui − u|p dx 1 p η L∞(Ω) ˆ Ω |ui − u|p dx 1 p → 0 and by Lemma 1.12 (5) D(ηui −ηu) Lp(Ω) = ˆ Ω |D(ηui −ηu)|p dx 1 p = ˆ Ω |(ui − u)Dη+(Dui − Du)η|p dx 1 p ˆ Ω |(ui − u)Dη|p dx 1 p + ˆ Ω |(Dui − Du)η|p dx 1 p Dη L∞(Ω) ˆ Ω |ui − u|p dx 1 p + η L∞(Ω) ˆ Ω |Dui − Du|p dx 1 p → 0 as i → ∞. Since ηui ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., and ηui → u in W1,p (Ω), we conclude that u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). Since W 1,p 0 (Ω) ⊂ W1,p (Ω), functions in these spaces have similar general prop- erties and they will not be repeated here. Thus we shall focus on properties that are typical for Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values. Lemma 1.24. W1,p (Rn ) = W 1,p 0 (Rn ), 1 p < ∞. T H E M O R A L : The standard Sobolev space and the Sobolev space with zero boundary value coincide in the whole space. W A R N I N G : W1,p (B(0,1)) = W 1,p 0 (B(0,1)), 1 p < ∞. Thus the spaces are not same in general. Proof. Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ). Let ηk ∈ C∞ 0 (B(0,k + 1)) such that η = 1 on B(0,k), 0 ηk 1 and |Dηk| c. Lemma 1.23 implies uηk ∈ W 1,p 0 (Rn ). Claim: uηk → u in W1,p (Rn ) as k → ∞.
  • 24. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 21 Reason. u − uηk W1,p(Rn) u − uηk Lp(Rn) + D(u − uηk) Lp(Rn) = ˆ Rn |u(1−ηk)|p dx 1 p + ˆ Rn |D(u(1−ηk))|p dx 1 p = ˆ Rn |u(1−ηk)|p dx 1 p + ˆ Rn |(1−ηk)Du − uDηk)|p dx 1 p ˆ Rn |u(1−ηk)|p dx 1 p + ˆ Rn |(1−ηk)Du|p dx 1 p + ˆ Rn |uDηk|p dx 1 p . We note that limk→∞ u(1 − ηk) = 0 almost everywhere and |u(1 − ηk)|p |u|p ∈ L1 (Rn ) will do as an integrable majorant. The dominated convergence theorem gives ˆ Rn |u(1−ηk)|p dx 1 p → 0. A similar argument shows that ˆ Rn |(1−ηk)Du|p dx 1 p → 0 as k → ∞. Moreover, by the dominated convergence theorem ˆ Rn |uDηk|p dx 1 p c ˆ B(0,k+1)B(0,k) |u|p dx 1 p = c ˆ Rn |u|p χB(0,k+1)B(0,k) dx 1 p → 0 as k → ∞. Here |u|p χB(0,k+1)B(0,k) |u|p ∈ L1 (Rn ) will do as an integrable majo- rant. Since uηk ∈ W 1,p 0 (Rn ), i = 1,2,..., uηk → u in W1,p (Rn ) as k → ∞ and W 1,p 0 (Ω) is complete, we conclude that u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). 1.10 Chain rule We shall prove some useful results for the first order Sobolev spaces W1,p (Ω), 1 p < ∞. Lemma 1.25 (Chain rule). If u ∈ W1,p (Ω) and f ∈ C1 (R) such that f ∈ L∞ (R) and f (0) = 0, then f ◦ u ∈ W1,p (Ω) and Dj(f ◦ u) = f (u)Dju, j = 1,2,...,n almost everywhere in Ω.
  • 25. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 22 Proof. By Theorem 1.18, there exist a sequence of functions ui ∈ C∞ (Ω)∩W1,p (Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p (Ω) as i → ∞. Let ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). Claim: ˆ Ω (f ◦ u)Djϕdx = lim i→∞ ˆ Ω f (ui)Djϕdx. Reason. 1 < p < ∞ By Hölder’s inequality ˆ Ω f (u)Djϕdx− ˆ Ω f (ui)Djϕdx ˆ Ω |f (u)− f (ui)||Dϕ|dx ˆ Ω |f (u)− f (ui)|p dx 1 p ˆ Ω |Dϕ|p dx 1 p f ∞ ˆ Ω |u − ui|p dx 1 p ˆ Ω |Dϕ|p dx 1 p → 0. On the last row, we used the fact that |f (u)− f (ui)| = ˆ u uui f (t)dt f ∞|u − ui|. Finally, the convergence to zero follows, because the first and the last term are bounded and ui → u in Lp (Ω). p = 1, p = ∞ A similar argument as above (exercise). Next, we use the claim above, integration by parts for smooth functions and the chain rule for smooth functions to obtain ˆ Ω (f ◦ u)Djϕdx = lim i→∞ ˆ Ω f (ui)Dj ϕdx = − lim i→∞ ˆ Ω Dj(f (ui))ϕdx = − lim i→∞ ˆ Ω f (ui)Djuiϕdx = − ˆ Ω f (u)Djuϕdx = − ˆ Ω (f ◦ u)Djuϕdx, j = 1,...,n, for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). We leave it as an exercise to show the fourth inequality in the display above. Finally, we need to show that f (u) and f (u) u xj are in Lp (Ω). Since |f (u)| = |f (u)− f (0)| = ˆ u 0 |f (t)dt f ∞|u|, we have ˆ Ω |f (u)|p dx 1/p f ∞ ˆ Ω |u|p dx 1 p < ∞,
  • 26. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 23 and similarly, ˆ Ω f (u)Dju p dx 1 p f ∞ ˆ Ω |Du|p dx 1 p < ∞. 1.11 Truncation The truncation property is an important property of first order Sobolev spaces, which means that we can cut the functions at certain level and the truncated function is still in the same Sobolev space. Higher order Sobolev spaces do not enjoy this property, see Example 1.6. Theorem 1.26. If u ∈ W1,p (Ω), then u+ = max{u,0} ∈ W1,p (Ω), u− = −min{u,0} ∈ W1,p (Ω), |u| ∈ W1,p (Ω) and Du+ =    Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) > 0}, 0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) 0}, Du− =    0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) 0}, −Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) < 0}, and Du =    Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) > 0}, 0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) = 0}, −Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) < 0}. T H E M O R A L : In contrast with C1 , the Sobolev space W1,p are closed under taking absolute values. Proof. Let ε > 0 and let fε : R → R, fε(t) = t2 +ε2 − ε. The function fε has the following properties: fε ∈ C1 (R), fε(0) = 0 lim ε→0 fε(t) = |t| for every t ∈ R, (fε) (t) = 1 2 (t2 +ε2 )−1/2 2t = t t2 +ε2 for every t ∈ R, and (fε) ∞ 1 for every ε > 0. From Lemma 1.25, we conclude that fε ◦ u ∈ W1,p (Ω) and ˆ Ω (fε ◦ u)Djϕdx = − ˆ Ω (fε) (u)Djuϕdx, j = 1,...,n,
  • 27. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 24 for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). We note that lim ε→0 (fε) (t) =    1, t > 0, 0, t = 0, −1, t < 0, and consequently ˆ Ω |u|Djϕdx = lim ε→0 ˆ Ω (fε ◦ u)Djϕdx = −lim ε→0 ˆ Ω (fε) (u)Djuϕdx = − ˆ Ω Dj|u|ϕdx j = 1,...,n, for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω), where Dj|u| is as in the statement of the theorem. We leave it as an exercise to prove that the first equality in the display above holds. The other claims follow from formulas u+ = 1 2 (u +|u|) and u− = 1 2 (|u|− u). Remarks 1.27: (1) If u,v ∈ W1,p (Ω), then max{u,v} ∈ W1,p (Ω) and min{u,v} ∈ W1,p (Ω). More- over, D max{u,v} =    Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) v(x)}, Dv almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) v(x)}, and D min{u,v} =    Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) v(x)}, Dv almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) v(x)}. If u, v ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω), then max{u,v} ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) and min{u,v} ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) (exer- cise). Reason. max{u,v} = 1 2 (u + v+|u − v|) and min{u,v} = 1 2 (u + v−|u − v|). (2) If u ∈ W1,p (Ω) and λ ∈ R, then Du = 0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) = λ} (exercise). (3) If u ∈ W1,p (Ω) and λ ∈ R, then min{u,λ} ∈ W 1,p loc (Ω) and D min{u,λ} =    Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) < λ}, 0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) λ}.
  • 28. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 25 A similar claim also holds for max{u,λ}. This implies that a function u ∈ W1,p (Ω) can be approximated by the truncated functions uλ = max{−λ,min{u,λ}} =    λ almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) λ}, u almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : −λ < u(x) < λ}, −λ almost everywhere in {x ∈ Ω : u(x) −λ}, in W1,p (Ω). (Here λ > 0.) Reason. By applying the dominated convergence theorem to |u − uλ|p 2p (|u|p +|uλ|p ) 2p+1 |u|p ∈ L1 (Ω), we have lim λ→∞ ˆ Ω |u − uλ|p dx = ˆ Ω lim λ→∞ |u − uλ|p dx = 0, and by applying the dominated convergence theorem to |Du − Duλ|p |Du|p ∈ L1 (Ω), we have lim λ→∞ ˆ Ω |Du − Duλ|p dx = ˆ Ω lim λ→∞ |Du − Duλ|p dx = 0. T H E M O R A L : Bounded W1,p functions are dense in W1,p . 1.12 Sequential weak compactness of Sobolev spaces In this section we assume that 1 < p < ∞ and that Ω ⊂ Rn . We recall the definition of weak convergence in Lp . Definition 1.28. A sequence (fi) of functions in Lp (Ω) converges weakly in Lp (Ω) to a function f ∈ Lp (Ω), if lim i→∞ ˆ Ω fi g dx = ˆ Ω f g dx for every g ∈ Lp (Ω), where p = p p−1 is the conjugate exponent of p. If fi → f weakly in Lp (Ω), then (fi) is bounded in Lp (Ω), that is, fi ∈ Lp (Ω), i = 1,2,..., and sup i fi Lp(Ω) < ∞.
  • 29. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 26 Moreover, f Lp(Ω) liminf i→∞ fi Lp(Ω). (1.3) T H E M O R A L : The Lp -norm is lower semicontinuous with respect to the weak convergence. Thus a weakly converging sequence is bounded. The next result shows that the converse is true up to a subsequence. Theorem 1.29. Let 1 < p < ∞. Assume that the sequence (fi) is bounded in Lp (Ω). Then there exists a subsequence (fik ) and f ∈ Lp (Ω) such that fik → f weakly in Lp (Ω) as k → ∞. T H E M O R A L : This shows that Lp with 1 < p < ∞ is weakly sequentially compact, that is, every bounded sequence in Lp has a weakly converging subse- quence. One of the most useful applications of weak convergence is in compactness arguments. A bounded sequence in Lp does not need to have any convergent sub- sequence with convergence interpreted in the standard Lp sense. However, there exists a weakly converging subsequence. Remark 1.30. Theorem 1.29 is equivalent to the fact that Lp spaces are reflexive for 1 < p < ∞. Weak convergence is a very weak mode of convergence and sometimes we need a tool to upgrade it to strong convergence. Theorem 1.31 (Mazur’s lemma). ] Assume that X is a normed space and that a sequence (xi) converges weakly to x as i → ∞ in X . Then for every ε > 0, there exists k ∈ N and a convex combination k i=1 ai xi such that x− k i=1 ai xi < ε. Recall, that in a convex combination k i=1 ai xi we have ai 0 and k i=1 ai = 1. Observe that some of the coefficients ai may be zero so that the convex combination is essentially for a subsequence. T H E M O R A L : For every weakly converging sequence, there is a subsequence of convex combinations that converges strongly. Thus weak convergence is upgraded to strong convergence for a subsequence of convex combinations. Remark 1.32. Mazur’s lemma can be used to give a proof for (1.3) (exercise). Theorem 1.33. Let 1 < p < ∞. Assume that (ui) is a bounded sequence in W1,p (Ω). Then there exists a subsequence (uik ) and u ∈ W1,p (Ω) such that uik → u weakly in Lp (Ω) and Duik → Du weakly in Lp (Ω) as k → ∞. Moreover, if ui ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω), i = 1,2..., then u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω).
  • 30. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 27 Proof. (1) Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Ω) Since (ui) is a bounded sequence in Lp (Ω), by Theorem 1.29 there exists a subsequence (uik ) and u ∈ Lp (Ω) such that uik → u weakly in Lp (Ω) as k → ∞. Since (Djui), j = 1,...,n, is a bounded sequence in Lp (Ω), by passing to subsequences successively, we obtain a subsequence (Djuik ) and gj ∈ Lp (Ω) such that Djuik → gj weakly in Lp (Ω) as k → ∞ for every j = 1,...,n. Claim: gj = Dju, j = 1,...,n. Reason. For every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω), we have ˆ Ω uDjϕdx = lim k→∞ ˆ Ω uik Djϕdx = − lim k→∞ ˆ Ω Djuik ϕdx = − ˆ Ω gjϕdx. Here the first equality follows from the definition of weak convergence, the second equality follows form the definition of weak derivative and the last equality follows from weak convergence. Thus gj = Dju, j = 1,...,n. This shows that the weak partial derivatives Dju, j = 1,...,n, exist and belong to Lp (Ω). It follows that u ∈ W1,p (Ω). (2) Then assume that u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). We use the notation above. By Mazur’s lemma, see Theorem 1.31, there there exists a subsequence of (uik ), denoted by (ui), such that for convex combinations k i=1 aiui → u and k i=1 aiDui → Du in Lp (Ω) as k → ∞. This shows that k i=1 aiui → u in W1,p (Ω) as k → ∞. Since k j=1 aiui ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) and k j=1 aiDui ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω), completeness of W 1,p 0 (Ω) implies u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) Remarks 1.34: (1) Theorem 1.33 is equivalent to the fact that W1,p spaces are reflexive for 1 < p < ∞. (2) Another way to see that W1,p spaces are reflexive for 1 < p < ∞ is to recall that a closed subspace of a reflexive space is reflexive. Thus it is enough to find an isomorphism between W1,p (Ω) and a closed subspace of Lp (Ω,Rn+1 ) = Lp (Ω,Rn )×···× Lp (Ω,Rn ). The mapping u → (u,Du) will do
  • 31. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 28 for this purpose. This holds true for W 1,p 0 (Ω) as well. This approach can be used to characterize elements in the dual space by the Riesz representation theorem. Theorem 1.35. Let 1 < p < ∞. Assume that (ui) is a bounded sequence in W1,p (Ω) and ui → u almost everywhere in Ω. Then u ∈ W1,p (Ω), ui → u weakly in Lp (Ω) and Dui → Du weakly in Lp (Ω). Moreover, if ui ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω), i = 1,2..., then u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). T H E M O R A L : In order to show that u ∈ W1,p (Ω) it is enough to construct functions ui ∈ W1,p (Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u almost everywhere in Ω and supi ui W1,p(Ω)) < ∞. Proof. We pass to subsequences several times in the argument and we denote all subsequences again by (ui). By Theorem 1.33 there exists a subsequence (ui) and a function u ∈ W1,p (Ω) such that ui → u weakly in Lp (Ω) and Dui → Du weakly in Lp (Ω) as i → ∞. By Mazur’s lemma, see Theorem 1.31, there exists a subsequence (ui) such that the convex combinations k i=1 aiui → u and k i=1 aiDui → Du in Lp (Ω) as k → ∞. Since convergence in Lp (Ω) implies that there is a subsequence that converges almost everywhere in Ω and ui → u almost everywhere in Ω implies that k j=1 aiui → u almost everywhere in Ω as k → ∞, we conclude that u = u and Du = Du almost everywhere in Ω. This show that the weak limit is independent of the choice of the subsequences, which implies that ui → u weakly in Lp (Ω) and Dui → Du weakly in Lp (Ω). Remark 1.36. Theorem 1.33 and Theorem 1.35 do not hold when p = 1 (exercise). 1.13 Difference quotients In this section we give a characterization of W1,p , 1 < p < ∞, in terms of difference quotients. This approach is useful in regularilty theory for PDEs. Moreover, this characterization does not involve derivatives. Definition 1.37. Let u ∈ L1 loc (Ω) and Ω Ω. The jth difference quotient is Dh j u(x) = u(x+ he j)− u(x) h , j = 1,...,n, for x ∈ Ω and h ∈ R such that 0 < |h| < dist(Ω , Ω). We denote Dh u = (Dh 1 u,...,Dh nu).
  • 32. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 29 T H E M O R A L : Note that the definition of the difference quotient makes sense at every x ∈ Ω whenever 0 < |h| < dist(x, Ω). If Ω = Rn , then the definition makes sense for every h = 0. Theorem 1.38. (1) Assume u ∈ W1,p (Ω), 1 p < ∞. Then for every Ω Ω, we have Dh u Lp(Ω ) c Du Lp(Ω) for some constant c = c(n, p) and all 0 < |h| < dist(Ω , Ω). (2) If u ∈ Lp (Ω ), 1 < p < ∞, and there is a constant c such that Dh u Lp(Ω ) c for all 0 < |h| < dist(Ω , Ω), then u ∈ W1,p (Ω ) and Du Lp(Ω ) c. T H E M O R A L : Pointwise derivatives are defined as limit of difference quotients and Sobolev spaces can be characterized by integrated difference quotients. W A R N I N G : Claim (2) does not hold for p = 1 (exercise). Proof. (1) First assume that u ∈ C∞ (Ω)∩W1,p (Ω). Then u(x+ he j)− u(x) = ˆ h 0 t (u(x+ te j))dt = ˆ h 0 Du(x+ te j)· e j dt = ˆ h 0 u xj (x+ te j)dt, j = 1,...,n, for all x ∈ Ω , 0 < |h| < dist(Ω , Ω). By Hölder’s inequality |Dh j u(x)| = u(x+ he j)− u(x) h 1 |h| ˆ |h| 0 u xj (x+ te j) dt 1 |h| ˆ |h| 0 u xj (x+ te j) p dt 1/p |h| 1− 1 p , which implies |Dh j u(x)|p 1 |h| ˆ |h| 0 u xj (x+ te j) p dt
  • 33. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 30 Next we integrate over Ω and switch the order of integration by Fubini’s theorem to conclude ˆ Ω |Dh j u(x)|p dx 1 |h| ˆ Ω ˆ |h| 0 u xj (x+ te j) p dtdx = 1 |h| ˆ |h| 0 ˆ Ω u xj (x+ te j) p dxdt ˆ Ω u xj (x) p dx. The last inequality follows from the fact that, for 0 < |h| < dist(Ω , Ω), we have ˆ Ω u xj (x+ te j) p dx ˆ Ω u xj (x) p dx. Using the elementary inequality (a1 +···+ an)α nα (aα 1 +···+ aα n), ai 0, α > 0, we obtain ˆ Ω |Dh u(x)|p dx = ˆ Ω n j=1 |Dh j u(x)|2 p 2 dx n p 2 ˆ Ω n j=1 |Dh j u(x)|p dx = c n j=1 ˆ Ω |Dh j u(x)|p dx c n j=1 ˆ Ω u xj (x) p dx c ˆ Ω |Du(x)|p dx The general case u ∈ W1,p (Ω) follows by an approximation, see Theorem 1.18 (exercise). (2) Let ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω ). Then by a change of variables we see that, for 0 < |h| < dist(suppϕ, Ω ), we have ˆ Ω u(x) ϕ(x+ he j)−ϕ(x) h dx = − ˆ Ω −u(x)+ u(x− he j) −h ϕ(x)dx, j = 1,...,n. This shows that ˆ Ω uDh j ϕdx = − ˆ Ω (D−h j u)ϕdx, j = 1,...,n. (1.4) By assumption sup 0<|h|<dist(Ω , Ω) D−h j u Lp(Ω ) < ∞. From reflexivity of Lp (Ω ), 1 < p < ∞, it follows that there exists gj ∈ Lp (Ω ), j = 1,...,n and a subsequence hi → 0 such that D −hi j u → gj weakly in Lp (Ω ).
  • 34. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 31 Therefore ˆ Ω u ϕ xj dx = ˆ Ω u lim hi→0 D hi j ϕ dx = lim hi→0 ˆ Ω uD hi j ϕdx = − lim hi→0 ˆ Ω (D −hi j u)ϕdx = − ˆ Ω gjϕdx for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω ). Here the second equality follows from the dominated convergence theorem and the last equality is the weak convergence. Thus u xj = gj, j = 1,...,n, in the weak sense and u ∈ W1,p (Ω ). This is essentially the same argument as in the proof of Theorem 1.33. 1.14 Absolute continuity on lines In this section we relate weak derivatives to classical derivatives and give a characterization W1,p in terms of absolute continuity on lines. Recall that a function u : [a,b] → R is absolutely continuous, if for every ε > 0, there exists δ > 0 such that if a = x1 < y1 x2 < y2 ... xm < ym = b is a partition of [a,b] with m i=1 (yi − xi) < δ, then m i=1 |u(yi)− u(xi)| < ε. Absolute continuity can be characterized in terms of the fundamental theorem of calculus. Theorem 1.39. A function u : [a,b] → R is absolutely continuous if and only if there exists a function g ∈ L1 ((a,b)) such that u(x) = u(a)+ ˆ x a g(t)dt. By the Lebesgue differentiation theorem g = u almost everywhere in (a,b). T H E M O R A L : Absolutely continuous functions are precisely those functions for which the fundamental theorem of calculus holds true. Examples 1.40: (1) Every Lipchitz continuous function u : [a,b] → R is absolutely continuous. (2) The Cantor function u is continuous in [0,1] and differentiable almost everywhere in (0,1), but not absolutely continuous in [0,1].
  • 35. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 32 Reason. u(1) = 1 = 0 = u(0)+ ˆ 1 0 u (t) =0 dt. The next result relates weak partial derivatives with the classical partial derivatives. Theorem 1.41 (Nikodym, ACL characterization). Assume that u ∈ W 1,p loc (Ω), 1 p ∞ and let Ω Ω. Then there exists u∗ : Ω → [−∞,∞] such that u∗ = u almost everywhere in Ω and u∗ is absolutely continuous on (n−1)-dimensional Lebesgue measure almost every line segments in Ω that are parallel to the coordinate axes and the classical partial derivatives of u∗ coincide with the weak partial derivatives of u almost everywhere in Ω. Conversely, if u ∈ L p loc (Ω) and there exists u∗ as above such that Diu∗ ∈ L p loc (Ω), i = 1,...,n, then u ∈ W 1,p loc (Ω). T H E M O R A L : This is a very useful characterization of W1,p , since many claims for weak derivatives can be reduced to the one-dimensional claims for absolute continuous functions. In addition, this gives a practical tool to show that a function belongs to a Sobolev space. Remarks 1.42: (1) The ACL characterization can be used to give a simple proof of Example 1.9 (exercise). (2) In the one-dimensional case we obtain the following characterization: u ∈ W1,p ((a,b)), 1 p ∞, if u can be redefined on a set of measure zero in such a way that u ∈ Lp ((a,b)) and u is absolutely continuous on every compact subinterval of (a,b) and the classical derivative exists and belongs to u ∈ Lp ((a,b)). Moreover, the classical derivative equals to the weak derivative almost everywhere. (3) A function u ∈ W1,p (Ω) has a representative that has classical partial derivatives almost everywhere. However, this does not give any informa- tion concerning the total differentiability of the function. See Theorem 2.16. (4) The ACL characterization can be used to give a simple proof of the Leibniz rule. If u ∈ W1,p (Ω)∩ L∞ (Ω) and v ∈ W1,p (Ω)∩ L∞ (Ω), then uv ∈ W1,p (Ω) and Dj(uv) = vDju + uDjv, j = 1,...,n, almost everywhere in Ω (exercise), compare to Lemma 1.12 (5). (5) The ACL characterization can be used to give a simple proof for Lemma 1.25 and Theorem 1.26. The claim that if u,v ∈ W1,p (Ω), then max{u,v} ∈ W1,p (Ω) and min{u,v} ∈ W1,p (Ω) follows also in a similar way (exercise).
  • 36. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 33 (6) The ACL characterization can be used to show that if Ω is connected, u ∈ W 1,p loc (Ω) and Du = 0 almost everywhere in Ω, then u is a constant almost everywhere in Ω (exercise). Proof. Since the claims are local, we may assume that Ω = Rn and that u has a compact support. =⇒ Let ui = uεi , i = 1,2,..., be a sequence of standard convolution approxima- tions of u such that suppui ⊂ B(0,R) for every i = 1,2,... and ui − u W1,1(Rn) < 1 2i , i = 1,2,... By Lemma 1.16 (2), the sequence of convolution approximations converges point- wise almost everywhere and thus the limit limi→∞ ui(x) exists for every x ∈ Rn E for some E ⊂ Rn with |E| = 0. We define u∗ (x) =    lim i→∞ ui(x), x ∈ Rn E, 0, x ∈ E. We fix a standard base vector in Rn and, without loss of generality, we may assume that it is (0,...,0,1). Let fi(x1,...,xn−1) = ˆ R |ui+1 − ui|+ n j=1 ui+1 xj − ui xj (x1,...,xn)dxn and f (x1,...,xn−1) = ∞ i=1 fi(x1,...,xn−1). By the monotone convergence theorem and Fubini’s theorem ˆ Rn−1 f dx1 ... dxn−1 = ˆ Rn−1 ∞ i=1 fi dx1 ... dxn−1 = ∞ i=1 ˆ Rn−1 fi dx1 ... dxn−1 = ∞ i=1 ˆ Rn |ui+1 − ui|+ ui+1 xj − ui xj dx < ∞ i=1 1 2i < ∞. This shows that f ∈ L1 (Rn−1 ) and thus f < ∞ (n−1)-almost everywhere in Rn−1 . Let x = (x1,...,xn−1) ∈ Rn−1 such that f (x) < ∞. Denote gi(t) = ui(x,t) and g(t) = u∗ (x,t). Claim: (gi) is a Cauchy sequence in C(R).
  • 37. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 34 Reason. Note that gi = g1 + i−1 k=1 (gk+1 − gk), i = 1,2,..., where |gk+1(t)− gk(t)| = ˆ t −∞ (gk+1 − gk)(s)ds ˆ R |gk+1(s)− gk(s)|ds ˆ R uk+1 xn (x,s)− uk xn (x,s) ds fk(x). Thus i−1 k=1 (gk+1(t)− gk(t)) i−1 k=1 |gk+1(t)− gk(t)| ∞ k=1 fk(x) = f (x) < ∞ for every t ∈ R. This implies that (gi) is a Cauchy sequence in C(R). Since C(R) is complete, there exists g ∈ C(R) such that gi → g uniformly in R. It follows that {x}×R ⊂ Rn E. Claim: (gi ) is a Cauchy sequence in L1 (R). Reason. ˆ R i−1 k=1 (gk+1(t)− gk(t)) dt i−1 k=1 ˆ R |gk+1(t)− gk(t)|dt i−1 k=1 fk(x) f (x) < ∞. This implies that (gi) is a Cauchy sequence in L1 (R). Since L1 (R) is complete, there exists g ∈ L1 (R) such that gi → g in L1 (R) as i → ∞ . Claim: g is absolutely continuous in R. Reason. g(t) = lim i→∞ gi(t) = lim i→∞ ˆ t −∞ gi(s)ds = ˆ t −∞ g (s)ds This implies that g is absolutely continuous in R and g = g almost everywhere in R. Claim: g is the weak derivative of g. Reason. Let ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (R). Then ˆ R gϕ dt = lim i→∞ ˆ R giϕ dt = − lim i→∞ ˆ R giϕdt = − ˆ R gϕdt.
  • 38. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 35 Thus for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ) we have ˆ R u∗ (x,xn) ϕ xn (x,xn)dxn = − ˆ R u∗ xn (x,xn)ϕ(x,xn)dxn and by Fubini’s theorem ˆ Rn u ϕ xn dx = − ˆ Rn u∗ xn ϕdx. This shows that u∗ has the classical partial derivatives almost everywhere in Rn and that they coincide with the weak partial derivatives of u almost everywhere in Rn . ⇐= Assume that u has a representative u∗ as in the statement of the theo- rem. For every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ), the function u∗ ϕ has the same absolute continuity properties as u∗ . By the fundamental theorem of calculus ˆ R (u∗ ϕ) xn (x,t)dt = 0 for (n−1)-almost every x ∈ Rn−1 . Thus ˆ R u∗ (x,t) ϕ xn (x,t)dt = − ˆ R u∗ xn (x,t)ϕ(x,t)dt and by Fubini’s theorem ˆ Rn u∗ ϕ xn dx = − ˆ Rn u∗ xn ϕdx. Since u∗ = u almost everywhere in Rn , we see that u∗ xn is the nth weak partial derivative of u. The same argument applies to all other partial derivatives u∗ xj , j = 1,...,n as well. Example 1.43. The radial projection u : B(0,1) → B(0,1), u(x) = x |x| is discontinu- ous at the origin. However, the coordinate functions xj |x| , j = 1,...,n, are absolutely continuous on almost every lines. Moreover, Di xj |x| = δi j|x|− xi xj |x| |x|2 ∈ Lp (B(0,1)) whenever 1 p < n. Here δi j =    1, i = j, 0, i = j, is the Kronecker symbol. By the ACL characterization the coordinate functions of u belong to W1,p (B(0,1)) whenever 1 p < n. Remark 1.44. We say that a closed set E ⊂ Ω to be removable for W1,p (Ω), if |E| = 0 and W1,p (Ω E) = W1,p (Ω) in the sense that every function in W1,p (Ω E)
  • 39. CHAPTER 1. SOBOLEV SPACES 36 can be approximated by the restrictions of functions in C∞ (Ω). Theorem 1.41 implies the following removability theorem for W1,p Ω): if H n−1 (E) = 0, then E is removable for W1,p (Ω). Observe, that if H n−1 (E) = 0, then E is contained in a measure zero set of lines in a fixed direction (equivalently the projection of E onto a hyperplane also has H n−1 -measure zero). This result is quite sharp. For example, let Ω = B(0,1) and E = {x ∈ B(0,1) : x2 = 0}. Then 0 < H n−1 (E) < ∞, but E is not removable since, using Theorem 1.41 again, it is easy to see that the function which is 1 on the upper half-plane and 0 on the lower half-plane does not belong to W1,p Ω). With a little more work we can show that E = E ∩B(0, 1 2 ) is not removable for W1,p (B(0,1)).
  • 40. 2Sobolev inequalities The term Sobolev inequalities refers to a variety of inequalities involving functions and their derivatives. As an example, we consider an inequality of the form ˆ Rn |u|q dx 1 q c ˆ Rn |Du|p dx 1 p (2.1) for every u ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ), where constant 0 < c < ∞ and exponent 1 q < ∞ are independent of u. By density of smooth functions in Sobolev spaces, see Theorem 1.18, we may conclude that (2.1) holds for functions in W1,p (Rn ) as well. Let u ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ), u ≡ 0, 1 p < n and consider uλ(x) = u(λx) with λ > 0. Since u ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ), it follows that (2.1) holds true for every uλ with λ > 0 with c and q independent of λ. Thus ˆ Rn |uλ|q dx 1 q c ˆ Rn |Duλ|p dx 1 p for every λ > 0. By a change of variables y = λx, dx = 1 λn dy, we see that ˆ Rn |uλ(x)|q dx = ˆ Rn |u(λx)|q dx = ˆ Rn |u(y)|q 1 λn dy = 1 λn ˆ Rn |u(x)|q dx and ˆ Rn |Duλ(x)|p dx = ˆ Rn λp |Du(λx)|p dx = λp λn ˆ Rn |Du(y)|p dy = λp λn ˆ Rn |Du(x)|p dx. Thus 1 λ n q ˆ Rn |u|q dx 1 q c λ λ n p ˆ Rn |Du|p dx 1 p 37
  • 41. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 38 for every λ > 0, and equivalently, u Lq(Rn) cλ 1− n p + n q Du Lp(Rn). Since this inequality has to be independent of λ, we have 1− n p + n q = 0 ⇐⇒ q = np n− p . T H E M O R A L : There is only one possible exponent q for which inequality (2.1) may hold true for all compactly supported smooth functions. For 1 p < n, the Sobolev conjugate exponent of p is p∗ = np n− p . Observe that (1) p∗ > p, (2) If p → n−, then p∗ → ∞ and (3) If p = 1, then p∗ = n n−1 . 2.1 Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequal- ity The following generalized Hölder’s inequality will be useful for us. Lemma 2.1. Let 1 p1,..., pk ∞ with 1 p1 +···+ 1 pk = 1 and assume fi ∈ Lpi (Ω), i = 1,...,k. Then ˆ Ω |f1 ... fk|dx k i=1 fi Lpi (Ω). Proof. Induction and Hölder’s inequality (exercise). Sobolev proved the following theorem in the case p > 1 and Nirenberg and Gagliardo in the case p = 1. Theorem 2.2 (Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev). Let 1 p < n. There exists c = c(n, p) such that ˆ Rn |u|p∗ dx 1 p∗ c ˆ Rn |Du|p dx 1 p for every u ∈ W1,p (Rn ).
  • 42. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 39 T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality implies that W1,p (Rn ) ⊂ Lp∗ (Rn ), when 1 p < n. More precisely, W1,p (Rn ) is continuously imbedded in Lp∗ (Rn ), when 1 p < n. This is the Sobolev embedding theorem for 1 p < n. Proof. (1) We start by proving the estimate for u ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ). By the fundamental theorem of calculus u(x1,...,xj,...,xn) = ˆ xj −∞ u xj (x1,...,tj,...,xn)dtj, j = 1,...,n. This implies that |u(x)| ˆ R |Du(x1,...,tj,...,xn)|dtj, j = 1,...,n. By taking product of the previous estimate for each j = 1,...,n, we obtain |u(x)| n n−1 n j=1 ˆ R |Du(x1,...,tj,...,xn)|dtj 1 n−1 . We integrate with respect to x1 and then we use generalized Hölder’s inequality for the product of (n−1) terms to obtain ˆ R |u| n n−1 dx1 ˆ R |Du|dt1 1 n−1 ˆ R n j=2 ˆ R |Du|dtj 1 n−1 dx1 ˆ R |Du|dt1 1 n−1 n j=2 ˆ R ˆ R |Du|dx1 dtj 1 n−1 . Next we integrate with respect to x2 and use again generalized Hölder’s inequality ˆ R ˆ R |u| n n−1 dx1 dx2 ˆ R ˆ R |Du|dt1 1 n−1 n j=2 ˆ R ˆ R |Du|dx1 dtj 1 n−1 dx2 = ˆ R ˆ R |Du|dx1 dt2 1 n−1 · ˆ R ˆ R |Du|dt1 1 n−1 n j=3 ˆ R ˆ R |Du|dx1 dtj 1 n−1 dx2 ˆ R ˆ R |Du|dx1 dt2 1 n−1 · ˆ R ˆ R |Du|dt1 dx2 1 n−1 n j=3 ˆ R ˆ R ˆ R |Du|dx1 dx2 dtj 1 n−1 . Then we integrate with respect to x3,...,xn and obtain ˆ Rn |u| n n−1 dx n j=1 ˆ R ... ˆ R |Du|dx1 ... dtj ... dxn 1 n−1 = ˆ Rn |Du|dx n n−1 .
  • 43. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 40 This is the required inequality for p = 1. If 1 < p < n, we apply the estimate above to v = |u|γ , where γ > 1 is to be chosen later. Since γ > 1, we have v ∈ C1 (Rn ). Hölder’s inequality implies ˆ Rn |u|γ n n−1 dx n−1 n ˆ Rn |D(|u|γ )|dx = γ ˆ Rn |u|γ−1 |Du|dx γ ˆ Rn |u| (γ−1) p p−1 dx p−1 p ˆ Rn |Du|p dx 1 p . Now we choose γ so that |u| has the same power on both sides. Thus γn n−1 = (γ−1) p p −1 ⇐⇒ γ = p(n−1) n− p . This gives γn n−1 = p(n−1) n− p n n−1 = pn n− p = p∗ and consequently ˆ Rn |u|p∗ dx 1 p∗ γ ˆ Rn |Du|p dx 1 p . This proves the claim for u ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ). (2) Assume then that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ). By Lemma 1.24 we have W1,p (Rn ) = W 1,p 0 (Rn ). Thus there exist ui ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ), i = 1,2,..., such that ui − u W1,p(Rn) → 0 as i → ∞. In particular ui − u Lp(Rn) → 0, as i → ∞. Thus there exists a subsequence (ui) such that ui → u almost everywhere in Rn and ui → u in Lp (Rn ). Claim: (ui) is a Cauchy sequence in Lp∗ (Rn ). Reason. Since ui − uj ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ), we use the Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequal- ity for compactly supported smooth functions and Minkowski’s inequality to conclude that ui − uj Lp∗ (Rn) c Dui − Duj Lp(Rn) c Dui − Du Lp(Rn) + Du − Duj Lp(Rn) → 0. Since Lp∗ (Rn ) is complete, there exists v ∈ Lp∗ (Rn ) such that ui → v in Lp∗ (Rn ) as i → ∞. Since ui → u almost everywhere in Rn and ui → v in Lp∗ (Rn ), we have u = v almost everywhere in Rn . This implies that ui → u in Lp∗ (Rn ) and that u ∈ Lp∗ (Rn ).
  • 44. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 41 Now we can apply Minkowski’s inequality and the Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality for compactly supported smooth functions to conclude that u Lp∗ (Rn) u − ui Lp∗ (Rn) + ui Lp∗ (Rn) u − ui Lp∗ (Rn) + c Dui Lp(Rn) u − ui Lp∗ (Rn) + c Dui − Du Lp(Rn) + Du Lp(Rn) → c Du Lp(Rn), since ui → u in Lp∗ (Rn ) and Dui → Du in Lp (Rn ). This completes the proof. Remarks 2.3: (1) The Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality shows that if u ∈ W1,p (Rn )with 1 p < n, then u ∈ Lp (Rn )∩ Lp∗ (Rn ), with p∗ > p. (2) The Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality shows that if u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) with 1 p < n and Du = 0 almost everywhere in Rn , then u = 0 almost everywhere in Rn . (3) The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality holds for Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values in open subsets of Rn by considering the zero exten- sions. There exists c = c(n, p) > 0 such that ˆ Ω |u|p∗ dx 1 p∗ c ˆ Ω |Du|p dx 1 p for every u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω), 1 p < n. If |Ω| < ∞, by Hölder’s inequality ˆ Ω |u|q dx 1 q ˆ Ω |u|p∗ dx 1 p∗ |Ω| 1− 1 p∗ c|Ω| 1− 1 p∗ ˆ Ω |Du|p dx 1 p whenever 1 q p∗ . Thus for sets with finite measure all exponents below the Sobolev exponent will do. (4) The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality shows that W 1,p loc (Rn ) ⊂ L p∗ loc (Rn ). To see this, let Ω Rn and choose a cutoff function η ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ) such that η = 1 in Ω. Then ηu ∈ W 1,p 0 (Rn ) = W1,p (Rn ) and ηu = u in Ω and u Lp∗ (Ω) ηu Lp∗ (Rn) c D(ηu) Lp(Rn) < ∞. (5) The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality holds for higher order Sobolev spaces as well. Let k ∈ N, 1 p < n k and p∗ = np n−kp . There exists c = c(n, p,k) > 0 such that ˆ Rn |u|p∗ dx 1 p∗ c ˆ Rn |Dk u|p dx 1 p for every u ∈ Wk,p (Ω). Here |Dk u|2 is the sum of squares of all kth order partial derivatives of u (exercise).
  • 45. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 42 Remark 2.4. When p = 1 the Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality is related to the isoperimetric inequality. Let Ω ⊂ Rn be a bounded domain with smooth boundary and set uε(x) =    1, x ∈ Ω, 1− dist(x,Ω) ε , 0 < dist(x,Ω) < ε, 0, dist(x,Ω) ε. Note that u can been considered as an approximation of the characteristic function of Ω. The Lipschitz constant of x → dist(x,Ω) is one so that the Lipschitz constant of uε is ε−1 and thus this function belongs to W1,1 (Rn ), for example, by the ACL characterization, see Theorem 1.41, we have |Duε(x)|    1 ε , 0 < dist(x,Ω) < ε, 0, otherwise. The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality with p = 1 gives |Ω| n−1 n = ˆ Ω |uε| n n−1 dx n−1 n ˆ Rn |uε| n n−1 dx n−1 n c ˆ Rn |Duε|dx c ˆ {0<dist(x,Ω)<ε} 1 ε dx = c |{x ∈ Rn : 0 < dist(x,Ω) < ε}| ε → cHn−1 ( Ω) This implies |Ω| n n−1 cH n−1 ( Ω), which is an isoperimetric inequality with the same constant c as in the Sobolev- Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality. According to he classical isoperimetric inequality, if Ω ⊂ Rn is a bounded domain with smooth boundary, then |Ω| n−1 n n−1 Ω − 1 n n H n−1 ( Ω), where H n−1 ( Ω) stands for the (n − 1)-dimensional Hausdorff measure of the boundary Ω. The isoperimetric inequality is equivalent with the statement that among all smooth bounded domains with fixed volume, balls have the least surface area. Conversely, the Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality can be proved by the isoperimetric inequality, but we shall not consider this argument here. From these considerations it is relatively obvious that the best constant in the Sobolev- Gagliardo-Nirenberg when p = 1 should be the isoperimetric constant n−1 Ω − 1 n n . This also gives a geometric motivation for the Sobolev exponent in the case p = 1.
  • 46. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 43 2.2 Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities We begin with a Poincaré inequality for Sobolev functions with zero boundary values in open subsets. Theorem 2.5 (Poincaré). Assume that Ω ⊂ Rn is bounded and 1 p < ∞. Then there is a constant c = c(p) such that ˆ Ω |u|p dx cdiam(Ω)p ˆ Ω |Du|p dx for every u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). T H E M O R A L : This shows that W 1,p 0 (Ω) ⊂ Lp (Ω) when 1 p < ∞, if Ω ⊂ Rn is bounded. The main difference compared to the Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality is that that this applies for the whole range 1 p < ∞ without the Sobolev exponent. Remark 2.6. The Poincaré inequality above also shows that of Du = 0 almost everywhere, then u = 0 almost everywhere. For this it is essential that the function belongs to the Sobolev space with zero boundary values. Proof. (1) First assume that u ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). Let y = (y1,..., yn) ∈ Ω. Then Ω ⊂ n j=1 yj −diam(Ω), yj +diam(Ω) = n j=1 aj,bj , where aj = yj −diam(Ω) and bj = yj +diam(Ω), j = 1,...,n. As the proof of Theorem 2.2, we obtain |u(x)| ˆ bj aj |Du(x1,...,tj,...,xn)|dtj (2diam(Ω)) 1− 1 p ˆ bj aj |Du(x1,...,tj,...,xn)|p dtj 1 p , j = 1,...,n. The second inequality follows from Hölder’s inequality. Thus ˆ Ω |u(x)|p dx = ˆ b1 a1 ... ˆ bn an |u(x)|p dx1 ... dxn (2diam(Ω))p−1 ˆ b1 a1 ... ˆ bn an ˆ b1 a1 |Du(t1,x2,...,xn)|p dt1 dx1 ... dxn (2diam(Ω))p ˆ b1 a1 ... ˆ bn an |Du(t1,x2,...,xn)|p dt1 ... dxn = (2diam(Ω))p ˆ Ω |Du(x)|p dx. (2) The case u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) follows by approximation (exercise).
  • 47. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 44 The Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality in Theorem 2.2 and Poincaré’s inequality in Theorem 2.5 do not hold for functions u ∈ W1,p (Ω), at least when Ω ⊂ Rn is an open set |Ω| < ∞, since nonzero constant functions give obvious counterexamples. However, there are several ways to obtain appropriate local estimates also in this case. Next we consider estimates in the case when Ω is a cube. Later we consider similar estimates for balls. The set Q = [a1,b1]×...×[an,bn], b1 − a1 = ... = bn − an is a cube in Rn . The side length of Q is l(Q) = b1 − a1 = bj − aj, j = 1,...,n, and Q(x,l) = y ∈ Rn : |yj − xj| l 2 , j = 1,...,n is the cube with center x and sidelength l. Clearly, |Q(x,l)| = ln and diam(Q(x,l)) = nl The integral average of f ∈ L1 loc (Rn ) over cube Q(x,l) is denoted by fQ(x,l) = Q(x,l) f dy = 1 |Q(x,l)| ˆ Q(x,l) f (y)dy. Same notation is used for integral averages over other sets as well. Theorem 2.7 (Poincaré inequality on cubes). Let Ω be an open subset of Rn . Assume that u ∈ W 1,p loc (Ω) with 1 p < ∞. Then there is c = c(n, p) such that Q(x,l) |u − uQ(x,l)|p dy 1 p cl Q(x,l) |Du|p dy 1 p for every cube Q(x,l) Ω. T H E M O R A L : The Poincaré inequality shows that if the gradient is small in a cube, then the mean oscillation of the function is small in the same cube. In particular, if the gradient is zero, then the function is constant. Proof. (1) First assume that u ∈ C∞ (Ω). Let z, y ∈ Q = Q(x,l) = [a1,b1] × ··· × [an,bn]. Then |u(z)− u(y)| |u(z)− u(z1,..., zn−1, yn)|+...+|u(z1, y2,..., yn)− u(y)| n j=1 ˆ bj aj |Du(z1,..., zj−1,t, yj+1,..., yn)|dt
  • 48. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 45 By Hölder’s inequality and the elementary inequality (a1 +···+ an)p np (a p 1 + ···+ a p n), ai 0, we obtain |u(z)− u(y)|p n j=1 ˆ bj aj |Du(z1,..., zj−1,t, yj+1,..., yn)|dt p   n j=1 ˆ bj aj |Du(z1,..., zj−1,t, yj+1,..., yn)|p dt 1 p (bj − aj) 1− 1 p   p np lp−1 n j=1 ˆ bj aj |Du(z1,..., zj−1,t, yj+1,..., yn)|p dt. By Hölder’s inequality and Fubini’s theorem ˆ Q |u(z)− uQ|p dz = ˆ Q Q (u(z)− u(y))dy p dz ˆ Q Q |u(z)− u(y)|dy p dz ˆ Q Q |u(z)− u(y)|p dz dy np lp−1 |Q| n j=1 ˆ Q ˆ Q ˆ bj aj |Du(z1,..., zj−1,t, yj+1,..., yn)|p dtdydz np lp−1 |Q| n j=1 (bj − aj) ˆ Q ˆ Q |Du(z)|p dz dw np+1 lp ˆ Q |Du(z)|p dz. (2) The case u ∈ W 1,p loc (Ω) follows by approximation (exercise). Theorem 2.8 (Sobolev-Poincaré inequality on cubes). Let Ω be an open sub- set of Rn . Assume that u ∈ W 1,p loc (Ω) with 1 p < n. Then there is c = c(n, p) such that Q(x,l) |u − uQ(x,l)|p∗ dy 1 p∗ cl Q(x,2l) |Du|p dy 1 p for every cube Q(x,l) Ω T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev-Poincaré inequality shows that W 1,p loc (Rn ) ⊂ L p∗ loc (Rn ), when 1 p < n. This is a stronger version of the Poincaré inequality on cubes in which we have the Sobolev exponent on the left-hand side. Proof. Let η ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ) be a cutoff function such that 0 η 1, |Dη| c l , suppη ⊂ Q(x,2l) and η = 1 in Q(x,l). Notice that the constant c = c(n) does not depend on the cube. Then (u−uQ(x,l))η ∈ W1,p (Rn ) and by the Gagliardo-Nirenberg-Sobolev inequality, see Theorem 2.2,
  • 49. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 46 and the Leibniz rule, see Theorem 1.12 (5), we have ˆ Q(x,l) |u − uQ(x,l)|p∗ dy 1 p∗ ˆ Rn |(u − uQ(x,l))η|p∗ dy 1 p∗ c ˆ Rn D (u − uQ(x,l))η p dy 1 p c ˆ Rn ηp |Du|p dy 1 p + c ˆ Rn |Dη|p |u − uQ(x,l)|p dy 1 p c ˆ Q(x,2l) |Du|p dy 1 p + c l ˆ Q(x,2l) |u − uQ(x,l)|p dy 1 p . By the Poincaré inequality on cubes, see Theorem 2.7, we obtain ˆ Q(x,2l) |u − uQ(x,l)|p dy 1 p ˆ Q(x,2l) |u − uQ(x,2l)|p dy 1 p + ˆ Q(x,2l) |uQ(x,2l) − uQ(x,l)|p dy 1 p cl ˆ Q(x,2l) |Du|p dy 1 p +|uQ(x,2l) − uQ(x,l)||Q(x,2l)| 1 p . By Hölder’s inequality and Poincaré inequality on cubes, see Theorem 2.7, we have |uQ(x,2l) − uQ(x,l)||Q(x,2l)| 1 p (2l) n p Q(x,l) |u − uQ(x,2l)|dy (2l) n p |Q(x,2l)| |Q(x,l)| Q(x,2l) |u − uQ(x,2l)|p dy 1 p cl ˆ Q(x,2l) |Du|p dy 1 p . By collecting the estimates above we obtain ˆ Q(x,l) |u − uQ(x,l)|p∗ dy 1 p∗ c ˆ Q(x,2l) |Du|p dy 1 p . Remark 2.9. The Sobolev-Poincaré inequality also holds in the form Q(x,l) |u − uQ(x,l)|p∗ dy 1 p∗ cl Q(x,l) |Du|p dy 1 p . Observe that there is the same cube on both sides. We shall return to this question later. Remark 2.10. In this remark we consider the case p = n. (1) As Example 1.10 shows, functions in W1,n (Rn ) are not necessarily bounded.
  • 50. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 47 (2) Assume that u ∈ W1,n (Rn ). The Poincaré inequality implies that Q |u(y)− uQ|dy Q |u(y)− uQ|n dy 1 n cl Q |Du(y)|n dy 1 n c Du Ln(Rn) < ∞ for every cube Q where c = c(n). Thus if u ∈ W1,n (Rn ), then u is of bounded mean oscillation, denoted by u ∈ BMO(Rn ), and u ∗ = sup Q⊂Rn Q |u(y)− uQ|dy c Du Ln(Rn), where c = c(n). (3) Assume that u ∈ W1,n (Rn ). The John-Nirenberg inequality for BMO func- tions gives Q eγ|u(x)−uQ| dx c1γ u ∗ c2 −γ u ∗ +1 for every cube Q in Rn with 0 < γ < c2 u ∗ , where c1 = c1(n) and c2 = c2(n). By choosing γ = c2 2 u ∗ , we obtain Q e c |u(x)−uQ| Du n dx Q ec |u(x)−uQ| u ∗ dx c for every cube Q in Rn . In particular, this implies that u ∈ L p loc (Rn ) for every power p, with 1 p < ∞. This is the Sobolev embedding theorem in the borderline case when p = n. In fact, there is a stronger result called Trudinger’s inequality, which states that for small enough c > 0, we have Q e c |u(x)−uQ| Du n n n−1 dx c for every cube Q in Rn , n 2, but we shall not discuss this issue here T H E M O R A L : W1,n (Rn ) ⊂ L p loc (Rn ) for every p, with 1 p < ∞. This is the Sobolev embedding theorem in the borderline case when p = n. The next remark shows that it is possible to obtain a Poincaré inequality on cubes without the integral average also for functions that do not have zero boundary values. However, the functions have to vanish in a large subset. Remark 2.11. Assume u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) and u = 0 in a set A ⊂ Q(x,l) = Q satisfying |A| γ|Q| for some 0 < γ 1.
  • 51. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 48 This means that u = 0 in a large portion of Q. By the Poincaré inequality there exists c = c(n.p) such that Q |u|p dy 1 p Q |u − uQ|p dy 1 p + Q |uQ|p dy 1 p cl Q |Du|p dy 1 p +|uQ|, where |uQ| = Q u(y)dy Q χQA(y)|u(y)|dy |Q A| |Q| 1− 1 p Q |u(y)|p dy 1 p (1− c) 1− 1 p Q |u(y)|p dy 1 p . Since 0 (1− c) 1− 1 p < 1, we may absorb the integral average to the left hand side and obtain (1−(1− c) 1− 1 p ) Q |u|p dy 1 p cl Q |Du|p dy 1 p . It follows that there exists c = c(n, p,γ) such that Q |u|p dy 1 p cl Q |Du|p dy 1 p . A similar argument can be done with the Sobolev-Poincaré inequality on cubes (exercise). 2.3 Morrey’s inequality Let A ⊂ Rn . A function u : A → R is Hölder continuous with exponent 0 < α 1, if there exists a constant c such that |u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|α for every x, y ∈ A. We define the space C0,α (A) to be the space of all bounded functions that are Hölder continuous with exponent α with the norm u Cα(A) = sup x∈A |u(x)|+ sup x,y∈A,x=y |u(x)− u(y)| |x− y|α . (2.2) Remarks 2.12: (1) Every function that is Hölder continuous with exponent α > 1 in the whole space is constant (exercise).
  • 52. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 49 (2) There are Hölder continuous functions that are not differentiable at any point. Thus Hölder continuity does not imply any differentiability proper- ties. (3) C0,α (A) is a Banach space with the norm defined above (exercise). (4) Every Hölder continuous function on A ⊂ Rn can be extended to a Hölder continuous function on Rn with the same exponent and same constant. Moreover, if A is bounded, we may assume that the Hölder continuous extension to Rn is bounded (exercise). The next result shows that every function in W1,p (Rn ) with p > n has a 1− n p - Hölder continuous representative up to a set of measure zero. Theorem 2.13 (Morrey). Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) with p > n. Then there is c = c(n, p) > 0 such that |u(z)− u(y)| c|z − y| 1− n p Du Lp(Rn) for almost every z, y ∈ Rn . Proof. (1) Assume first that u ∈ C∞ (Rn )∩W1,p (Rn ). Let x, y ∈ Q(x,l). Then u(z)− u(y) = ˆ 1 0 t u(tz +(1− t)y) dt = ˆ 1 0 Du(tz +(1− t)y)·(z − y)dt and |u(y)− uQ(x,l)| = Q(x,l) (u(z)− u(y))dz = Q(x,l) ˆ 1 0 Du(tz +(1− t)y)·(z − y)dtdz n j=1 1 ln ˆ Q(x,l) ˆ 1 0 u xj (tz +(1− t)y) |zj − yj|dtdz n j=1 1 ln−1 ˆ 1 0 ˆ Q(x,l) u xj (tz +(1− t)y) dz dt = n j=1 1 ln−1 ˆ 1 0 1 tn ˆ Q(tx+(1−t)y,tl) u xj (w) dwdt. Here we used the fact that |zj − yj| l, Fubini’s theorem and finally the change of variables w = tz+(1−t)y ⇐⇒ z = 1 t (w−(1−t)y), dz = 1 tn dw. By Hölder’s inequality n j=1 1 ln−1 ˆ 1 0 1 tn ˆ Q(tx+(1−t)y,tl) u xj (w) dwdt n j=1 1 ln−1 ˆ 1 0 1 tn ˆ Q(tx+(1−t)y,tl) u xj (w) p dw 1 p |Q(tx+(1− t)y,tl)| 1 p dt n Du Lp(Q(x,l)) l n(1− 1 p ) ln−1 ˆ 1 0 t n(1− 1 p ) tn dt (Q(tx+(1− t)y,tl) ⊂ Q(x,l))) = np p − n l 1− n p Du Lp(Q(x,l)).
  • 53. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 50 Thus |u(z)− u(y)| |u(z)− uQ(x,l)|+|uQ(x,l) − u(y)| 2 np p − n l 1− n p Du Lp(Q(x,l)) (2.3) for every z, y ∈ Q(x,l). For every z, y ∈ Rn , there exists a cube Q(x,l) z, y such that l = |z − y|. For example, we may choose x = z+y 2 . Thus |u(z)− u(y)| c|z − y| 1− n p Du Lp(Q(x,l)) c|z − y| 1− n p Du Lp(Rn) for every z, y ∈ Rn . (2) Assume then that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ). Let uε be the standard mollification of u. Then |uε(z)− uε(y)| c|z − y| 1− n p Duε Lp(Rn). Now by Lemma 1.16 (2) and by Theorem 1.17, we obtain |u(z)− u(y)| c|z − y| 1− n p Du Lp(Rn). when z and y are Lebesgue points of u. The claim follows from the fact that almost every point of a locally integrable function is a Lebesgue point. Remarks 2.14: (1) Morrey’s inequality implies that u can be extended uniquely to Rn as a Hölder continuous function u such that |u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y| 1− n p Du Lp(Rn) for all x, y ∈ Rn . Reason. Let N be a set of zero measure such that Morrey’s inequality holds for all points in Rn N. Now for any x ∈ Rn , choose a sequence of points (xi) such that xi ∈ Rn N, i = 1,2..., and xi → x as i → ∞. By Morrey’s inequality (u(xi)) is a Cauchy sequence in R and thus we can define u(x) = lim i→∞ u(xi). Now it is easy to check that u satisfies Morrey’s inequality in every pair of points by considering sequences of points in Rn N converging to the pair of points. (2) If u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) with p > n, then u is essentially bounded.
  • 54. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 51 Reason. Let y ∈ Q(x,1). Then Morrey’s and Hölder’s inequality imply |u(z)| |u(z)− uQ(x,1)|+|uQ(x,1)| Q(x,1) |u(z)− u(y)|dy+ ˆ Q(x,1) |u(y)|dy c Du Lp(Rn) + ˆ Q(x,1) |u(y)|p dy 1 p c u W1,p(Rn) for almost every z ∈ Rn . Thus u L∞(Rn) c u W1,p(Rn). This implies that u C 0,1− n p (Rn) c u W1,p(Rn), c = c(n, p), where u is the Hölder continuous representative of u. Hence W1,p (Rn ) is continuously embedded in C 0,1− n p (Rn ), when p > n. (3) The proof of Theorem 2.13, see (2.3), shows that if Ω is an open subset of Rn and u ∈ W 1,p loc (Ω), p > n, then there is c = c(n, p) such that |u(z)− u(y)| c|z − y| 1− n p Du Lp(Q(x,l)) for every z, y ∈ Q(x,l), Q(x,l) Ω. This is a local version of Morrey’s inequality. T H E M O R A L : W1,p (Rn ) ⊂ C 0,1− n p (Rn ), when p > n. More precisely, W1,p (Rn ) is continuously embedded in C 0,1− n p (Rn ), when p > n. This is the Sobolev embedding theorem for p > n. Definition 2.15. A function u : Rn → R is differentiable at x ∈ Rn if there exists a linear mapping L : Rn → R such that lim y→x |u(y)− u(x)− L(x− y)| |x− y| = 0. If such a linear mapping L exists at x, it is unique and we denote L = Du(x) and call Du(x) the derivative of u at x. Theorem 2.16. If u ∈ W 1,p loc (Rn ), n < p ∞, then u is differentiable almost every- where and its derivative equals its weak derivative almost everywhere. T H E M O R A L : By the ACL characterization, see Theorem 1.41, we know that every function in W1,p , 1 p ∞ has classical partial derivatives almost everywhere. If p > n, then every function in W1,p is also differentiable almost everywhere.
  • 55. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 52 Proof. Since W 1,∞ loc (Rn ) ⊂ W 1,p loc (Rn ), we may assume n < p < ∞. By the Lebesgue differentiation theorem lim l→0 Q(x,l) |Du(z)− Du(x)|p dz = 0 for almost every x ∈ Rn . Let x be such a point and denote v(y) = u(y)− u(x)− Du(x)·(y− x), where y ∈ Q(x,l). Observe that v ∈ W 1,p loc (Rn ) with n < p < ∞. By (2.3) in the proof of Morrey’s inequality, there is c = c(n, p) such that |v(y)− v(x)| cl Q(x,l) |Dv(z)|p dz 1 p where l = |x− y|. Since v(x) = 0 and Dv = Du − Du(x), we obtain |u(y)− u(x)− Du(x)·(y− x)| |y− x| c Q(x,l) |Du(z)− Du(x)|p dz 1 p → 0 as y → x. 2.4 Lipschitz functions and W1,∞ Let A ⊂ Rn and 0 L < ∞. A function f : A → R is called Lipschitz continuous with constant L, or an L-Lipschitz function, if |f (x)− f (y)| L|x− y| for every x, y ∈ Rn . Observe that a function is Lipschitz continuous if it is Hölder continuous with exponent one. Moreover, C0,1 (A) is the space of all bounded Lipschitz continuous functions with the norm (2.2). Examples 2.17: (1) For every y ∈ Rn the function x → |x − y| is Lipschitz continuous with constant one. Note that this function is not smooth. (2) For every nonempty set A ⊂ Rn the function x → dist(x, A) is Lipschitz continuous with constant one. Note that this function is not smooth when A = Rn (exercise). The next theorem describes the relation between Lipschitz functions and Sobolev functions. Theorem 2.18. A function u ∈ L1 loc (Rn ) has a representative that is bounded and Lipschitz continuous if and only if u ∈ W1,∞ (Rn ).
  • 56. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 53 T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev embedding theorem for p > n shows that W1,p (Rn ) ⊂ C 0,1− n p (Rn ). In the limiting case p = ∞ we have W1,∞ (Rn ) = C0,1 (Rn ). This is the Sobolev embedding theorem for p = ∞. Proof. ⇐= Assume that u ∈ W1,∞ (Rn ). Then u ∈ L∞ (Rn ) and u ∈ W 1,p loc (Rn ) for every p > n and thus by Remark 2.14 we may assume that u is a bounded continuous function. Moreover, we may assume that the support of u is compact. By Lemma 1.16 (3) and by Theorem 1.17, the standard mollification uε ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ) for every ε > 0, uε → u uniformly in Rn as ε → 0 and Duε L∞(Rn) Du L∞(Rn) for every ε > 0. Thus |uε(x)− uε(y)| = ˆ 1 0 Duε(tx+(1− t)y)·(x− y)dt Duε L∞(Rn)|x− y| Du L∞(Rn)|x− y| for every x, y ∈ Rn . By letting ε → 0, we obtain |u(x)− u(y)| Du L∞(Rn)|x− y| for every x, y ∈ Rn . =⇒ Assume that u is Lipschitz continuous. Then there exists L such that |u(x)− u(y)| L|x− y| for every x, y ∈ Rn . This implies that D−h j u(x) = u(x− he j)− u(x) h L for every x ∈ Rn and h = 0. This means that D−h j u(x) L∞(Rn) L for every h = 0 and thus D−h j u(x) L2(Ω) D−h j u(x) L∞(Rn) |Ω| 1 2 L|Ω| 1 2 , where Ω ⊂ Rn is bounded and open. As in the proof of Theorem 1.38, the space L2 (Ω) is reflexive and thus there exists gj ∈ L2 (Ω), j = 1,...,n, and a subsequence of hi → 0 such that D −hi j u → gj weakly in L2 (Ω). As in the proof of Theorem 1.38, we obtain ˆ Ω u ϕ xj dx = ˆ Ω ( lim hi→0 D hi j ϕ)u dx = lim hi→0 ˆ Ω uD hi j ϕdx = lim hi→0 ˆ Ω (D −hi j u)ϕdx = ˆ Ω gjϕdx
  • 57. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 54 for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω) and thus Dju = −gj, j = 1,...,n, in the weak sense. Claim: Dju ∈ L∞ (Ω), j = 1,...,n, Reason. Let fi = D −hi j u, i = 1,2.... Since fi → Dju weakly in L2 (Ω), by Mazur’s lemma, see theorem 1.31, there exists a subsequence (fil ) such that the convex combitions k l=1 ai fil → Dju in Lp (Ω) as k → ∞. Observe that k l=1 ai fil L∞(Ω) k l=1 ai D −hil j u(x) L∞(Ω) L. Since there exists a subsequence that converges almost everywhere, we conclude that Dju(x) L, j = 1,...,n, for almost every x ∈ Ω. This shows that Du ∈ L∞ (Ω), with Du L∞(Ω) L. As u is bounded, this implies u ∈ W1,∞ (Ω) for all bounded subsets Ω ⊂ Rn . Since the norm does not depend on Ω, we conclude that u ∈ W1,∞ (Rn ). A direct combination of Theorem 2.18 and Theorem 2.16 gives a proof for Rademacher’s theorem. Corollary 2.19 (Rademacher). Let f : Rn → R be locally Lipschitz continuous. Then f is differentiable almost everywhere. W A R N I N G : For an open subset Ω of Rn , Morrey’s inequality and the charac- terization of Lipschitz continuous functions holds only locally, that is, W1,p (Ω) ⊂ C 0,1− n p loc (Ω), when p > n and W1,∞ (Ω) ⊂ C 0,1 loc (Ω). Example 2.20. Let Ω = {x ∈ R2 : 1 < |x| < 2}{(x1,0) ∈ R2 : x1 1} ⊂ R2 . Then we can construct functions such that u ∈ W1,∞ (Ω), but u ∈ C0,α (Ω), for example, by defining u(x) = θ, where θ is the argument of x in polar coordinates with 0 < θ < 2π. Then u ∈ W1,∞ (Ω), but u is not Lipschitz continuous in Ω. However, it is locally Lipschitz continuous in Ω. 2.5 Summary of the Sobolev embeddings We summarize the results related to Sobolev embeddings below. Assume that Ω is an open subset of Rn .
  • 58. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 55 1 p < n W1,p (Rn ) ⊂ Lp∗ (Rn ), W 1,p loc (Ω) ⊂ L p∗ loc (Ω), p∗ = np n−p (Theorem 2.2 and Theorem 2.8). p = n W1,n (Rn ) ⊂ BMO(Rn ), W 1,n loc (Ω) ⊂ L p loc (Ω) for every p, with 1 p < ∞ (Remark 2.10 (3)). n < p < ∞ W1,p (Rn ) ⊂ C 0,1− n p (Rn ), W 1,p loc (Ω) ⊂ C 0,1− n p loc (Ω) (Theorem 2.13). p = ∞ W1,∞ (Rn ) = C0,1 (Rn ), W 1,∞ loc (Ω) = C 0,1 loc (Ω) (Theorem 2.18). 2.6 Direct methods in the calculus of vari- ations Sobolev space methods are important in existence results for PDEs. Assume that Ω ⊂ Rn is a bounded open set. Consider the Dirichlet problem    ∆u = 0 in Ω, u = g on Ω. Let u ∈ C2 (Ω) be a classical solution to the Laplace equation ∆u = n j=1 2 u x2 j = 0 and let ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). An integration by parts gives 0 = ˆ Ω ϕ∆u dx = ˆ Ω ϕdivDu dx = ˆ Ω n j=1 2 u x2 j ϕdx = n j=1 ˆ Ω 2 u x2 j ϕdx = n j=1 ˆ Ω u xj ϕ xj dx = ˆ Ω Du · Dϕdx for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). Conversely, if u ∈ C2 (Ω) and ˆ Ω Du · Dϕdx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω), then by the computation above ˆ Ω ϕ∆u dx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). By the fundamental lemma in the calculus of variations, see Corollary 1.5, we conclude ∆u = 0 in Ω. T H E M O R A L : Assume u ∈ C2 (Ω). Then ∆u = 0 in Ω if and only if ˆ Ω Du · Dϕdx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). This gives a motivation to the definition below.
  • 59. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 56 Definition 2.21. A function u ∈ W1,2 (Ω) is a weak solution to ∆u = 0 in Ω, if ˆ Ω Du · Dϕdx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). T H E M O R A L : There are second order derivatives in the definition of a classical solution to the Laplace equation, but in the definition above is enough to assume that only first order weak derivatives exist. Th next lemma shows that, in the definition of a weak solution, the class of test functions can be taken to be the Sobolev space with zero boundary values. Lemma 2.22. If u ∈ W1,2 (Ω) is a weak solution to the Laplace equation, then ˆ Ω Du · Dvdx = 0 for every v ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω). Proof. Let vi ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., be such that vi → v in W1,p (Ω). Then by the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality and Hölder’s inequality, we have ˆ Ω Du · Dvdx− ˆ Ω Du · Dvi dx = ˆ Ω Du ·(Dv− Dvi)dx ˆ Ω |Du||Dv− Dvi|dx ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx 1 2 ˆ Ω |Dv− Dvi|2 dx 1 2 → 0 as i → ∞. Thus ˆ Ω Du · Dvdx = lim i→∞ ˆ Ω Du · Dvi dx = 0. Remark 2.23. Assume that Ω ⊂ Rn is bounded and g ∈ W1,2 (Ω). If there exists a weak solution u ∈ W1,2 (Ω) to the Dirichlet problem    ∆u = 0 in Ω, u − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω), then the solution is unique. Observe that the boundary values are taken in the Sobolev sense. Reason. Let u1 ∈ W1,2 (Ω), with u1 − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω), and u2 ∈ W1,2 (Ω), with u2 − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω), be solutions to the Dirichlet problem above. By Lemma 2.22 ˆ Ω Du1 · Dvdx = 0 and ˆ Ω Du2 · Dvdx = 0
  • 60. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 57 for every v ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω) and thus ˆ Ω (Du1 − Du2)· Dvdx = 0 for every v ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). Since u1 − u2 = (u1 − g) ∈W 1,2 0 (Ω) −(u2 − g) ∈W 1,2 0 (Ω) ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω), we may choose v = u1 − u2 and conclude ˆ Ω |Du1 − Du2|2 dx = ˆ Ω (Du1 − Du2)·(Du1 − Du2)dx = 0. This implies Du1 − Du2 = 0 almost everywhere in Ω. By the Poincaré inequality, see Theorem 2.5, we have ˆ Ω |u1 − u2|2 dx cdiam(Ω)2 ˆ Ω |Du1 − Du2|2 dx = 0. This implies u1 − u2 = 0 ⇐⇒ u1 = u2 almost everywhere in Ω. This is a PDE proof of uniqueness and in the proof of Theorem 2.26 we shall see a variational argument for the same result. Next we consider a variational approach to the Dirichlet problem for the Laplace equation. Definition 2.24. Assume that g ∈ W1,2 (Ω). A function u ∈ W1,2 (Ω) with u − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω) is a minimizer of the variational integral I(u) = ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx with boundary values g, if ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx ˆ Ω |Dv|2 dx for every v ∈ W1,2 (Ω) with v− g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω). T H E M O R A L : A minimizer u minimizes the variational integral I(u) in the class of functions with given boundary values, that is, ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx = inf ˆ Ω |Dv|2 dx : v ∈ W1,2 (Ω), v− g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω) . If there is a minimizer, then infimum can be replaced by minimum. Theorem 2.25. Assume that g ∈ W1,2 (Ω) and u ∈ W1,2 (Ω) with u − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω). Then ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx = inf ˆ Ω |Dv|2 dx : v ∈ W1,2 (Ω), v− g ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) if and only if u is a weak solution to the Dirichlet problem    ∆u = 0 in Ω, u − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω).
  • 61. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 58 T H E M O R A L : A function is a weak solution to the Dirichlet problem if and only if it is a minimizer of the corresponding variational integral with the given boundary values in the Sobolev sense. Proof. =⇒ Assume that u ∈ W1,2 (Ω) is a minimizer with boundary values g ∈ W1,2 (Ω). We use the method of variations by Lagrange. Let ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω) and ε ∈ R. Then (u +εϕ)− g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω) and ˆ Ω |D(u +εϕ)|2 dx = ˆ Ω (Du +εDϕ)·(Du +εDϕ)dx = ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx+2ε ˆ Ω Du · Dϕdx+ε2 ˆ Ω |Dϕ|2 dx = i(ε). Since u is a minimizer, i(ε) has minimum at ε = 0, which implies that i (0) = 0. Clearly i (ε) = 2 ˆ Ω Du · Dϕdx+2ε ˆ Ω |Dϕ|2 dx and thus i (0) = 2 ˆ Ω Du · Dϕdx = 0. This shows that ˆ Ω Du · Dϕdx = 0 for every ϕ ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω). ⇐= Assume that u ∈ W1,2 (Ω) is a weak solution to ∆u = 0 with u− g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω) and let v ∈ W1,2 (Ω) with v− g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω). Then ˆ Ω |Dv|2 dx = ˆ Ω |D(v− u)+ Du|2 dx = ˆ Ω (D(v− u)+ Du)·(D(v− u)+ Du)dx = ˆ Ω |D(v− u)|2 dx+2 ˆ Ω D(v− u)· Du dx+ ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx. Since v− u = (v− g) ∈W 1,2 0 (Ω) − (u − g) ∈W 1,2 0 (Ω) ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω), by Lemma 2.22 we have ˆ Ω Du · D(v− u)dx = 0 and thus ˆ Ω |Dv|2 dx = ˆ Ω |D(v− u)|2 dx+ ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx for every v ∈ W1,2 (Ω) with v− g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω). Thus u is a minimizer.
  • 62. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 59 Next we give an existence proof using the direct methods in the calculus variations. This means that, instead of the PDE, the argument uses the variational integral. Theorem 2.26. Assume that Ω is a bounded open subset of Rn . Then for every g ∈ W1,2 (Ω) there exists a unique minimizer u ∈ W1,2 (Ω) with u − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω), which satisfies ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx = inf ˆ Ω |Dv|2 dx : v ∈ W1,2 (Ω), v− g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω) . T H E M O R A L : The Dirichlet problem for the Laplace equation has a unique solution with Sobolev boundary values in any bounded open set. W A R N I N G : It is not clear whether the solution to the variational problem attains the boundary values pointwise. Proof. (1) Since I(u) 0, in particular, it is bounded from below in W1,2 (Ω) and since u is a minimizer, g ∈ W1,2 (Ω) and g − g = 0 ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω), we note that 0 m = inf ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx : u ∈ W1,2 (Ω), u − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω) ˆ Ω |Dg|2 dx < ∞. The definition of infimum then implies that there exists a minimizing sequence ui ∈ W1,2 (Ω) with ui − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that lim i→∞ ˆ Ω |Dui|2 dx = m. The existence of the limit implies the sequence (I(ui)) is bounded. Thus there exists a constant M < ∞ such that I(ui) = ˆ Ω |Dui|2 dx M for every i = 1,2,..., (2) By the Poincaré inequality, see Theorem 2.5, we obtain ˆ Ω |ui − g|2 dx+ ˆ Ω |D(ui − g)|2 dx cdiam(Ω)2 ˆ Ω |D(ui − g)|2 dx+ ˆ Ω |D(ui − g)|2 dx (cdiam(Ω)2 +1) ˆ Ω |Dui − Dg|2 dx (cdiam(Ω)2 +1) 2 ˆ Ω |Dui|2 dx+2 ˆ Ω |Dg|2 dx c(diam(Ω)2 +1) M + ˆ Ω |Dg|2 dx < ∞ for every i = 1,2,... This shows that (ui − g) is a bounded sequence in W 1,2 0 (Ω).
  • 63. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 60 (3) By reflexivity of W 1,2 0 (Ω), see Theorem 1.33, there is a subsequence (uik −g) and a function u ∈ W1,2 (Ω), with u−g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω), such that uik → u weakly in L2 (Ω) and uik xj → u xj , j = 1,...,n, weakly in L2 (Ω) as k → ∞. By lower semicontinuity of L2 -norm with respect to weak convergence, see (1.3), we have ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx liminf k→∞ ˆ Ω |Duik |2 dx = lim i→∞ ˆ Ω |Dui|2 dx. Since u ∈ W1,2 (Ω), with u − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω), we have m ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx lim i→∞ ˆ Ω |Dui|2 dx = m which implies ˆ Ω |Du|2 dx = m. Thus u is a minimizer. (4) To show uniqueness, let u1 ∈ W1,2 (Ω), with u1 − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω) and u2 ∈ W1,2 (Ω), with u2 − g ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω) be minimizers of I(u) with the same boundary function g ∈ W1,2 (Ω). Assume that u1 = u2, that is, |{x ∈ Ω : u1(x) = u2(x)}| > 0. By the Poincaré inequality, see Theorem 2.5, we have 0 < ˆ Ω |u1 − u2|2 dx cdiam(Ω)2 ˆ Ω |Du1 − Du2|2 dx and thus |{x ∈ Ω : Du1(x) = Du2(x)}| > 0. Let v = u1+u2 2 . Then v ∈ W1,2 (Ω) and v− g = 1 2 (u1 − g) ∈W 1,2 0 (Ω) + 1 2 (u2 − g) ∈W 1,2 0 (Ω) ∈ W 1,2 0 (Ω). By strict convexity of ξ → |ξ|2 we conclude that |Dv|2 < 1 2 |Du1|2 + 1 2 |Du2|2 on {x ∈ Ω : Du1(x) = Du2(x)}. Since |{x ∈ Ω : Du1(x) = Du2(x)}| > 0 and using the fact that both u1 and u2 are minimizers, we obtain ˆ Ω |Dv|2 dx < 1 2 ˆ Ω |Du1|2 dx+ 1 2 ˆ Ω |Du2|2 dx = 1 2 m+ 1 2 m = m. Thus I(v) < m. This is a contradiction with the fact that u1 and u2 are minimiz- ers. Remarks 2.27: (1) This approach generalizes to other variational integrals as well. Indeed, the proof above is based on the following steps: (a) Choose a minimizing sequence.
  • 64. CHAPTER 2. SOBOLEV INEQUALITIES 61 (b) Use coercivity ui W1,2(Ω) → ∞ =⇒ I(ui) → ∞. to show that the minimizing sequence is bounded in the Sobolev space. (c) Use reflexivity to show that there is a weakly converging subsequence. (d) Use lower semicontinuity of the variational integral to show that the limit is a minimizer. (e) Use strict convexity of the variational integral to show uniqueness. (2) If we consider C2 (Ω) instead of W1,2 (Ω) in the Dirichlet problem above, then we end up having the following problems. If we equip C2 (Ω) with the supremum norm u C2(Ω) = u L∞(Ω) + Du L∞(Ω) + D2 u L∞(Ω), where D2 u is the Hessian matrix of second order partial derivatives, then the variational integral is not coercive nor the space is reflexive. Indeed, when n 2 it is possible to construct a sequence of functions for which the supremum tends to infinity, but the L2 norm of the gradients tends to zero. The variationall integral is not coersive even when n = 1. If we try to obtain coercivity and reflexivity in C2 (Ω) by changing norm to u W1,2(Ω) then we lose completeness, since the limit functions are not necessarily in C2 (Ω). The Sobolev space seems to have all desirable properties for existence of solutions to PDEs.
  • 65. 3Maximal function approach to Sobolev spaces We recall the definition of the maximal function. Definition 3.1. The centered Hardy-Littlewood maximal function M f : Rn → [0,∞] of f ∈ L1 loc (Rn ) is M f (x) = sup r>0 1 |B(x,r)| ˆ B(x,r) |f (y)|dy, where B(x,r) = {y ∈ Rn : |y− x| < r} is the open ball with the radius r > 0 and the center x ∈ Rn . T H E M O R A L : The maximal function gives the maximal integral average of the absolute value of the function on balls centered at a point. Note that the Lebesgue differentiation theorem implies |f (x)| = lim r→0 1 |B(x,r)| ˆ B(x,r) |f (y)|dy sup r>0 1 |B(x,r)| ˆ B(x,r) |f (y)|dy = M f (x) for almost every x ∈ Rn . We are interested in behaviour of the maximal operator in Lp -spaces and begin with a relatively obvious result. Lemma 3.2. If f ∈ L∞ (Rn ), then M f ∈ L∞ (Rn ) and M f L∞(Rn) f L∞(Rn). T H E M O R A L : If the original function is essentially bounded, then the maximal function is essentially bounded and thus finite almost everywhere. Intuitively this 62
  • 66. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 63 is clear, since the integral averages cannot be larger than the essential supremum of the function. Another way to state this is that M : L∞ (Rn ) → L∞ (Rn ) is a bounded operator. Proof. For every x ∈ Rn and r > 0 we have 1 |B(x,r)| ˆ B(x,r) |f (y)|dy 1 |B(x,r)| f L∞(Rn)|B(x,r)| = f L∞(Rn). By taking supremum over r > 0, we have M f (x) f L∞(Rn) for every x ∈ Rn and thus M f L∞(Rn) f L∞(Rn). The following maximal function theorem was first proved by Hardy and Little- wood in the one-dimensional case and by Wiener in higher dimensions. Theorem 3.3 (Hardy-Littlewood-Wiener). (1) If f ∈ L1 (Rn ), there exists c = c(n) such that |{x ∈ Rn : M f (x) > λ}| c λ f L1(Rn) for every λ > 0. (3.1) (2) If f ∈ Lp (Rn ), 1 < p ∞, then M f ∈ Lp (Rn ) and there exists c = c(n, p) such that M f Lp(Rn) c f Lp(Rn). (3.2) T H E M O R A L : The first assertion states that the Hardy-Littlewood max- imal operator maps L1 (Rn ) to weak L1 (Rn ) and the second claim shows that M : Lp (Rn ) → Lp (Rn ) is a bounded operator for p > 1. W A R N I N G : f ∈ L1 (Rn ) does not imply that M f ∈ L1 (Rn ) and thus the Hardy- Littlewood maximal operator is not bounded in L1 (Rn ). In this case we only have the weak type estimate. 3.1 Representation formulas and Riesz po- tentials We begin with considering the one-dimensional case. If u ∈ C1 0(R), there exists an interval [a,b] ⊂ R such that u(x) = 0 for every x ∈ R[a,b]. By the fundamental theorem of calculus, u(x) = u(a)+ ˆ x a u (y)dy = ˆ x −∞ u (y)dy, (3.3) since u(a) = 0. On the other hand, 0 = u(b) = u(x)+ ˆ b x u (y)dy = u(x)+ ˆ ∞ x u (y)dy,
  • 67. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 64 so that u(x) = − ˆ ∞ x u (y)dy. (3.4) Equalities (3.3) and (3.4) imply 2u(x) = ˆ x −∞ u (y)dy− ˆ ∞ x u (y)dy = ˆ x −∞ u (y)(x− y) |x− y| dy+ ˆ ∞ x u (y)(x− y) |x− y| dy = ˆ R u (y)(x− y) |x− y| dy, from which it follows that u(x) = 1 2 ˆ R u (y)(x− y) |x− y| dy for every x ∈ R. Next we extend the fundamental theorem of calculus to Rn . Lemma 3.4 (Representation formula). If u ∈ C1 0(Rn ), then u(x) = 1 ωn−1 ˆ Rn Du(y)·(x− y) |x− y|n dy for every x ∈ Rn , where ωn−1 = nΩn is the (n−1)-dimensional measure of B(0,1). T H E M O R A L : This is a representation formula for a compactly supported smooth function in terms of its gradient. A function can be integrated back from its derivative using this formula. Proof. If x ∈ Rn and e ∈ B(0,1), by the fundamental theorem of calculus u(x) = − ˆ ∞ 0 t (u(x+ te))dt = − ˆ ∞ 0 Du(x+ te)· e dt.
  • 68. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 65 By the Fubini theorem ωn−1u(x) = u(x) ˆ B(0,1) 1dS(e) = − ˆ B(0,1) ˆ ∞ 0 Du(x+ te)· e dtdS(e) = − ˆ ∞ 0 ˆ B(0,1) Du(x+ te)· e dS(e)dt (Fubini) = − ˆ ∞ 0 ˆ B(0,t) Du(x+ y)· y t 1 tn−1 dS(y)dt (y = te, dS(e) = t1−n dS(y)) = − ˆ ∞ 0 ˆ B(0,t) Du(x+ y)· y |y|n dS(y)dt = − ˆ Rn Du(x+ y)· y |y|n dy (polar coordinates) = − ˆ Rn Du(z)·(z − x) |z − x|n dz (z = x+ y, dy = dz) = ˆ Rn Du(y)·(x− y) |x− y|n dy. Remark 3.5. By the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality and Lemma 3.4, we have |u(x)| = 1 ωn−1 ˆ Rn Du(y)·(x− y) |x− y|n dy 1 ωn−1 ˆ Rn |Du(y)||x− y| |x− y|n dy = 1 ωn−1 ˆ Rn |Du(y)| |x− y|n−1 dy = 1 ωn−1 I1(|Du|)(x), where Iα f , 0 < α < n, is the Riesz potential Iα f (x) = ˆ Rn f (y) |x− y|n−α dy. T H E M O R A L : This gives a useful pointwise bound for a compactly supported smooth function in terms of the Riesz potential of the gradient. Remark 3.6. A similar estimate holds almost everywhere if u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) or u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) (exercise). We begin with a technical lemma for the Riesz potential for α = 1. Lemma 3.7. If E ⊂ Rn is a measurable set with |E| < ∞, then ˆ E 1 |x− y|n−1 dy c(n)|E| 1 n .
  • 69. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 66 Proof. Let B = B(x,r) be a ball with |B| = |E|. Then |E B| = |B E| and thus ˆ EB 1 |x− y|n−1 dy |E B| 1 rn−1 = |B E| 1 rn−1 ˆ BE 1 |x− y|n−1 dy. This implies ˆ E 1 |x− y|n−1 dy = ˆ EB 1 |x− y|n−1 dy+ ˆ E∩B 1 |x− y|n−1 dy ˆ BE 1 |x− y|n−1 dy+ ˆ E∩B 1 |x− y|n−1 dy = ˆ B 1 |x− y|n−1 dy = c(n)r = c(n)|B| 1 n = c(n)||E| 1 n . Lemma 3.8. Assume that |Ω| < ∞ and 1 p < ∞. Then I1(|f |χΩ) Lp(Ω) c(n, p)|Ω| 1 n f Lp(Ω). T H E M O R A L : If |Ω| < ∞, then I1 : Lp (Ω) → Lp (Ω) is a bounded operator for 1 p < ∞. Proof. If p > 1, Hölder’s inequality and Lemma 3.7 give ˆ Ω |f (y)| |x− y|n−1 dy = ˆ Ω |f (y)| |x− y| 1 p (n−1) 1 |x− y| 1 p (n−1) dy ˆ Ω |f (y)|p |x− y|n−1 dy 1 p ˆ Ω 1 |x− y|n−1 dy 1 p c|Ω| 1 np ˆ Ω |f (y)|p |x− y|n−1 dy 1 p = c|Ω| p−1 np ˆ Ω |f (y)|p |x− y|n−1 dy 1 p . For p = 1, the inequality above is clear. Thus by Fubini’s theorem and Lemma 3.7, we have ˆ Ω |I1(|f |χΩ)(x)|p dx c|Ω| p−1 n ˆ Ω ˆ Ω |f (y)|p |x− y|n−1 dydx c|Ω| p−1 n |Ω| 1 n ˆ Ω |f (y)|p dy. Next we show that the Riesz potential can be bounded by the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function. We shall do this for the general α although α = 1 will be most important for us. Lemma 3.9. If 0 < α < n, there exists c = c(n,α), such that ˆ B(x,r) |f (y)| |x− y|n−α dy crα M f (x) for every x ∈ Rn and r > 0.
  • 70. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 67 Proof. Let x ∈ Rn and denote Ai = B(x,r2−i ), i = 0,1,2,.... Then ˆ B(x,r) |f (y)| |x− y|n−α dy = ∞ i=0 ˆ AiAi+1 |f (y)| |x− y|n−α dy ∞ i=0 r 2i+1 α−n ˆ Ai |f (y)|dy = Ωn ∞ i=0 1 2 α−n r 2i α 1 Ωn r 2i −n ˆ Ai |f (y)|dy = Ωn ∞ i=0 1 2 α−n r 2i α 1 |Ai| ˆ Ai |f (y)|dy cM f (x)rα ∞ i=0 1 2α i = crα M f (x). Theorem 3.10 (Sobolev inequality for Riesz potentials). Assume that α > 0, p > 1 and αp < n. Then there exists c = c(n, p,α), such that for every f ∈ Lp (Rn ) we have Iα f Lp∗ (Rn) c f Lp(Rn), p∗ = pn n−αp . T H E M O R A L : This is the Sobolev inequality for the Riesz potentials. Observe that of α = 1, then p∗ is the Sobolev conjugate of p. Proof. If f = 0 almost everywhere, the claim is clear. Thus we may assume that f = 0 on a set of positive measure and thus M f > 0 everywhere. By Hölder’s inequality ˆ RnB(x,r) |f (y)| |x− y|n−α dy ˆ RnB(x,r) |f (y)|p dy 1 p ˆ RnB(x,r) |x− y|(α−n)p dy 1 p , where ˆ RnB(x,r) |x− y|(α−n)p dy = ˆ ∞ r ˆ B(x,ρ) |x− y|(α−n)p dS(y)dρ = ˆ ∞ r ρ(α−n)p ˆ B(x,ρ) 1dS(y) =ωn−1 ρn−1 dρ = ωn−1 ˆ ∞ r ρ(α−n)p +n−1 dρ = ωn−1 (n−α)p − n rn−(n−α)p . The exponent can be written in the form n−(n−α)p = n−(n−α) p p −1 = αp − n p −1 ,
  • 71. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 68 and thus ˆ RnB(x,r) |f (y)| |x− y|n−α dy cr α− n p f Lp(Rn). Lemma 3.9 implies |Iα f (x)| ˆ Rn |f (y)| |x− y|n−α dy = ˆ B(x,r) |f (y)| |x− y|n−α dy+ ˆ RnB(x,r) |f (y)| |x− y|n−α dy c rα M f (x)+ r α− n p f Lp(Rn) . By choosing r = M f (x) f Lp(Rn) − p n , we obtain |Iα f (x)| cM f (x)1− αp n f αp n Lp(Rn) . (3.5) By raising both sides to the power p∗ = np n−αp , we have |Iα f (x)|p∗ cM f (x)p f αp n p∗ Lp(Rn) The maximal function theorem, see (3.2), implies ˆ Rn |Iα f (x)|p∗ dy c f αp n p∗ Lp(Rn) ˆ Rn (M f (x))p dx = c f αp n p∗ Lp(Rn) M f p Lp(Rn) c f αp n p∗ Lp(Rn) f p Lp(Rn) and thus Iα f Lp∗ (Rn) c f αp n + p p∗ Lp(Rn) = c f Lp(Rn). Remark 3.11. From the proof of the previous theorem we also obtain a weak type estimate when p = 1. Indeed, by (3.5) with p = 1, there exists c = c(n,α) such that |Iα f (x)| cM f (x)1− α n f α n L1(Rn) and thus the maximal function theorem with p = 1, see (3.1), implies |{x ∈ Rn : |Iα f (x)| > t}| x ∈ Rn : cM f (x) n−α n f α n L1(Rn) > t x ∈ Rn : M f (x) > ct n n−α f − α n · n n−α L1(Rn) ct− n n−α f α n−α L1(Rn) f L1(Rn) = ct− n n−α f n n−α L1(Rn) for every t > 0. This also implies that |{x ∈ Rn : |Iα f (x)| t}| ct− n n−α f n n−α L1(Rn) for every t > 0.
  • 72. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 69 This gives a second proof for the Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality, see Theorem 2.2. Corollary 3.12 (Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality). If 1 p < n, there exists a constant c = c(n, p) such that u Lp∗ (Rn) c Du Lp(Rn), p∗ = np n− p , for every u ∈ C1 0(Rn ). T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality is a consequence of pointwise estimates for the function in terms of the Riesz potential of the gradient and the Sobolev inequality for the Riesz potentials. Proof. 1 < p < ∞ By Remark 3.5 |u(x)| 1 ωn−1 I1(|Du|)(x) for every x ∈ Rn , Thus Theorem 3.10 with α = 1 gives u Lp∗ (Rn) c I1(|Du|) Lp∗ (Rn) c Du Lp(Rn). p = 1 Let Aj = {x ∈ Rn : 2j < |u(x)| 2j+1 }, j ∈ Z, and let ϕ : R → R, ϕ(t) = max{0,min{t,1}}, be an auxiliary function. For j ∈ Z define uj : Rn → [0,1], uj(x) = ϕ(21−j |u(x)|−1) =    0, |u(x)| 2j−1 , 21−j |u(x)|−1, 2j−1 < |u(x)| 2j , 1, |u(x)| > 2j . Lemma 1.25 implies uj ∈ W1,1 (Rn ), j ∈ Z. Observe that Duj = 0 almost everywhere in Rn Aj−1, j ∈ Z. Then |Aj| |{x ∈ Rn : |u(x)| > 2j }| = |{x ∈ Rn : uj(x) = 1}| (|u(x)| > 2j =⇒ 21−j |u(x)|−1 > 1) {x ∈ Rn : I1(|Duj|)(x) ωn−1} (Remark 3.5) c ˆ Rn |Duj(x)|dx n n−1 (Remark 3.11) = c ˆ A j−1 |Duj(x)|dx n n−1 c ˆ A j−1 ϕ (21−j |u(x)|−1)21−j |Du(x)|dx n n−1 = c2−j n n−1 ˆ A j−1 |Du(x)|dx n n−1 .
  • 73. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 70 By summing over j ∈ Z, we obtain ˆ Rn |u(x)| n n−1 dx = j∈Z ˆ A j |u(x)| n n−1 dx j∈Z 2(j+1) n n−1 |Aj| c j∈Z ˆ A j−1 |Du(x)|dx n n−1 c j∈Z ˆ A j−1 |Du(x)|dx n n−1 = c ˆ Rn |Du(x)|dx n n−1 . In the last equality we used the fact that the sets Aj, j ∈ Z, are pairwise disjoint. Remark 3.13. The Sobolev-Gagliardo-Nirenberg inequality for u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) fol- lows from Corollary 3.12 by using the fact that C1 0(Rn ) is dense in W1,p (Rn ), 1 p < n. 3.2 Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities Next we consider Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities in balls, compare with Theorem 2.7 and Theorem 2.8 for the corresponding estimates over cubes. First we study the one-dimensional case. Assume that u ∈ C1 (R) and let y, z ∈ B(x,r) = (x− r,x+ r). By the fundamental theorem of calculus u(z)− u(y) = ˆ y z u (t)dt. Thus |u(z)− u(y)| ˆ y z |u (t)|dt ˆ x+r x−r |u (t)|dt = ˆ B(x,r) |u (t)|dt and |u(z)− uB(x,r)| = u(z)− B(x,r) u(y)dy = B(x,r) u(z)dy− B(x,r) u(y)dy B(x,r) |u(z)− u(y)|dy ˆ B(x,r) |u (y)|dy. This is a pointwise estimate of the oscillation of the function. Next we generalize this to Rn . Lemma 3.14. Let u ∈ C1 (Rn ) and B(x,r) ⊂ Rn . There exists c = c(n) such that u(z)− uB(x,r) c ˆ B(x,r) |Du(y)| |z − y|n−1 dy
  • 74. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 71 for every z ∈ B(x,r). T H E M O R A L : This is a pointwise estimate for the oscillation of the function in terms of the Riesz potential of the gradient. Proof. For any y, z ∈ B(x,r), we have u(y)− u(z) = ˆ 1 0 t (u(ty+(1− t)z))dt = ˆ 1 0 Du(ty+(1− t)z)·(y− z)dt. By the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality |u(y)− u(z)| |y− z| ˆ 1 0 |Du(ty+(1− t)z)|dt. Let ρ > 0. In the next display, we make a change of variables w = ty+(1− t)z ⇐⇒ y = 1 t (w−(1− t)z), dS(y) = t1−n dS(w). Then we have |w−z| = t|y−z| and tn−1 = |z−w| ρ n−1 , where ρ = |y−z|. We arrive at ˆ B(x,r)∩ B(z,ρ) |u(y)− u(z)|dS(y) ρ ˆ 1 0 ˆ B(x,r)∩ B(z,ρ) |Du(ty+(1− t)z)|dS(y)dt = ρ ˆ 1 0 1 tn−1 ˆ B(x,r)∩ B(z,tρ) |Du(w)|dS(w)dt = ρn ˆ 1 0 ˆ B(x,r)∩ B(z,tρ) |Du(w)| |z − w|n−1 dS(w)dt = ρn−1 ˆ ρ 0 ˆ B(x,r)∩ B(z,s) |Du(w)| |z − w|n−1 dS(w)ds (s = tρ, dt = 1 ρ ds) = ρn−1 ˆ B(x,r)∩B(z,ρ) |Du(w)| |z − w|n−1 dw. (polar coordinates) Since B(x,r) ⊂ B(z,2r), an integration in polar coordinates gives u(z)− uB(x,r) B(x,r) |u(z)− u(y)|dy = 1 |B(x,r)| ˆ 2r 0 ˆ B(x,r)∩ B(z,ρ) |u(y)− u(z)|dS(y)dρ 1 |B(x,r)| ˆ 2r 0 ρn−1 ˆ B(x,r)∩B(z,ρ) |Du(y)| |z − y|n−1 dydρ 1 |B(x,r)| ˆ 2r 0 ρn−1 dρ ˆ B(x,r) |Du(y)| |z − y|n−1 dy = c(n) ˆ B(x,r) |Du(y)| |z − y|n−1 dy.
  • 75. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 72 Remarks 3.15: (1) Assume that u ∈ C1 (Rn ). By Lemma 3.14 and Lemma 3.9, we have |u(z)− uB(x,r)| c ˆ B(x,r) |Du(y)| |z − y|n−1 dy = cI1(|Du|χB(x,r))(z) c ˆ B(z,2r) |Du(y)|χB(x,r)(y) |z − y|n−1 dy crM(|Du|χB(x,r))(z), for every z ∈ B(x,r). Next we show that the corresponding inequalities hold true almost every- where if u ∈ W 1,p loc (Rn ), 1 p < ∞. Since C∞ (B(x,r)) is dense in W1,p (B(x,r)), there exists a sequence ui ∈ C∞ (B(x,r)), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p (B(x,r)) as i → ∞. By passing to a subsequence, if necessary, we obtain an exceptional set N1 ⊂ Rn with |N1| = 0 such that lim i→∞ ui(z) = u(z) < ∞ for every z ∈ B(x,r) N1. By linearity of the Riesz potential and by Lemma 3.8, we have I1(|Dui|χB(x,r))− I1(|Du|χB(x,r)) Lp(B(x,r)) = I1((|Dui|−|Du|)χB(x,r)) Lp(B(x,r)) c|B(x,r)| 1 n |Dui|−|Du| Lp(B(x,r)), which implies that I1(|Dui|χB(x,r)) → I1(|Du|χB(x,r)) in Lp (B(x,r)) as i → ∞. By passing to a subsequence, if necessary, we obtain an exceptional set N2 ⊂ B(x,r) with |N2| = 0 such that lim i→∞ I1(|Dui|χB(x,r))(z) = I1(|Du|χB(x,r))(z) < ∞ for every z ∈ B(x,r) N2. Thus |u(z)− uB(x,r)| = lim i→∞ |ui(z)−(ui)B(x,r)| c lim i→∞ I1(|Dui|χB(x,r))(z) = cI1(|Du|χB(x,r))(z) crM(|Du|χB(x,r))(z), for every z ∈ B(x,r)(N1 ∪ N2).
  • 76. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 73 (2) By Lemma 3.14 and (3.5), we have |u(z)− uB(x,r)| c ˆ B(x,r) |Du(y)| |z − y|n−1 dy = cI1(|Du|χB(x,r))(z) cM(|Du|χB(x,r))(z)1− p n |Du|χB(x,r) p n Lp(Rn) for every z ∈ B(x,r). The corresponding inequalities hold true almost everywhere if u ∈ W 1,p loc (Rn ), 1 p < ∞. This gives a proof for the Sobolev-Poincaré inequality on balls, see Theorem 2.8 for the correspoding statement for cubes. Maximal function arguments can be used for cubes as well. Theorem 3.16 (Sobolev-Poincaré inequality on balls). Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) and let 1 < p < n. There exists c = c(n, p) such that B(x,r) |u − uB(x,r)|p∗ dy 1 p∗ cr B(x,r) |Du|p dy 1 p for every B(x,r) ⊂ Rn . T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev-Poincaré inequality is a consequence of pointwise estimates for the oscillation of the function in terms of the Riesz potential of the gradient and the Sobolev inequality for the Riesz potentials. Proof. By Remark 3.15, we have |u(y)− uB(x,r)| cI1(|Du|χB(x,r))(y) for almost every y ∈ B(x,r). Thus Theorem 3.10 implies ˆ B(x,r) |u − uB(x,r)|p∗ dy 1 p∗ c ˆ Rn I1(|Du|χB(x,r))p∗ dy 1 p∗ c ˆ Rn (|Du|χB(x,r))p dy 1 p = c ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dy 1 p . A similar argument can be used to prove a counterpart of Theorem 2.7 as well. Theorem 3.17 (Poincaré inequality on balls). Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Rn )and let 1 < p < ∞. There exists c = c(n, p) such that B(x,r) |u − uB(x,r)|p dy 1 p cr B(x,r) |Du|p dy 1 p for every B(x,r) ⊂ Rn .
  • 77. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 74 Proof. By Remark 3.15, we have |u(y)− uB(x,r)| crM(|Du|χB(x,r))(y) for almost every y ∈ B(x,r). The maximal function theorem with p > 1, see (3.2), implies ˆ B(x,r) |u − uB(x,r)|p dy crp ˆ Rn M(|Du|χB(x,r))p dy crp ˆ Rn (|Du|χB(x,r))p dy = crp ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dy. The maximal function approach to Sobolev-Poincaré inequalities is more in- volved in the case p = 1, since then we only have a weak type estimate. However, it is possible to consider that case as well, but this requires a different proof. We begin with two rather technical lemmas. Lemma 3.18. Assume that E ⊂ Rn is a measurable set and that f : E → [0,∞] is a measurable function for which {x ∈ E : f (x) = 0} |E| 2 . Then for every a ∈ R and λ > 0, we have {x ∈ E : f (x) > λ} x ∈ E : |f (x)− a| > λ 2 . Proof. Assume first that |a| λ 2 . If x ∈ E with f (x) > λ, then |f (x)− a| > λ 2 f (x)−|a| > λ 2 . Thus {x ∈ E : f (x) > λ} ⊂ x ∈ E : |f (x)− a| > λ 2 and {x ∈ E : f (x) > λ} x ∈ E : |f (x)− a| > λ 2 . Assume then that |a| > λ 2 . If x ∈ E with f (x) = 0, then |f (x)− a| = |a| > λ 2 . Thus {x ∈ E : f (x) = 0} ⊂ x ∈ E : f (x) > λ 2 . If |E| = ∞, then by assumption {x ∈ E : f (x) = 0} |E| 2 = ∞
  • 78. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 75 and thus x ∈ E : f (x) λ 2 = ∞. On the other hand, if |E| < ∞, then {x ∈ E : f (x) > λ} |E|− {x ∈ E : f (x) = 0} |{x ∈ E : f (x) = 0}| x ∈ E : |f (x)− a| > λ 2 . This completes the proof. Lemma 3.19. Assume that u ∈ C0,1 (Rn ), that is, u is a bounded Lipschitz contin- uous function in Rn , and let B(x,r) be a ball in Rn . Then there exists λ0 ∈ R for which {y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ0} |B(x,r)| 2 and {y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ0} |B(x,r)| 2 . Proof. Denote Eλ = {y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ}, λ ∈ R, and set λ0 = sup λ ∈ R : |Eλ| |B(x,r)| 2 . Note that |λ0| u L∞(Rn) < ∞. Thus there exists an increasing sequence of real numbers (λi) such that λi → λ0 and |Eλi | |B(x,r)| 2 for every i = 1,2,.... Since Eλ0 = ∞ i=1 Eλi , Eλ1 ⊃ Eλ2 ⊃ ... and |Eλi | |B(x,r)| < ∞, we conclude that |Eλ0 | = lim i→∞ |Eλi | |B(x,r)| 2 . This shows that {y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ0} |B(x,r)| 2 . A similar argument shows the other claim (exercise). The next result is Theorem 3.16 with p = 1. Theorem 3.20. Assume that u ∈ W 1,1 loc (Rn ). There exists c = c(n) such that B(x,r) |u − uB(x,r)| n n−1 dy n−1 n cr B(x,r) |Du|dy for every B(x,r) ⊂ Rn . Proof. By Lemma 3.19 there is a number λ0 ∈ R for which {y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ0} |B(x,r)| 2 and {y ∈ B(x,r) : u(y) λ0} |B(x,r)| 2 . Denote v+ = max{u −λ0,0} and v− = −min{u −λ0,0}.
  • 79. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 76 Both of these functions belong to W 1,1 loc (Rn ). For the rest of the proof v 0 denotes either v+ or v−. All statements are valid in both cases. Let Aj = {y ∈ B(x,r) : 2j < v(y) 2j+1 }, j ∈ Z, and let ϕ : R → R, ϕ(t) = max{0,min{t,1}}, be an auxiliary function. We define vj : B(x,r) → [0,1], vj(y) = ϕ(21−j v(y)−1), j ∈ Z. Lemma 1.25 implies vj ∈ W1,1 (B(x,r)), j ∈ Z. By Remark 3.15 (2) with p = 1, we have |vj(y)−(vj)B(x,r)| n n−1 cM(|Dvj|χB(x,r))(y) |Dvj|χB(x,r) 1 n−1 L1(Rn) . Lemma 3.18 with λ = 1 2 and a = (vj)B(x,r) gives |Aj| |{y ∈ B(x,r) : v(y) > 2j }| y ∈ B(x,r) : vj(y) > 1 2 y ∈ B(x,r) : |vj(y)−(vj)B(x,r)| > 1 4 y ∈ Rn : M(|Dvj|χB(x,r))(y) c |Dvj|χB(x,r) 1 1−n L1(Rn) . The last term can be estimated using the weak type estimate for the maximal function, see (3.1), and the fact that |Dvj| = 21−j |Dv|χA j−1 almost everywhere in B(x,r). Thus we arrive at y ∈ Rn :M(|Dvj|χB(x,r))(y) c |Dvj|χB(x,r) 1 1−n L1(Rn) c |Dvj|χB(x,r) 1 n−1 L1(Rn) ˆ Rn |Dvj(y)|χB(x,r)(y)dy = c |Dvj|χB(x,r) n n−1 L1(Rn) c2− jn n−1 |Dv|χA j−1∩B(x,r) n n−1 L1(Rn) . Combining the above estimates for |Aj|, we obtain ˆ B(x,r) v(y) n n−1 dy = j∈Z ˆ A j v(y) n n−1 dy = j∈Z 2 (j+1)n n−1 |Aj| c j∈Z 2 (j+1)n n−1 2− jn n−1 |Dv|χA j−1∩B(x,r) n n−1 L1(Rn) c j∈Z |Dv|χA j−1∩B(x,r) n n−1 L1(Rn) c |Du|χB(x,r) n n−1 L1(Rn) .
  • 80. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 77 Since |u −λ0| = v+ + v−, we obtain B(x,r) |u − uB(x,r)| n n−1 dy n−1 n 2 B(x,r) |u −λ0| n n−1 dy n−1 n 2 B(x,r) v+(y) n n−1 dy n−1 n +2 B(x,r) v−(y) n n−1 dy n−1 n c |Du|χB(x,r) L1(Rn) = c ˆ B(x,r) |Du(y)|dy. T H E M O R A L : The proof shows that in this case a weak type estimate implies a strong type estimate. Observe carefully, that this does not hold in general. The reason why this works here is that we consider gradients, which have the property that they vanish on the set where the function itself is constant. Next we give a maximal function proof for Morrey’s inequality, see Theorem 2.13 and Remark 2.14 (3). Theorem 3.21 (Morrey’s inequality). Assume that u ∈ C1 (Rn ) and let n < p < ∞. There exists c = c(n, p) such that |u(y)− u(z)| cr B(x,r) |Du|p dw 1 p for every B(x,r) ⊂ Rn and y, z ∈ B(x,r). Proof. By Lemma 3.14 |u(y)− u(z)| |u(y)− uB(x,r)|+|uB(x,r) − u(z)| c ˆ B(x,r) |Du(w)| |y− w|n−1 dw+ c ˆ B(x,r) |Du(w)| |z − w|n−1 dw for every y, z ∈ B(x,r). Hölder’s inequality gives ˆ B(x,r) |Du(w)| |y− w|n−1 dw ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dw 1 p ˆ B(x,r) |y− w|(1−n)p dw 1 p , where ˆ B(x,r) |y− w|(1−n)p dw ˆ B(y,2r) |y− w|(1−n)p dw = ˆ 2r 0 ˆ B(y,ρ) ρ(1−n)p dS(w)dρ = ωn−1 ˆ 2r 0 ρ(1−n)p +n−1 dρ = crn−(n−1)p . Since (n−(n−1)p ) 1 p = 1− n p ,
  • 81. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 78 we have ˆ B(x,r) |Du(w)| |y− w|n−1 dw cr 1− n p ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dw 1 p . The same argument applies to the other integral as well, so that |u(y)− u(z)| cr 1− n p ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dw 1 p . 3.3 Sobolev inequalities on domains In this section we study open sets Ω ⊂ Rn for which the Sobolev-Poincaré inequality ˆ Ω |u − uΩ|p∗ dy 1 p∗ c(p,n,Ω) ˆ Ω |Du|p dy 1 p , 1 p < n, p∗ = np n− p , holds true for all u ∈ C∞ (Ω). We already know that this inequality holds if Ω is a ball, but are there other sets for which it holds true as well? We begin by introducing an appropriate class of domains. Definition 3.22. A bounded open set Ω ⊂ Rn is a John domain, if there is cJ 1 and a point x0 ∈ Ω so that every point x ∈ Ω can be joined to x0 by a path γ : [0,1] → Ω such that γ(0) = x, γ(1) = x0 and dist(γ(t), Ω) c−1 J |x−γ(t)| for every t ∈ [0,1]. T H E M O R A L : In a John domain every point can be connected to the distin- guished point with a curve that is relatively far from the boundary. Remarks 3.23: (1) A bounded and connected open set Ω ⊂ Rn satisfies the interior cone condi- tion, if there exists a bounded cone C = {x ∈ Rn : x2 1 +···+ x2 n−1 ax2 , 0 xn b} such that every point of Ω is a vertex of a cone congruent to C and entirely contained in Ω. Every domain with interior cone condition is a John domain (exercise). Roughly speaking the main difference between the interior cone condition and a John domain is that rigid cones are replaced by twisted cones. (2) The collection of John domains is relatively large. For example, a domain whose boundary is von Koch snowflake is a John domain.
  • 82. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 79 Theorem 3.24. If Ω ⊂ Rn is a John domain and 1 p < n, then ˆ Ω |u − uΩ|p∗ dx 1 p∗ c(p,n, cJ) ˆ Ω |Du|p dx 1 p , 1 < p < n, for all u ∈ C∞ (Ω). T H E M O R A L : The Sobolev-Poincaré inequality holds for many other sets than balls as well. W A R N I N G : A rooms and passages example shows that the Sobolev-Poincaré inequality does not hold for all sets. Proof. Let x0 ∈ Ω be the distinguished point in the John domain. Deonte B0 = B(x0,r0), r0 = 1 4 dist(x0, Ω). We show that there is a constant M = M(cJ,n) such that for every x ∈ Ω there is a chain of balls Bi = B(xi,ri) ⊂ Ω, i = 1,2,..., with the properties (1) |Bi ∪Bi+1| M|Bi ∩Bi+1|, i = 1,2,..., (2) dist(x,Bi) Mri, ri → 0, xi → x as i → ∞ and (3) no point of Ω belongs to more than M balls Bi. To construct the chain, first assume that x is far from x0, say x ∈ ΩB(x,2r0). Let γ be a John path that connects x to x0. All balls on the chain are centered on γ. We construct the balls recursively. We have already defined B0. Assume that B0,...,Bi have been constructed. Starting from the center xi of Bi we move along γ towards x until we leave Bi for the last time. Let xi+1 be the point on γ where this happens and define Bi+1 = B(xi+1,ri+1), ri+1 = 1 4cJ |x− xi+1|. By construction Bi ⊂ Ω. Property (1) and dist(x,Bi) Mri in (2) follow from the fact that the consecutive balls have comparable radii and that the radii are comparable to the distances of the centers of the balls to x. To prove (3) assume that y ∈ Bi1 ∩ ··· ∩ Bik . Observe that the radii of Bi j , j = 1,...,k, are comparable to |x− y|. By construction, if i j < im, the the center of Bim does not belong to Bi j . This implies that the distances between the centers of Bi j are comparable to |x−y|. The number of points in Rn with pairwise comparable distances is bounded, that is, if z1,..., zm ∈ Rn satisfy r c < dist(zi, zj) < cr for i = j, then m N = N(c,n). Thus k is bounded by a constant depending only on n and cJ. This implies (3). Property (3) implies , ri → 0, xi → x as i → ∞. The case x ∈ B(x,2r0) is left as an exercise.
  • 83. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 80 Since uBi = Bi u(y)dy → u(x) for every x ∈ Ω as i → ∞, we obtain |u(x)− uB0 | ∞ i=0 |uBi − uBi+1 | ∞ i=0 |uBi − uBi∩Bi+1 |+|uBi∩Bi+1 − uBi+1 | ∞ i=0 |Bi| |Bi ∩Bi+1| Bi |u − uBi |dy+ |Bi+1| |Bi ∩Bi+1| Bi+1 |u − uBi+1 |dy c ∞ i=0 Bi |u − uBi |dy (property (1)) c ∞ i=0 ri Bi |Du|dy (Poincaré inequality, see Theorem 3.17) = c ∞ i=0 ˆ Bi |Du| rn−1 i dy. Property (2) implies |x− y| cri for every y ∈ Bi and 1 rn−1 i c |x− y|n−1 for every y ∈ Bi. Thus |u(x)− uB0 | c ∞ i=0 ˆ Bi |Du(y)| |x− y|n−1 dy c ˆ Ω |Du(y)| |x− y|n−1 dy. The last inequality follows from (3). We observe that |u(x)− uΩ| |u(x)− uB0 |+|uB0 − uΩ|, where by Lemma 3.7 we have |uB0 − uΩ| 1 |Ω| ˆ Ω |u(x)− uB0 |dx c 1 |Ω| ˆ Ω ˆ Ω |Du(y)| |x− y|n−1 dxdy = c 1 |Ω| ˆ Ω |Du(y)| ˆ Ω 1 |x− y|n−1 dx dy c|Ω|−1+ 1 n ˆ Ω |Du(y)|dy. By the John condition we have c|Ω| 1 n dist(x0, Ω) c−1 J |x− x0| and by taking supremum over x ∈ Ω we obtain diamΩ c(n, cJ)|Ω| 1 n
  • 84. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 81 and thus |Ω|− n−1 n c |x− y|n−1 for every y ∈ Ω. This implies |uB0 − uΩ| c ˆ Ω |Du(y)| |x− y|n−1 dy and thus |u(x)− uΩ| c ˆ Ω |Du(y)| |x− y|n−1 dy = cI1(|Du|χΩ)(x). Theorem 3.10 implies ˆ B(x,r) |u(x)− uΩ|p∗ dx 1 p∗ c ˆ Rn |I1(|Du(x)|χΩ(x))|p∗ dx 1 p∗ c ˆ Rn (|Du(x)|χΩ(x))p dx 1 p = c ˆ Ω |Du(x)|p dx 1 p . 3.4 A maximal function characterization of Sobolev spaces Similar argument as in the proof of Sobolev-Poincaré inequality gives the following pointwise estimate. Theorem 3.25. Assume that u ∈ C1 (Rn ). There exists a constant c = c(n) > 0 such that |u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y)) for every x, y ∈ Rn . Proof. Let x, y ∈ Rn . Then x, y ∈ B(x,2|x− y|) and B(x,2|x− y|) ⊂ B(y,4|x− y|). By Remark 3.15 we obtain |u(x)− u(y)| |u(x)− uB(x,2|x−y|)|+|uB(x,2|x−y|) − u(y)| c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y)). Remarks 3.26: (1) If |Du| ∈ Lp (Rn ), 1 < p ∞, then by (3.2) we have M|Du| ∈ Lp (Rn ). (2) If |Du| ∈ L1 (Rn ), then by (3.1) we have M|Du| < ∞ almost everywhere. (3) If |Du| ∈ L∞ (Rn ), then M|Du| M|Du| L∞(Rn) Du L∞(Rn) everywhere. Thus |u(x)− u(y)| c Du L∞(Rn)|x− y| for every x, y ∈ Rn . In other words, u is Lipschitz continuous.
  • 85. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 82 Theorem 3.27. Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ), 1 < p < ∞. There exists c = c(n) and a set N ⊂ Rn with |N| = 0 such that |u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y)) for every x, y ∈ Rn N. Proof. C∞ 0 (Rn ) is dense in W1,p (Rn ) by Lemma 1.24. Thus there exists a sequence ui ∈ C∞ 0 (Rn ), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p (Rn ) as i → ∞. By passing to a subsequence, if necessary, we obtain an exceptional set N1 ⊂ Rn with |N1| = 0 such that lim i→∞ ui(x) = u(x) < ∞ for every x ∈ Rn N1. By the sublinearity of the maximal operator and the maximal function theorem M|Dui|− M|Du| Lp(Rn) M(|Dui|−|Du|) Lp(Rn) c |Dui|−|Du|| Lp(Rn) c Dui − Du Lp(Rn) which implies that M|Dui| → M|Du| in Lp (Rn ) as i → ∞. By passing to a sub- sequence, if necessary, we obtain an exceptional set N2 ⊂ Rn with |N2| = 0 such that lim i→∞ M|Dui|(x) = M|Du|(x) < ∞ for every x ∈ Rn N2. By Theorem 3.25 |u(x)− u(y)| = lim i→∞ |ui(x)− ui(y)| c|x− y| lim i→∞ (M|Dui|(x)+ M|Dui|(y)) c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y)) for every x ∈ Rn (N1 ∪ N2). Remark 3.28. Compare the proof above to Remark 3.15, which shows that the result holds for u ∈ W1,p (Rn ), 1 p ∞. The following definition motivated by Theorem 3.25. Definition 3.29. Assume that 1 < p < ∞ and let u ∈ Lp (Rn ). For a measurable function g : Rn → [0,∞] we denote g ∈ D(u) if there exists an exceptional set N ⊂ Rn such that |N| = 0 and |u(x)− u(y)| |x− y|(g(x)+ g(y)) (3.6) for every x, y ∈ Rn N. We say that u ∈ Lp (Rn ) belongs to the Hajłasz-Sobolev space M1,p (Rn ), if there exists g ∈ Lp (Rn ) with g ∈ D(u). This space is endowed with the norm u M1,p(Rn) = u Lp(Rn) + inf g∈D(u) g Lp(Rn).
  • 86. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 83 T H E M O R A L : The space M1,p (Rn ) is defined through the pointwise inequality (3.6). Theorem 3.30. Assume that 1 < p < ∞. Then M1,p (Rn ) = W1,p (Rn ) and the asso- ciate norms are equivalent, that is, there exists c such that 1 c u W1,p(Rn) u M1,p(Rn) c u W1,p(Rn) for every measurable function u that belongs to M1,p (Rn ) = W1,p (Rn ). T H E M O R A L : This is a pointwise characterization of Sobolev spaces. This can be used as a definition of the first order Sobolev spaces on metric measure spaces. Proof. ⊃ Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ). By Theorem 3.27 there exists c = c(n) and a set N ⊂ Rn with |N| = 0 such that |u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y)) for every x, y ∈ Rn N. Thus g = cM|Du| ∈ D(u) ∩ Lp (Rn ) and by the maximal function theorem u M1,p(Rn) = u Lp(Rn) + inf g∈D(u) g Lp(Rn) u Lp(Rn) + cM|Du| Lp(Rn) u Lp(Rn) + c Du Lp(Rn) c u W1,p(Rn), where c = c(n, p). ⊂ Assume then that u ∈ M1,p (Rn ). Then u ∈ Lp (Rn ) and there exists g ∈ Lp (Rn ) with g ∈ D(u). Then |u(x+ h)− u(x)| |h|(g(x+ h)+ g(x)) for almost every x, h ∈ Rn and thus ˆ Rn |u(x+ h)− u(x)|p dx |h|p ˆ Rn (g(x+ h)+ g(x))p dx 2p |h|p ˆ Rn (g(x+ h)p + g(x)p )dx 2p+1 g p Lp(Rn) |h|p . By the characterization of the Sobolev space with the integrated difference quo- tients, see Theorem 1.38, we conclude u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) and u W1,p(Rn) c u Lp(Rn) + c g Lp(Rn). The inequality u W1,p(Rn) c u M1,p(Rn) follows by taking infimum over all g ∈ D(u)∩ Lp (Rn ).
  • 87. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 84 Remark 3.31. The pointwise characterization of Sobolev spaces in Theorem 3.30 is very useful in studying properties of Sobolev spaces. For example, if u ∈ M1,p (Rn ) and g ∈ D(u)∩ Lp (Rn ), then by the triangle inequality |u(x)|−|u(y)| |u(x)− u(y)| |x− y|(g(x)+ g(y)) Thus g ∈ D(|u|)∩ Lp (Rn ) and consequently |u| ∈ M1,p (Rn ). The pointwise characterization of Sobolev spaces in Theorem 3.30 can be used to show a similar result as Theorem 1.35. Lemma 3.32. The function u belongs to W1,p (Rn ) if and only if u ∈ Lp (Rn ) and there are functions ui ∈ Lp (Rn ), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u almost everywhere and gi ∈ D(ui)∩ Lp (Rn ) such that gi → g almost everywhere for some g ∈ Lp (Rn ). Proof. If u ∈ W1,p (Rn ), then the claim of the lemma is clear. To see the converse, suppose that u, g ∈ Lp (Rn ), gi ∈ D(ui)∩Lp (Rn ) and ui → u almost everywhere and gi → g almost everywhere. Then |ui(x)− ui(y)| |x− y| gi(x)+ gi(y) (3.7) for all x, y ∈ Rn Fi with |Fi| = 0, i = 1,2,... Let A ⊂ Rn be such that ui(x) → u(x) and gi(x) → g(x) for all x ∈ Rn A and |A| = 0. Write F = A ∪ ∞ i=1 Fi. Then |F| = 0. Let x, y ∈ Rn F, x = y. From (3.7) we obtain |u(x)− u(y)| |x− y| g(x)+ g(y) and thus g ∈ D(u)∩ Lp (Rn ). This completes the proof. 3.5 Pointwise estimates In this section we revisit pointwise inequalities for Sobolev functions. Definition 3.33. Let 0 < β < ∞ and R > 0. The fractional sharp maximal function of a locally integrable function f is defined by f # β,R(x) = sup 0<r<R r−β B(x,r) |f − fB(x,r)|dy, If R = ∞ we simply write f # β (x). T H E M O R A L : The fractional sharp maximal function controls the mean oscillation of the function instead of the average of the function as in the Hardy- Littlewood maximal function. Next we prove a more general pointwise inequality than in Theorem 3.27.
  • 88. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 85 Lemma 3.34. Suppose that f is locally integrable and let 0 < β < ∞. Then there is c = c(β,n) and a set E with |E| = 0 such that |f (x)− f (y)| c|x− y|β f # β,4|x−y|(x)+ f # β,4|x−y|(y) (3.8) for every x, y ∈ Rn E. T H E M O R A L : This is a pointwise inequality for a function without the gradi- ent. Proof. Let E be the complement of the set of Lebesgue points of f . By Lebesgue’s theorem |E| = 0. Fix x ∈ Rn E, 0 < r < ∞ and denote Bi = B(x,2−i r), i = 0,1,... Then |f (x)− fB(x,r)| ∞ i=0 |fBi+1 − fBi | ∞ i=0 |Bi| |Bi+1| Bi |f − fBi |dy c ∞ i=0 (2−i r)β (2−i r)−β Bi |f − fBi |dy crβ f # β,r(x). Let y ∈ B(x,r) E. Then B(x,r) ⊂ B(y,2r) and we obtain |f (y)− fB(x,r)| |f (y)− fB(y,2r)|+|fB(y,2r) − fB(x,r)| crβ f # β,2r(y)+ B(x,r) |f − fB(y,2r)|dz crβ f # β,2r(y)+ c B(y,2r) |f − fB(y,2r)|dz crβ f # β,2r(y). Let x, y ∈ Rn E, x = y and r = 2|x− y|. Then x, y ∈ B(x,r) and hence |f (x)− f (y)| |f (x)− fB(x,r)|+|f (y)− fB(x,r)| c|x− y|β f # β,4|x−y|(x)+ f # β,4|x−y|(y) . This completes the proof. Remark 3.35. Lemma 3.34 gives a Campanato type characterization for Hölder continuity. Assume that f ∈ L1 loc (Rn ) and let 0 < β 1. By Lemma 3.34 there exists a set E ⊂ Rn with |E| = 0 such that |f (x)− f (y)| c(n,β)|x− y|β f # β (x)+ f # β (y) for every x, y ∈ Rn E. If f # β ∈ L∞ (Rn ), then f can be redefined on a set of measure zero so that the function is Hölder continuous in Rn with exponent β. On the other
  • 89. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 86 hand, if f ∈ C0,β (Rn ), then |f (y)− fB(x,r)| = f (y)− B(x,r) f (z)dz B(x,r) |f (y)− f (z)|dz crβ for every y ∈ B(x,r). Thus f # β,R(x) = sup 0<r<R r−β B(x,r) |f (y)− fB(x,r)|dy c for every x ∈ Rn and this implies that f # β ∈ L∞ (Rn ). Thus f can be redefined on a set of measure zero so that the function is Hölder continuous with exponent β if and only if f # β ∈ L∞ (Rn ). Definition 3.36. Let 0 α < n and R > 0. The fractional maximal function of f ∈ L1 loc (Rn ) is Mα,R f (x) = sup 0<r<R rα B(x,r) |f |dy, For R = ∞, we write Mα,∞ = Mα. If α = 0, we obtain the Hardy–Littlewood maximal function and we write M0 = M. If u ∈ W 1,1 loc (Rn ), then by the Poincaré inequality with p = 1, see Theorem 3.20, there is c = c(n) such that B(x,r) |u − uB(x,r)|dy cr B(x,r) |Du|dy for every ball B(x,r) ⊂ Rn . It follows that rα−1 B(x,r) |u − uB(x,r)|dy crα B(x,r) |Du|dy and consequently u# 1−α,R(x) cMα,R|Du|(x) for every x ∈ Rn and R > 0. Thus we have proved the following useful inequality. Corollary 3.37. Let u ∈ W 1,1 loc (Rn ) and 0 α < 1. Then there is c = c(n,α) and a set E ⊂ Rn with |E| = 0 such that |u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|1−α Mα,4|x−y||Du|(x)+ Mα,4|x−y||Du|(y) for every x, y ∈ Rn E. The next result shows that this gives a characterization of W1,p (Rn ) for 1 < p ∞. Theorem 3.38. Let 1 < p < ∞. Then the following four conditions are equivalent.
  • 90. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 87 (1) u ∈ W1,p (Rn ). (2) u ∈ Lp (Rn ) and there is g ∈ Lp (Rn ), g 0, such that |u(x)− u(y)| |x− y|(g(x)+ g(y)) for every x, y ∈ Rn E with |E| = 0. (3) u ∈ Lp (Rn ) and there is g ∈ Lp (Rn ), g 0, such that the Poincaré inequality B(x,r) |u − uB(x,r)|dy c r B(x,r) g dy holds for every x ∈ Rn and r > 0. (4) u ∈ Lp (Rn ) and u# 1 ∈ Lp (Rn ). Proof. (1) We have already seen that (1) implies (2). (2) To prove that (2) implies (3), we integrate the pointwise inequality twice over the ball B(x,r). After the first integration we obtain |u(y)− uB(x,r)| = u(y)− B(x,r) u(z)dz B(x,r) |u(y)− u(z)|dz 2r g(y)+ B(x,r) g(z)dz from which we have B(x,r) |u(y)− uB(x,r)|dy 2r B(x,r) g(y)dy+ B(x,r) g(z)dz 4r B(x,r) g(y)dy. (3) To show that (3) implies (4) we observe that u# 1(x) = sup r>0 1 r B(x,r) |u − uB(x,r)|dy csup r>0 B(x,r) g dy = cMg(x). (4) Then we show that (4) implies (1). By Theorem 3.34 |u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|(u# 1(x)+ u# 1(y)) for every x, y ∈ Rn E with |E| = 0. If we denote g = cu# 1, then g ∈ Lp (Rn ) and |u(x)− u(y)| |x− y|(g(x)+ g(y)) for every x, y ∈ Rn E with |E| = 0. Then we use the characterization of Sobolev spaces W1,p (Rn ), 1 < p < ∞, with integrated difference quotients, see Theorem 1.38. Let h ∈ Rn . Then |uh(x)− u(x)| = |u(x+ h)− u(x)| |h|(gh(x)+ g(x)),
  • 91. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 88 from which we conclude that uh − u Lp(Rn) |h|( gh Lp(Rn) + g Lp(Rn)) = 2|h| g Lp(Rn). The claim follows from this. Remark 3.39. It can be shown that u ∈ W1,1 (Rn ) if and only if u ∈ L1 (Rn ) and there is a nonnegative function g ∈ L1 (Rn ) and σ 1 such that |u(x)− u(y)| |x− y| Mσ|x−y| g(x)+ Mσ|x−y| g(y) for every x, y ∈ Rn E with |E| = 0. Moreover, if this inequality holds, then |Du| c(n,σ)g almost everywhere. 3.6 Approximation by Lipschitz functions Smooth functions in C∞ (Ω) and C∞ 0 (Ω) are often used as canonical test functions in mathematical analysis. However, in many occasions smooth functions can be replaced by a more flexible class of Lipschitz functions. One highly useful property of Lipschitz functions, not shared by the smooth functions, is that the pointwise minimum and maximum over L-Lipschitz functions are still L-Lipschitz. The same is in fact true also for pointwise infimum and supremum of L-Lipschitz functions, if these are finite at a single point. In particular, it follows that if u : A → R is an L-Lipschitz function, then the truncations max{u, c} and min{u, c} with c ∈ R are L-Lipschitz. Theorem 3.40 (McShane). Assume that A ⊂ Rn , 0 L < ∞ and that f : A → R is an L-Lipschitz function. There exists an L-Lipschitz function f ∗ : Rn → R such that f ∗ (x) = f (x) for every x ∈ A. T H E M O R A L : Every Lipschitz continuous function defined on a subset A of Rn can be extended as a Lipschitz continuous function to the whole Rn . Proof. Define f ∗ : Rn → R, f ∗ (x) = inf f (a)+ L|x− a| : a ∈ A . We claim that f ∗ (b) = f (b) for every b ∈ A. To see this we observe that f (b)− f (a) |f (b)− f (a)| L|b − a|, which implies f (b) f (a)+ L|b − a| for every a ∈ A. By taking infimum over a ∈ A we obtain f (b) f ∗ (b). On the other hand, by the definition f ∗ (b) f (b) for every b ∈ A. Thus f ∗ (b) = f (b) for every b ∈ A.
  • 92. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 89 Then we claim that f ∗ is L-Lipschitz in Rn . Let x, y ∈ Rn . Then f ∗ (x) = inf f (a)+ L|x− a| : a ∈ A inf f (a)+ L(|y− a|+|x− y|) : a ∈ A inf f (a)+ L|y− a| : a ∈ A + L|x− y| = f ∗ (y)+ L|x− y|. By switching the roles of x and y, we arrive at f ∗ (y) f ∗ (x)+L|x− y|. This implies that −L|x− y| f ∗ (x)− f ∗ (y) L|x− y|. Remark 3.41. The function f∗ : Rn → R, f∗(x) = sup f (a)− L|x− a| : a ∈ A . is an L-Lipschitz extension of f as well. We can see, that f ∗ is the largest and f∗ the smallest L-Lipschitz extensions of f . Since C∞ 0 (Rn ) is dense in W1,p (Rn ), also compactly supported Lipschitz func- tions are dense in W1,p (Rn ). By Theorem 3.27, we give a quantitative density result for Lipschitz functions in W1,p (Rn ). The main difference of the following result to the standard mollification approximation uε → u as ε → 0 is that the value of the function is not changed in a good set {x ∈ Rn : uε(x) = u(x)} and there is an estimate for the measure of the bad set {x ∈ Rn : uε(x) = u(x)}. Theorem 3.42. Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ), 1 < p < ∞. Then for every ε > 0 there exists a Lipschitz continuous function uε : Rn → R such that (1) |{x ∈ Rn : uε(x) = u(x)}| < ε and (2) u − uε W1,p(Rn) < ε. Proof. Let Eλ = {x ∈ Rn : M|Du|(x) λ}, λ > 0. We show that u is cλ-Lipschitz in Eλ. By Theorem 3.27 |u(x)− u(y)| c|x− y|(M|Du|(x)+ M|Du|(y)) cλ|x− y| for almost every x, y ∈ Eλ. The McShane extension theorem allows us to find a cλ-Lipschitz extension vλ : Rn → R. We truncate vλ and obtain a 2cλ-Lipschitz function uλ = max{−λ,min{vλ,λ}}. Observe that |uλ| λ in Rn and uλ = u almost everywhere in Eλ. (1) We consider measure of the set Rn Eλ = {x ∈ Rn : M|Du|(x) > λ}. There exits c = c(n, p) such that λp |{x ∈ Rn : M|Du|(x)| > λ}| c ˆ {x∈Rn:|Du(x)|> λ 2 } |Du(x)|p dx → 0
  • 93. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 90 as λ → ∞, since Du ∈ Lp (Rn ). This follows by choosing f = |Du| in the following general fact for the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function. Claim: If f ∈ Lp (Rn ), then there exists c = c(n, p) such that |{x ∈ Rn : M f (x) > λ}| c λ ˆ {x∈Rn:|f (x)|> λ 2 } |f (x)|p dx, λ > 0. Reason. Let f = f1 + f2, where f1 = f χ{|f |> λ 2 } and f2 = f χ{|f | λ 2 }. Then ˆ Rn |f1(x)|dx = ˆ {x∈Rn:|f (x)|> λ 2 } |f1(x)|p |f1(x)|1−p dx λ 2 1−p f p Lp(Rn) < ∞. This shows that f1 ∈ L1 (Rn ). On the other hand, |f2(x)| λ 2 for every x ∈ Rn , which implies f2 L∞(Rn) λ 2 and f2 ∈ L∞ (Rn ). Thus every Lp function can be represented as a sum of an L1 function and an L∞ function. By Lemma 3.2, we have M f2 L∞(Rn) f2 L∞(Rn) λ 2 From this we conclude using sublinearity of the maximal operator that M f (x) = M(f1 + f2)(x) M f1(x)+ M f2(x) M f1(x)+ λ 2 for every x ∈ Rn and thus M f (x) > λ implies M f1(x) > λ 2 . It follows that |{x ∈ Rn : M f (x) > λ}| x ∈ Rn : M f1(x) > λ 2 for every λ > 0. p = 1 By the maximal function theorem on L1 (Rn ), see (3.1), we have x ∈ Rn : M f1(x) > λ 2 c λ f1 L1(Rn) = c λ ˆ {x∈Rn:|f (x)|> λ 2 } |f (x)|dx for every λ > 0. 1 < p < ∞ By Chebyshev’s inequality and by the maximal function theorem Lp (Rn ), p > 1, see (3.2), we have x ∈ Rn : M f1(x) > λ 2 2 λ p ˆ Rn (M f1(x))p dx c λp ˆ Rn |f1(x)|p dx = c λp ˆ {x∈Rn:|f (x)|> λ 2 } |f (x)|dx for every λ > 0. Thus we conclude that λp |Rn Eλ| λp |{x ∈ Rn : M|Du|(x)| > λ}| c ˆ {x∈Rn:|Du(x)|> λ 2 } |Du(x)|p dx
  • 94. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 91 and consequently λp |Rn Eλ| → 0 and |Rn Eλ| → 0 as λ → ∞. (2) Next we prove an estimate for u − uε W1,p(Rn). Since uλ = u in Eλ and |uλ| λ in Rn , we have uλ − u p Lp(Rn) = ˆ RnEλ |uλ − u|p dx 2p ˆ RnEλ |uλ|p dx+ ˆ RnEλ |u|p dx 2p λp |Rn Eλ|+ ˆ RnEλ |u|p dx → 0 as λ → ∞. To prove the corresponding estimate for the gradients, we note that D(uλ − u) = χRnEλ D(uλ − u) = χRnEλ Duλ −χRnEλ Du almost everywhere. Recall that uλ is cλ-Lipschitz and thus |Duλ| cλ almost everywhere. D(uλ − u) p Lp(Rn) = ˆ RnEλ |D(uλ − u)|p dx 2p ˆ RnEλ |Duλ|p dx+ ˆ RnEλ |Du|p dx 2p (2cλ)p |Rn Eλ|+ ˆ RnEλ |Du|p dx → 0 as λ → ∞. Thus u − uλ W1,p(Rn) → 0 as λ → ∞. Observe that {x ∈ Rn : u(x) = uλ(x)} ⊂ Ω Eλ, with |Rn Eλ| → 0 as λ → ∞. This proves the claims. Remark 3.43. Let Eλ = {x ∈ Rn : M|Du|(x) λ}, λ > 0. Let Qi, i = 1,2,... be a Whitney decomposition of Rn Eλ with the following properties: each Qi is open, cubes Qi, i = 1,2,..., are disjoint, Rn Eλ = ∪∞ i=1 Qi, 4Qi ⊂ Rn Eλ, i = 1,2,..., ∞ i=1 χ2Qi N < ∞, and c1 dist(Qi,Eλ) diam(Qi) c2 dist(Qi,Eλ) for some constants c1 and c2. Then we construct a partition of unity associated with the covering 2Qi, i = 1,2,... This can be done in two steps. First, let ϕi ∈ C∞ 0 (2Qi) be such that 0 ϕi 1, ϕi = 1 in Qi and |Dϕi| c diam(Qi) ,
  • 95. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 92 for i = 1,2,... Then we define φi(x) = ϕi(x) ∞ j=1 ϕj(x) for every i = 1,2,.... Observe that the sum is over finitely many terms only since ϕi ∈ C∞ 0 (2Qi) and the cubes 2Qi, i = 1,2,..., are of bounded overlap. The functions φi have the property ∞ i=1 φi(x) = χRnEλ (x) for every x ∈ Rn . Then we define the function uλ by uλ(x) =    u(x), x ∈ Eλ, ∞ i=1 φi(x)u2Qi , x ∈ Rn Eλ. The function uλ is a Whitney type extension of u|Eλ to the set Rn Eλ. First we claim that uλ W1,p(RnEλ) c u W1,p(RnEλ). (3.9) Since the cubes 2Qi, i = 1,2,..., are of bounded overlap, we have ˆ RnEλ |uλ|p dx = ˆ RnEλ ∞ i=1 φi(x)u2Qi p dx c ∞ i=1 ˆ 2Qi |u2Qi |p dx c ∞ i=1 |2Qi| 2Qi |u|p dx c ˆ RnEλ |u|p dx. Then we consider an estimate for the gradient. We recall that Φ(x) = ∞ i=1 φi(x) = 1 for every x ∈ Rn Eλ. Since the cubes 2Qi, i = 1,2,..., are of bounded overlap, we see that Φ ∈ C∞ (Rn Eλ) and DjΦ(x) = ∞ i=1 Djφi(x) = 0, j = 1,2,...,n, for every x ∈ Rn Eλ. Hence we obtain |Djuλ(x)| = ∞ i=1 Djφi(x)u2Qi = ∞ i=1 Djφi(x)(u(x)− u2Qi ) c ∞ i=1 diam(Qi)−1 |u(x)− u2Qi |χ2Qi (x) and consequently |Djuλ(x)| c ∞ i=1 diam(Qi)−p |u(x)− u2Qi |p χ2Qi (x).
  • 96. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 93 Here we again used the fact that the cubes 2Qi, i = 1,2,..., are of bounded overlap. This implies that for every j = 1,2,...,n, ˆ RnEλ |Djuλ|dx c ˆ RnEλ ∞ i=1 diam(Qi)−p |u − u2Qi |p χ2Qi dx ∞ i=1 ˆ 2Qi diam(Qi)−p |u − u2Qi |p dx c ∞ i=1 ˆ 2Qi |Du|p dx c ˆ RnEλ |Du|p dx. Then we show that uλ ∈ W1,p (Rn ). We know that uλ ∈ W1,p (Rn Eλ) and that it is Lipschitz continuous in Rn (exercise). Moreover u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) and u = uλ in Eλ by (i). This implies that w = u − uλ ∈ W1,p (Rn Eλ). and that w = 0 in Eλ. By the ACL-property, u is absolutely continuous on almost every line segment parallel to the coordinate axes. Take any such line. Now w is absolutely continuous on the part of the line segment which intersects Rn Eλ. On the other hand w = 0 in the complement of Eλ. Hence the continuity of w in the line segment implies that w is absolutely continuous on the whole line segment. We have u − uλ W1,p(Rn) = u − uλ W1,p(Eλ) u W1,p(Eλ) + uλ W1,p(Eλ) c u W1,p(Eλ). 3.7 Maximal operator on Sobolev spaces Assume that u is Lipschitz continuous with constant L, that is |uh(y)− u(y)| = |u(y+ h)− u(y)| L|h| for every y,h ∈ Rn , where we denote uh(y) = u(y+ h). Since the maximal function commutes with translations and the maximal operator is sublinear, we have |(Mu)h(x)− Mu(x)| = |M(uh)(x)− Mu(x)| M(uh − u)(x) = sup r>0 1 |B(x,r)| ˆ B(x,r) |uh(y)− u(y)|dy L|h|. This means that the maximal function is Lipschitz continuous with the same constant as the original function if Mu is not identically infinity. Observe, that this proof applies to Hölder continuous functions as well. Next we show that the Hardy-Littlewood maximal operator is bounded in Sobolev spaces.
  • 97. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 94 Theorem 3.44. Let 1 < p < ∞. If u ∈ W1,p (Rn ), then Mu ∈ W1,p (Rn ). Moreover, there exists c = c(n, p) such that Mu W1,p(Rn) c u W1,p(Rn). (3.10) T H E M O R A L : M : W1,p (Rn ) → W1,p (Rn ), p > 1, is a bounded operator. Thus the maximal operator is not only bounded on Lp (Rn ) but also on W1,p (Rn ) for p > 1. Proof. The proof is based on the characterization of W1,p (Rn ) by integrated dif- ference quotients, see Theorem 1.38. By the maximal function theorem with 1 < p < ∞, see (3.2), we have Mu ∈ Lp (Rn ) and (Mu)h − Mu Lp(Rn) = M(uh)− Mu Lp(Rn) M(uh − u) Lp(Rn) c uh − u Lp(Rn) c Du Lp(Rn)|h| for every h ∈ Rn . Theorem 1.38 gives Mu ∈ W1,p (Rn ) with DMu Lp(Rn) c Du Lp(Rn). Thus by the maximal function theorem Mu W1,p(Rn) = Mu p Lp(Rn) + DMu p Lp(Rn) 1 p Mu Lp(Rn) + DMu Lp(Rn) c u Lp(Rn) + Du Lp(Rn) c u W1,p(Rn). A more careful analysis gives a pointwise estimate for the partial derivatives. Theorem 3.45. Let 1 < p < ∞. If u ∈ W1,p (Rn ), then Mu ∈ W1,p (Rn ) and |Dj Mu| M(Dju), j = 1,2,...,n, (3.11) almost everywhere in Rn . T H E M O R A L : Differentiation commutes with a linear operator. The sublinear maximal operator semicommutes with differentiation. Proof. If χB(0,r) is the characteristic function of B(0,r) and χr = χB(0,r) |B(0,r)| ,
  • 98. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 95 then 1 |B(x,r)| ˆ B(x,r) |u(y)|dy = 1 |B(0,r)| ˆ B(0,r) |u(x− y)|dy = 1 |B(0,r)| ˆ Rn χB(0,r)|u(x− y)|dy = (|u|∗χr)(x), where ∗ denotes the convolution. Now |u|∗χr ∈ W1,p (Rn ) and by Theorem 1.17 (1) Dj(|u|∗χr) = χr ∗ Dj|u|, j = 1,2,...,n, almost everywhere in Rn . Let rm, m = 1,2,..., be an enumeration of positive rationals. Since u is locally integrable, we may restrict ourselves to the positive rational radii in the definition of the maximal function. Hence Mu(x) = sup m (|u|∗χrm )(x). We define functions vk : Rn → R, k = 1,2,..., by vk(x) = max 1 m k (|u|∗χrm )(x). Now (vk) is an increasing sequence of functions in W1,p (Rn ), which converges to Mu pointwise and |Djvk| max 1 m k Dj(|u|∗χrm ) = max 1 m k χrm ∗ Dj|u| M(Dj|u|) = M(Dju), j = 1,2,...,n, almost everywhere in Rn . Here we also used Remark 1.27 and the fact that by Theorem 1.26 Dj|u| = |Dju|, j = 1,2,...,n, almost everywhere. Thus Dvk Lp(Rn) n j=1 Djvk Lp(Rn) n j=1 M(Dju) Lp(Rn) and the maximal function theorem implies vk W1,p(Rn) Mu Lp(Rn) + n j=1 M(Dju) Lp(Rn) c u Lp(Rn) + c n j=1 Dju Lp(Rn) c < ∞
  • 99. CHAPTER 3. MAXIMAL FUNCTION APPROACH TO SOBOLEV SPACES 96 for every k = 1,2,... Hence (vk) is a bounded sequence in W1,p (Rn ) which converges to Mu pointwise. Theorem 1.35 implies Mu ∈ W1,p (Rn ), vk → Mu weakly in Lp (Rn ) and Djvk → Dj Mu weakly in Lp (Rn ). Next we prove the pointwise estimate for the gradient. By Mazur’s lemma, see Theorem 1.31, there is a subsequence of (vk), still denoted by (vk), such that the convex combinations wl = l k=1 akDjvk → Dj Mu, j = 1,...,n, in Lp (Rn ) as l → ∞. There is a subsequence of (wl) which converges almost everywhere to Dj Mu. Thus we have |wl| l k=1 ak Djvk l k=1 akM(Dju) = M(Dju) for every l = 1,2,... and finally |Dj Mu| = lim i→∞ |wl| M(Dju), j = 1,...,n, almost everywhere in Rn . This completes the proof. Remarks 3.46: (1) Estimate (3.10) also follows from (3.11). To see this, we may use the maximal function theorem, see (3.2), and (3.11) to obtain Mu W1,p(Rn) Mu Lp(Rn) + DMu Lp(Rn) c u Lp(Rn) + M|Du| Lp(Rn) c u W1,p(Rn), where c is the constant in (3.2). (2) If u ∈ W1,∞ (Rn ), then a slight modification of our proof shows that Mu belongs to W1,∞ (Rn ). Moreover, Mu W1,∞(Rn) = Mu L∞(Rn) + DMu L∞(Rn) u L∞(Rn) + M|Du| L∞(Rn) u W1,∞(Rn). Hence in this case the maximal operator is bounded with constant one. Recall, that after a redefinition on a set of measure zero u ∈ W1,∞ (Rn ) is a bounded and Lipschitz continuous function, see Theorem 2.18.
  • 100. 4Pointwise behaviour of Sobolev functions In this chapter we study fine properties of Sobolev functions. By definition, Sobolev functions are defined only up to Lebesgue measure zero and thus it is not always clear how to use their pointwise properties to give meaning, for example, to boundary values. 4.1 Sobolev capacity Capacities are needed to understand pointwise behavior of Sobolev functions. They also play an important role in studies of solutions of partial differential equations. Definition 4.1. For 1 < p < ∞, the Sobolev p-capacity of a set E ⊂ Rn is defined by capp(E) = inf u∈A (E) u p W1,p(Rn) = inf u∈A (E) u p Lp(Rn) + Du p Lp(Rn) = inf u∈A (E) ˆ Rn |u|p +|Du|p dx, where A (E) = u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) : u 1 on a neighbourhood of E . If A (E) = , we set capp(E) = ∞. Functions in A (E) are called admissible functions for E. T H E M O R A L : Capacity measures the size of exceptional sets for Sobolev functions. Lebesgue measure is the natural measure for functions in Lp (Rn ) and the Sobolev p-capacity is the natural outer measure for functions in W1,p (Rn ). 97
  • 101. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 98 Remark 4.2. In the definition of capacity we can restrict ourselves to the admissi- ble functions u for which 0 u 1. Thus capp(E) = inf u∈A (E) u p W1,p(Rn) , where A (E) = u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) : 0 u 1, u = 1 on a neighbourhood of E . Reason. (1) Since A (E) ⊂ A (E), we have capp(E) inf u∈A (E) u p W1,p(Rn) . (2) For the reverse inequality, let ε > 0 and let u ∈ A (E) such that u p W1,p(Rn) capp(E)+ε. Then v = max{0,min{|u|,1}} ∈ A (E), |v| |u| and by Remark 1.27 we have |Dv| |Du| almost everywhere. Thus inf u∈A (E) u p W1,p(Rn) v p W1,p(Rn) u p W1,p(Rn) capp(E)+ε and by letting ε → 0 we obtain inf u∈A (E) u p W1,p(Rn) capp(E). Remarks 4.3: (1) There are several alternative definitions for capacity and, in general, it does not matter which one we choose. For example, when 1 < p < n, we may consider the defintion capp(E) = inf ˆ Rn |Du|p dx, where the infimum is taken over all u ∈ Lp∗ (Rn ) with |Du| ∈ Lp (Rn ), u 0 and u 1 on a neighbourhood of E. Some estimates and arguments may become more transparent with this definition, but we stick to our original definition. (2) The definition of Sobolev capacity applies also for p = 1, but we shall not discuss this case here. The Sobolev p-capacity enjoys many desirable properties, one of the most important of which says that it is an outer measure. Theorem 4.4. The Sobolev p-capacity is an outer measure, that is, (1) capp( ) = 0, (2) if E1 ⊂ E2, then capp(E1) capp(E2) and
  • 102. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 99 (3) capp ∞ i=1 Ei ∞ i=1 capp(Ei) whenever Ei ⊂ Rn , i = 1,2,.... T H E M O R A L : Capacity is an outer measure, but measure theory is useless since there are very few measurable sets. Proof. (1) Clearly capp( ) = 0. (2) A (E2) ⊂ A (E1) implies capp(E1) capp(E2) . (3) Let ε > 0. We may assume that ∞ i=1 capp(Ei) < ∞. Choose ui ∈ A (Ei) so that ui p W1,p(Rn) capp(Ei)+ε2−i , i = 1,2,.... Claim: v = supi ui is admissible for ∞ i=1 Ei. Reason. First we show that v ∈ W1,p (Rn ). Let vk = max 1 i k ui, k = 1,2,.... Then (vk) is an increasing sequence such that vk → v pointwise as k → ∞. More- over |vk| = | max 1 i k ui| |sup i ui| = |v|, k = 1,2,..., and by Remark 1.27 |Dvk| max 1 i k |Dui| sup i |Dui|, k = 1,2,.... We show that (vk) is a a bounded sequence in W1,p (Rn ). To conclude this, we observe that vk p W1,p(Rn) = ˆ Rn |vk|p dx+ ˆ Rn |Dvk|p dx ˆ Rn sup i |ui|p dx+ ˆ Rn sup i |Dui|p dx ˆ Rn ∞ i=1 |ui|p dx+ ˆ Rn ∞ i=1 |Dui|p dx = ∞ i=1 ˆ Rn |ui|p dx+ ˆ Rn |Dui|p dx ∞ i=1 (capp(Ei)+ε2−i ) ∞ i=1 capp(Ei)+ε < ∞, k = 1,2,.... Since vk → v almost everywhere, by weak compactness of Sobolev spaces, see Theorem 1.35, we conclude that v ∈ W1,p (Rn ). Since ui ∈ A (Ei), there exists an open set Oi ⊃ Ei such that ui 1 on Oi for every i = 1,2,.... It follows that v = supi ui 1 on ∞ i=1 Oi, which is a neighbourhood of ∞ i=1 Ei.
  • 103. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 100 We conclude that capp ∞ i=1 Ei v p W1,p(Rn) ∞ i=1 ui p W1,p(Rn) ∞ i=1 capp(Ei)+ε. The claim follows by letting ε → 0. Remark 4.5. The Sobolev p-capacity is outer regular, that is, capp(E) = inf{capp(O) : E ⊂ O, O open}. Reason. (1) By monotonicity, capp(E) inf{capp(O) : E ⊂ O, O open}. (2) To see the inequality into the other direction, let ε > 0 and take u ∈ A (E) such that u p W1,p(Rn) capp(E)+ε. Since u ∈ A (E) there is an open set O containing E such that u 1 on O, which implies capp(O) u p W1,p(Rn) capp(E)+ε. The claim follows by letting ε → 0. T H E M O R A L : Capacity of a set is completely determined by capacities of open sets containing the set. The same applies to the Lebesgue outer measure. 4.2 Capacity and measure We are mainly interested in the sets of vanishing capacity, since they are in some sense exceptional sets in the theory Sobolev spaces. Our first result is rather immediate. Lemma 4.6. |E| capp(E) for every E ⊂ Rn . T H E M O R A L : Sets of capacity zero are of measure zero. Thus capacity is a finer measure than Lebesgue measure. Proof. If capp(E) = ∞, there is nothing to prove. Thus we may assume that capp(E) < ∞. Let ε > 0 and take u ∈ A (E) such that u p W1,p(Rn) capp(E)+ε. There is an open O ⊃ E such that u 1 in O and thus |E| |O| ˆ O |u|p dx u p Lp(Rn) u p W1,p(Rn) capp(E)+ε. The claim follows by letting ε → 0.
  • 104. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 101 Remark 4.7. Lemma 4.6 shows that capp(B(x,r)) > 0 for every x ∈ Rn , r > 0. This implies that capacity is nontrivial in the sense that every nonempty open set has positive capacity. Lemma 4.8. Let x ∈ Rn and 0 < r 1. Then there exists c = c(n, p) such that capp(B(x,r)) crn−p T H E M O R A L : For the Lebesgue measure of a ball we have |B(x,r)| crn , but for the Sobolev capacity of a ball we have capp(B(x,r)) crn−p . Thus the natural scaling dimension for capacity is n− p. Observe, that the dimension for capacity is smaller than n−1. Proof. Define a cutoff function u(y) =    1, y ∈ B(x,r), 2− |y−x| r , y ∈ B(x,2r)B(x,r), 0, y ∈ Rn B(x,2r). Observe that 0 u 1, u is 1 r -Lipschitz and |Du| 1 r almost everywhere. Thus u ∈ A (B(x,r)) and capp(B(x,r)) ˆ B(x,2r) |u(y)|p dy+ ˆ B(x,2r) |Du(y)|p dy (1+ r−p )|B(x,2r)| (r−p + r−p )|B(x,2r)| = 2r−p |B(x,2r)| = crn−p , with c = c(n, p) Remarks 4.9: (1) Lemma 4.8 shows that every bounded set has finite capacity. Thus there are plenty of sets with finite capacity. Reason. Assume that E ⊂ Rn is bounded. Then E ⊂ B(0,r) for some r, 0 < r < ∞, and capp(E) capp(B(0,r)) crn−p < ∞. (2) Lemma 4.8 implies that capp({x}) = 0 for every x ∈ Rn when 1 < p < n. Reason. capp({x}) capp(B(x,r)) crn−p , 0 < r 1. The claim follows by letting r → 0.
  • 105. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 102 Remark 4.10. Let x ∈ Rn and 0 < r 1 2 . Then there exists c = c(n) such that capn(B(x,r)) c log 1 r 1−n . Reason. Use the test function u(y) =    log 1 r −1 log 1 |x−y| , y ∈ B(x,1)B(x,r), 1, y ∈ B(x,r), 0, y ∈ Rn B(x,1). This implies that capp({x}) = 0 for every x ∈ Rn when p = n (exercise). We have shown that a point has zero capacity when 1 < p n. By countable subadditivity all countable sets have zero capacity as well. Next we show that a point has positive capacity when p > n. Lemma 4.11. If p > n, then capp({x}) > 0 for every x ∈ Rn . T H E M O R A L : For p > n every set containing at least one point has a positive capacity. Thus there are no nontrivial sets of capacity zero. In practice this means that capacity is a useful tool only when p n. Proof. Let x ∈ Rn and assume that u ∈ A ({x}). Then there exists 0 < r 1 such that u(y) 1 on B(x,r). Take a cutoff function η ∈ C∞ 0 (B(x,2)) such that 0 η 1, η = 1 in B(x,r) and |Dη| 2. By Morrey’s inequality, see Theorem 2.13, there exists c = c(n, p) > 0 such that |(ηu)(y)−(ηu)(z)| c|y− z| 1− n p D(ηu) Lp(Rn) for almost every y, z ∈ Rn . Choose y ∈ B(x,r) and z ∈ B(x,4) B(x,2) so that (ηu)(y) 1 and (ηu)(z) = 0. Then 1 |y− z| 5 and thus ˆ B(x,2) |D(ηu)(y)|p dy = D(ηu) p Lp(Rn) c|y− z|n−p 5n−p |(ηu)(y)−(ηu)(z)|p 1 c > 0. On the other hand ˆ B(x,2) |D(ηu)(y)|p dy 2p ˆ B(x,2) |Dη(y)u(y)|p dy+ ˆ B(x,2) |η(y)Du(y)|p dy = 2p   ˆ B(x,2) |Dη(y)|p 2p |u(y)|p dy+ ˆ B(x,2) |η(y)|p 1 |Du(y)|p dy   4p ˆ B(x,2) |u(y)|p dy+ ˆ B(x,2) |Du(y)|p dy 4p u p W1,p(Ω) . This shows that there exists c = c(n, p) > 0 such that u p W1,p(Ω) c > 0 for every u ∈ A ({x}) and thus capp({x}) c > 0.
  • 106. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 103 In order to study the connection between capacity and measure, we need to consider lower dimensional measures than the Lebesgue measure. We recall the definition of Hausdorff measures. Definition 4.12. Let E ⊂ Rn and s 0. For 0 < δ ∞ we set H s δ (E) = inf ∞ i=1 rs i : E ⊂ ∞ i=1 B(xi,ri), ri δ . The (spherical) s-Hausdorff measure of E is H s (E) = lim δ→0 H s δ (E) = sup δ>0 H s δ (E). The Hausdorff dimension of E is inf s : H s (E) = 0 = sup s : H s (E) = ∞ . T H E M O R A L : The Hausdorff measure is the natural s-dimensional measure up to scaling and the Hausdorff dimension is the measure theoretic dimension of the set. Observe that the dimension can be any nonnegative real number less or equal than the dimension of the space. We begin by proving a useful measure theoretic lemma. In the proof we need some tools from measure and integration theory and real analysis. Lemma 4.13. Assume that 0 < s < n, f ∈ L1 loc (Rn ) and let E = x ∈ Rn : limsup r→0 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |f |dy > 0 . Then H s (E) = 0. T H E M O R A L : Roughly speaking the lemma above says that the set where a locally integrable function blows up rapidly is of the corresponding Hausdorff measure zero. Proof. (1) Assume first that f ∈ L1 (Rn ). (2) By the Lebesgue differentiation theorem lim r→0 B(x,r) |f (y)|dy = |f (x)| < ∞, for almost every x ∈ Rn . If x is a Lebesgue point of |f |, then limsup r→0 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |f (y)|dy = climsup r→0 rn−s B(x,r) |f (y)|dy = 0. This shows that all Lebesgue points of |f | belong to the complement of E and thus |E| = 0.
  • 107. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 104 (3) Let ε > 0 and Eε = x ∈ Rn : limsup r→0 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |f |dy > ε . Since Eε ⊂ E and |E| = 0, we have |Eε| = 0. Claim: H s (Eε) = 0 for every ε > 0. Reason. Let 0 < δ < 1. For every x ∈ Eε there exists rx with 0 < rx δ such that 1 rs x ˆ B(x,rx) |f |dy > ε. By the Vitali covering theorem, there exists a subfamily of countably many pair- wise disjoint balls B(xi,ri), i = 1,2,..., such that Eε ⊂ ∞ i=1 B(xi,5ri). This gives H s 5δ(Eε) ∞ i=1 (5ri)s 5s ε ∞ i=1 ˆ B(xi,ri) |f |dy = 5s ε ˆ ∞ i=1 B(xi,ri) |f |dy. By disjointness of the balls ∞ i=1 B(x,ri) = ∞ i=1 |B(xi,ri)| = c ∞ i=1 rn i c ∞ i=1 rn i εrs i ˆ B(xi,ri) |f |dy c δn−s ε ˆ Rn |f |dy → 0 as δ → 0. By absolute continuity of integral ˆ ∞ i=1 B(xi,ri) |f |dy → 0 as δ → 0. Thus H s (Eε) = lim δ→0 H s 5δ(Eε) 5s ε lim δ→0 ˆ ∞ i=1 B(xi,ri) |f |dy = 0. This shows that H s (Eε) = 0 for every ε > 0. (4) By subadditivity of the Hausdorff measure H s (E) = H s ∞ k=1 E 1 k ∞ k=1 H s (E 1 k ) = 0. This shows that H s (E) = 0.
  • 108. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 105 (5) Assume then that f ∈ L1 loc (Rn ). Then H s (E) = H s x ∈ Rn : limsup r→0 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |f |dy > 0 = H s ∞ k=1 x ∈ Rn : limsup r→0 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |f χB(0,k)|dy > 0 ∞ k=1 H s x ∈ Rn : limsup r→0 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |f χB(0,k)|dy > 0 = 0. Next we compare capacity to the Hausdorff measure. Theorem 4.14. Assume that 1 < p < n. Then there exists c = c(n, p) such that capp(E) cH n−p (E) for every E ⊂ Rn . T H E M O R A L : Capacity is smaller than (n−p)-dimensional Hausdorff measure. In particular, H n−p (E) = 0 implies capp(E) = 0. Proof. Let B(xi,ri), i = 1,2,..., be any covering of E such that the radii satisfy ri δ. Subadditivity implies capp(E) ∞ i=1 capp(B(xi,ri)) c ∞ i=1 r n−p i . By taking the infimum over all coverings by such balls and observing that H s δ (E) H s (E) we obtain capp(E) cH n−p δ (E) cH n−p (E). We next consider the converse of the previous theorem. We prove that sets of p-capacity zero have Hausdorff dimension at most n− p. Theorem 4.15. Assume that 1 < p < n. If E ⊂ Rn with capp(E) = 0, then H s (E) = 0 for all s > n− p. Proof. (1) Let E ⊂ Rn be such that capp(E) = 0. Then for every i = 1,2,..., there is ui ∈ A (E) such that ui p W1,p(Rn) 2−i . Define u = ∞ i=1 ui. Claim: u ∈ A (E). Reason. Let vk = k i=1 ui, k = 1,2,.... Then vk ∈ W1,p (Rn ) and vk W1,p(Rn) = k i=1 ui W1,p(Rn) k i=1 ui W1,p(Rn) ∞ i=1 ui W1,p(Rn) ∞ i=1 2 − i p < ∞. Thus (vk) is a bounded sequence in W1,p (Rn ). Since 0 ui 1, we observe that (vk) is an increasing sequence and thus vk → u almost everywhere. Theorem 1.35 implies u ∈ W1,p (Rn ). Moreover, u 1 almost everywhere on a neighbourhood of E which shows that u ∈ A (E).
  • 109. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 106 (2) Claim: limsup r→0 B(x,r) u dy = ∞ for every x ∈ E. (4.1) Reason. Let m ∈ N and x ∈ E. Then for r > 0 small enough B(x,r) is contained in an intersection of open sets Oi, i = 1,...,m, with the property that ui = 1 almost everywhere on Oi. This implies that u = ∞ i=1 ui m almost everywhere in B(x,r) and thus B(x,r) u dy m. This proves the claim. T H E M O R A L : This gives a method to construct a function that blows up on any set of zero capacity. (3) Claim: If s > n− p, then limsup r→0 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dy = ∞ for every x ∈ E. Reason. Let x ∈ E and, for a contradiction, assume that limsup r→0 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dy < ∞. Then there exists c < ∞ such that limsup r→0 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dy c. The we choose R > 0 so small that ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dy crs for every 0 < r R. Denote Bi = B(x,2−i R), i = 1,2,.... Then by Hölder’s inequality and the Poincaré inequality, see Theorem 3.17, we have |uBi+1 − uBi | Bi+1 |u − uBi |dy |Bi| |Bi+1| Bi |u − uBi |dy c Bi |u − uBi |p dy 1 p c2−i R Bi |Du|p dy 1 p c(2−i R) p−n+s p . For k > j, we obtain |uBk − uBj | k−1 i=j |uBi+1 − uBi | c k−1 i=j (2−i R) p−n+s p
  • 110. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 107 and thus (uBi ) is a Cauchy sequence when s > n − p. This contradicts (4.1) and thus the claim holds true. (4) Thus E ⊂ x ∈ Rn : 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dy = ∞ ⊂ x ∈ Rn : 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dy > 0 . Lemma 4.13 implies H s (E) H s x ∈ Rn : 1 rs ˆ B(x,r) |Du|p dy > 0 = 0. This shows that H s (E) = 0 whenever n− p < s < n. The claim follows from this, since H s (E) = 0 implies H t (E) = 0 for every t s. Remark 4.16. It can be shown that even H n−p (E) < ∞, 1 < p < n, implies capp(E) = 0. 4.3 Quasicontinuity In this section we study fine properties of Sobolev functions. It turns out that Sobolev functions are defined up to a set of capacity zero. Definition 4.17. We say that a property holds p-quasieverywhere, if it holds except for a set of p-capacity zero. T H E M O R A L : Qusieverywhere is a capacitary version of almost everywhere. Recall that by Meyers-Serrin theorem 1.18 W1,p (Rn )∩C(Rn ) is dense in W1,p (Rn ) for 1 p < ∞ and, by Theorem 1.13, the Sobolev space W1,p (Rn ) is complete. The next result gives a way to find a quasieverywhere converging subsequence. Theorem 4.18. Assume that ui ∈ W1,p (Rn )∩C(Rn ), i = 1,2,..., and that (ui) is a Cauchy sequence in W1,p (Rn ). Then there is a subsequence of (ui) that converges pointwise p-quasieverywhere in Rn . Moreover, the convergence is uniform outside a set of arbitrarily small p-capacity. T H E M O R A L : This is a Sobolev space version of the result that for every Cauchy sequence in Lp (Rn ), there is a subsequence that converges pointwise almost everywhere. The claim concerning uniform convergence is a Sobolev space version of Egorov’s theorem.
  • 111. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 108 Proof. There exists a subsequence of (ui), which we still denote by (ui), such that ∞ i=1 2ip ui − ui+1 p W1,p(Rn) < ∞. For i = 1,2,..., denote Ei = x ∈ Rn : |ui(x)− ui+1(x)| > 2−i and Fj = ∞ i=j Ei. By continuity 2i (ui − ui+1) ∈ A (Ei) and thus capp(Ei) 2ip ui − ui+1 p W1,p(Rn) . By subadditivity we obtain capp(Fj) ∞ i=j capp(Ei) ∞ i=j 2ip ui − ui+1 p W1,p(Rn) . Thus capp ∞ j=1 Fj lim j→∞ capp(Fj) ( ∞ j=1 Fj ⊂ Fj, Fj+1 ⊂ Fj, j = 1,2,...) lim j→∞ ∞ i=j 2ip ui − ui+1 p W1,p(Rn) = 0. Here we used the fact that the tail of a convergent series tends to zero. We observe that (ui) converges pointwise in Rn ∞ j=1 Fj. Moreover, |ul(x)− uk(x)| k−1 i=l |ui(x)− ui+1(x)| k−1 i=l 2−i 21−l for every x ∈ Rn Fj for every k > l > j, which shows that the convergence is uniform in Rn Fj. Definition 4.19. A function u : Rn → [−∞,∞] is p-quasicontinuous in Rn if for every ε > 0 there is a set E such that capp(E) < ε and the restriction of u to Rn E, denoted by u|RnE, is continuous. Remark 4.20. By outer regularity, see Remark 4.5, we may assume that E is open in the definition above. The next result shows that a Sobolev function has a quasicontinous represen- tative. Corollary 4.21. For each u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) there is a p-quasicontinuous function v ∈ W1,p (Rn ) such that u = v almost everywhere in Rn . T H E M O R A L : Every Lp function is defined almost everywhere, but every W1,p function is defined quasieverywhere.
  • 112. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 109 Proof. By Theorem 1.18, for every function u ∈ W1,p (Rn ), there are functions ui ∈ W1,p (Rn ) ∩ C(Rn ), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p (Rn ) as i → ∞. By Theorem 4.18 there exists a subsequence that converges uniformly outside a set of arbitrarily small capacity. Uniform convergence implies continuity of the limit function and thus the limit function is continuous outside a set of arbitrarily small p-capacity. This completes the proof. Next we show that the quasicontinuous representative given by Corollary 4.21 is essentially unique. We begin with a useful observation. Remarks 4.22: (1) If G ⊂ Rn is open and E ⊂ Rn with |E| = 0, then capp(G) = capp(G E). Reason. Monotonicity implies capp(G) capp(G E). Let ε > 0 and let u ∈ A (G E) be such that u p W1,p(Rn) capp(G E)+ε. Then there exists an open O ⊂ Rn with (G E) ⊂ O and u 1 almost every- where in O. Since O ∪G is open G ⊂ (O ∪G) and u 1 almost everywhere in O ∪ (G E), and almost everywhere in O ∪ G since |E| = 0, we have u ∈ A (G). capp(G) u p W1,p(Rn) capp(G E)+ε. By letting ε → 0, we obtain capp(G) capp(G E). (2) For any open G ⊂ Rn we have |G| = 0 ⇐⇒ capp(G) = 0. Reason. =⇒ If |G| = 0, then (1) implies capp(G) = capp(G G) = capp( ) = 0. ⇐= If capp(G) = 0, then Lemma 4.6 implies |G| capp(G) = 0. W A R N I N G : It is not true in general that capacity and measure have the same zero sets. Theorem 4.23. Assume that u and v are p−quasicontinuous functions on Rn . If u = v almost everywhere in Rn , then u = v p-quasieverywhere in Rn . T H E M O R A L : Quasicontinuous representatives of Sobolev functions are unique. Proof. Let ε > 0 and choose open G ⊂ Rn such that capp(G) < ε and that the restrictions of u and v to Rn G are continuous. Thus {x ∈ Rn G : u(x) = v(x)} is open in the relative topology on Rn G, that is, there exists open U ⊂ Rn with U G = {x ∈ Rn G : u(x) = v(x)}
  • 113. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 110 and |U G| = |{x ∈ Rn G : u(x) = v(x)}| = 0. Moreover, {x ∈ Rn : u(x) = v(x)} ⊂ G ∪{x ∈ Rn G : u(x) = v(x)} = G ∪U. Remark 4.22 (1) with G and E replaced by U ∪G and U G, respectively, implies capp({x ∈ Rn : u(x) = v(x)}) capp(G ∪U) = capp(G) < ε. This completes the proof. Remarks 4.24: (1) The same proof gives the following local result: Assume that u and v are p−quasicontinuous on an open set O ⊂ Rn . If u = v almost everywhere in O, then u = v p-quasieverywhere in O. (2) Observe that if u and v are p−quasicontinuous and u v almost ev- erywhere in an open set O, then max{u − v,0} = 0 almost everywhere in O and max{u − v,0} is p−quasicontinuous. Then Theorem 4.23 im- plies max{u − v,0} = 0 p-quasieverywhere in O and consequently u v p-quasieverywhere in O. (3) The previous theorem enables us to define the trace of a Sobolev function to an arbitrary set. If u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) and E ⊂ Rn , then the trace of u to E is the restriction to E of any p−quasicontinuous representative of u. This definition is useful only if capp(E) > 0. 4.4 Lebesgue points of Sobolev functions By the maximal function theorem with p = 1, see (3.1), there exists c = c(n) such that |{x ∈ Rn : M f (x) > λ}| c λ f L1(Rn) for every λ > 0. By Chebyshev’s inequality and the maximal function theorem with 1 < p < ∞, see (3.2), there exists c = c(n, p) such that |{x ∈ Rn : M f (x) > λ}| 1 λp M f p Lp(Rn) c λp f p Lp(Rn) for every λ > 0. Thus the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function satisfies weak type estimates with respect to Lebesgue measure for functions in Lp (Rn ). Next we consider capacitary weak type estimates for functions in W1,p (Rn ). Theorem 4.25. Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ), 1 < p < ∞. Then there exists c = c(n, p) such that capp {x ∈ Rn : Mu(x) > λ} c λp u p W1,p(Rn) . for every λ > 0.
  • 114. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 111 T H E M O R A L : This is a capacitary version of weak type estimates for the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function. Proof. Denote Eλ = {x ∈ Rn : Mu(x) > λ}. Then Eλ is open and by Theorem 3.44 Mu ∈ W1,p (Rn ). Thus Mu λ ∈ A (Eλ). Since the maximal operator is bounded on W1,p (Rn ), see (3.10), we obtain capp Eλ Mu λ p W1,p(Rn) = 1 λp Mu p W1,p(Rn) c λp u p W1,p(Rn) . This weak type inequality can be used in studying the pointwise behaviour of Sobolev functions. We recall that x ∈ Rn is a Lebesgue point for u ∈ L1 loc (Rn ) if the limit u∗ (x) = lim r→0 B(x,r) u(y)dy exists and lim r→0 B(x,r) |u(y)− u∗ (x)|dy = 0. The Lebesgue differentiation theorem states that almost all points are Lebesgue points for a locally integrable function. If a function belongs to W1,p (Rn ), then using the capacitary weak type estimate, see Theorem 4.25, we shall prove that it has Lebesgue points p-quasieverywhere. Moreover, we show that the p-quasicontinuous representative given by Corollary 4.21 is u∗ . We begin by proving a measure theoretic result, which is analogous to Lemma 4.13. Lemma 4.26. Let 1 < p < ∞, f ∈ Lp (Rn ) and E = x ∈ Rn : limsup r→0 rp B(x,r) |f |p dy > 0 . Then capp(E) = 0. T H E M O R A L : Roughly speaking the lemma above says that the set where an Lp function blows up rapidly is of capacity zero. The main difference compared to Lemma 4.13 is that the size of the set is measured by capacity instead of Hausdorff measure. Proof. The argument is similar to the proof of Lemma 4.13, but we reproduce it here. (1) By the Lebesgue differentiation theorem lim r→0 B(x,r) |f (y)|p dy = |f (x)|p < ∞,
  • 115. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 112 for almost every x ∈ Rn . If x is a Lebesgue point of |f |p , then limsup r→0 rp B(x,r) |f (y)|p dy = 0. This shows that all Lebesgue points of |f |p belong to the complement of E and thus |E| = 0. (2) Let ε > 0 and Eε = x ∈ Rn : limsup r→0 rp B(x,r) |f |p dy > ε . Since Eε ⊂ E and |E| = 0, we have |Eε| = 0. We show that capp(Eε) = 0 for every ε > 0, then the claim follows by subadditivity. Let 0 < δ < 1 5 . For every x ∈ Eε there is rx with 0 < rx δ such that r p x B(x,rx) |f |p dy > ε. By the Vitali covering theorem, there exists a subfamily of countably many pair- wise disjoint balls B(xi,ri), i = 1,2,..., such that Eε ⊂ ∞ i=1 B(xi,5ri). By subadditivity of the capacity and Lemma 4.8 we have capp(Eε) ∞ i=1 capp(B(xi,5ri)) c ∞ i=1 r n−p i c ε ∞ i=1 ˆ B(xi,ri) |f |p dy = c ε ˆ ∞ i=1 B(xi,ri) |f (y)|p dy. Here c = c(n, p). Finally we observe that by the disjointness of the balls ∞ i=1 B(x,ri) = ∞ i=1 |B(xi,ri)| ∞ i=1 r p i ε ˆ B(xi,ri) |f |p dy δp ε ˆ Rn |f |p dy → 0 as δ → 0. By absolute continuity of integral ˆ ∞ i=1 B(xi,ri) |f |p dy → 0 as δ → 0. Thus capp(Eε) c ε ˆ ∞ i=1 B(xi,ri) |f |p dy → 0 as δ → 0, which implies that capp(Eε) = 0 for every ε > 0. Now we are ready for a version of the Lebesgue differentiation theorem for Sobolev functions.
  • 116. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 113 Theorem 4.27. Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) with 1 < p < ∞. Then there exists E ⊂ Rn such that capp(E) = 0 and lim r→0 B(x,r) u(y)dy = u∗ (x) exists for every x ∈ Rn E. Moreover lim r→0 B(x,r) |u(y)− u∗ (x)|dy = 0 for every x ∈ Rn E and the function u∗ is the p-quasicontinuous representative of u. T H E M O R A L : A function in W1,p (Rn ) with 1 < p < ∞ has Lebesgue points p-quasieverywhere. Moreover, the p-quasicontinuous representative is obtained as a limit of integral averages. Proof. (1) By Theorem 1.18 there exist ui ∈ C∞ (Rn )∩W1,p (Rn ) such that u − ui p W1,p(Rn) 2−i(p+1) , i = 1,2,.... Denote Ei = {x ∈ Rn : M(u − ui)(x) > 2−i }, i = 1,2,.... By Theorem 4.25 there exists c = c(n, p) such that capp(Ei) c2ip u − ui p W1,p(Rn) c2−i , i = 1,2,.... Clearly |ui(x)− uB(x,r)| B(x,r) |ui(x)− u(y)|dy B(x,r) |ui(x)− ui(y)|dy+ B(x,r) |ui(y)− u(y)|dy, which implies that limsup r→0 |ui(x)− uB(x,r)| limsup r→0 B(x,r) |ui(x)− ui(y)|dy+limsup r→0 B(x,r) |ui(y)− u(y)|dy M(ui − u)(x) 2−i , for every x ∈ Rn Ei. Here we used the fact that limsup r→0 B(x,r) |ui(x)− ui(y)|dy = 0, i = 1,2,..., since ui is continuous and B(x,r) |ui(y)− u(y)|dy M(ui − u)(x) for every r > 0.
  • 117. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 114 Let Fk = ∞ i=k Ei, k = 1,2,.... Then by subadditivity of the capacity we have capp(Fk) ∞ i=k capp(Ei) c ∞ i=k 2−i . If x ∈ Rn Fk and i, j k, then |ui(x)− uj(x)| limsup r→0 |ui(x)− uB(x,r)|+limsup r→0 |uB(x,r) − uj(x)| 2−i +2−j . Thus (ui) converges uniformly in Rn Fk to a continuous function v in Rn Fk. Furthermore limsup r→0 |v(x)− uB(x,r)| |v(x)− ui(x)|+limsup r→0 |ui(x)− uB(x,r)| |v(x)− ui(x)|+2−i for every x ∈ Rn Fk. The right-hand side of the previous inequality tends to zero as i → ∞. Thus limsup r→0 |v(x)− uB(x,r)| = 0 and consequently v(x) = lim r→0 B(x,r) u(y)dy = u∗ (x) for every x ∈ Rn Fk. Define F = ∞ k=1 Fk. Then capp(F) lim k→∞ capp(Fk) c lim k→∞ ∞ i=k 2−i = 0 and lim r→0 B(x,r) u(y)dy = u∗ (x) exists for every x ∈ Rn F. This completes the proof of the first claim. (2) To prove the second claim, consider E = x ∈ Rn : limsup r→0 rp B(x,r) |Du(y)|p dy > 0 . Lemma 4.26 shows that capp(E) = 0. By the Poincaré inequality, see Theorem 3.17, we have lim r→0 B(x,r) |u(y)− uB(x,r)|p dy clim r→0 rp B(x,r) |Du(y)|p dy = 0 for every x ∈ Rn E. We conclude that lim r→0 B(x,r) |u(y)− u∗ (x)|dy lim r→0 B(x,r) |u(y)− u∗ (x)|p dy 1 p lim r→0 B(x,r) |u(y)− uB(x,r)|p dy 1 p + lim r→0 |uB(x,r) − u∗ (x)| = 0
  • 118. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 115 whenever x ∈ Rn (E ∪ F). Finally we observe that capp(E ∪ F) capp(E)+capp(F) = 0. (3) Let ε > 0 and choose k large enough so that capp(Fk) < ε 2 . Then by outer regularity of the capacity, see Remark 4.5, there is an open set O containing Fk so that capp(O) < ε. Since (ui) converges uniformly to u∗ on Rn O we conclude that u∗ |XO is continuous. Thus u∗ is p-quasicontinuous. 4.5 Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values In this section we return to Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values started in Section 1.9. Assume that Ω is an open subset of Rn and 1 p < ∞. Recall that W 1,p 0 (Ω) with 1 p < ∞ is the closure of C∞ 0 (Ω) with respect to the Sobolev norm, see Defintion 1.20. Using pointwise properties of Sobolev functions we discuss the definition of W 1,p 0 (Ω). The first result is a W 1,p 0 (Ω) version of Corollary 4.21 which states that for every u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) there is a p-quasicontinuous function v ∈ W1,p (Rn ) such that u = v almost everywhere in Rn . Theorem 4.28. If u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω), there exists a p-quasicontinuous function v ∈ W1,p (Rn ) such that u = v almost everywhere in Ω and v = 0 p-quasieverywhere in Rn Ω. T H E M O R A L : Quasicontinuous functions in Sobolev spaces with zero bound- ary values are zero quasieverywhere in the complement. Proof. Since u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω), there exist ui ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., such that ui → u in W1,p (Ω) as i → ∞. Since (ui) is a Cauchy sequence in W1,p (Rn ), by Theorem 4.18 it has a subsequence of (ui) that converges pointwise p-quasieverywhere in Rn to a function v ∈ W1,p (Rn ). Moreover, the convergence is uniform outside a set of arbitrary small p-capacity and, as in Corollary 4.21, the limit function v is p-quasicontinuous. Theorem 4.29. If u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) is p-quasicontinuous and u = 0 p-quasieverywhere in Rn Ω, then u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). T H E M O R A L : Quasicontinuous functions in a Sobolev space on the whole space which are zero quasieverywhere in the complement belong to the Sobolev space with zero boundary values. In particular, continuous functions in a Sobolev space on the whole space which are zero everywhere in the complement belong to the Sobolev space with zero boundary values.
  • 119. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 116 Proof. (1) We show that u can be approximated by W1,p (Rn ) functions with com- pact support in Ω. If we can construct such a sequence for u+ = max{u,0}, then we can do it for u− = −min{u,0}, and we obtain the result for u = u+ + u−. Thus we may assume that u 0. By Theorem 1.24 we may assume that u has a compact support in Rn and by considering truncations min{u,λ}, λ > 0, we may assume that u is bounded (exercise). (2) Let δ > 0 and let O ⊂ Rn be an open set such that capp(O) < δ and the restriction of u to Rn O is continuous. Denote E = {x ∈ Rn Ω : u(x) = 0}. By assumption capp(E) = 0. Let v ∈ A (O ∪ E) such that 0 v 1 and v p W1,p(Rn) < δ, see Remark 4.2. Then v = 1 in an open set G containing O ∪ E. Define uε(x) = max{u(x)−ε,0}, 0 < ε < 1. Let x ∈ ΩG. Since u(x) = 0 and the restriction of u to Rn G is continuous, there exists rx > 0 such that uε = 0 in B(x,rx)G. Thus (1− v)uε = 0 in B(x,rx)∪G for every x ∈ ΩG. This shows that (1− v)uε is zero in a neighbourhood of Rn Ω, which implies that (1− v)uε is compactly supported in Ω. Lemma 1.23 implies (1− v)uε ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). We show that this kind of functions converge to u in W1,p (Rn ). (3) Since uε =    u −ε in {x ∈ Rn : u(x) ε}, 0 in {x ∈ Rn : u(x) ε}, by Remark 1.27 we have Duε =    Du almost everywhere in {x ∈ Rn : u(x) ε}, 0 almost everywhere in {x ∈ Rn : u(x) ε}. Thus u −(1− v)uε W1,p(Rn) u − uε W1,p(Rn) + vuε W1,p(Rn). Using the facts that u − uε ε and supp(u − uε) ⊂ suppu, we obtain u − uε W1,p(Rn) u − uε Lp(Rn) + Du − Duε Lp(Rn) ε χsuppu Lp(Rn) + χ{0<u ε}Du Lp(Rn) → 0 as ε → 0. Observe that, by the dominated convergence theorem, we have lim ε→0 χ{0<u ε}Du Lp(Rn) = lim ε→0 ˆ Rn χ{0<u ε}|Du|p dx 1 p = ˆ Rn lim ε→0 χ{0<u ε}|Du|p dx 1 p = 0,
  • 120. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 117 where χ{0<u ε}|Du|p |Du|p ∈ L1 (Rn ) may be used as an integrable majorant. On the other hand, vuε W1,p(Rn) vuε Lp(Rn) + D(vuε) Lp(Rn) vuε Lp(Rn) + uεDv Lp(Rn) + vDuε Lp(Rn) uv Lp(Rn) + uDv Lp(Rn) + vDuε Lp(Rn) u L∞(Rn) v Lp(Rn) + u L∞(Rn) Dv Lp(Rn) + vDu Lp(Rn) 2 u L∞(Rn) v W1,p(Rn) + vDu Lp(Rn) 2δ 1 p u L∞(Rn) + vDu Lp(Rn). Since v = vδ → 0 in Lp (Rn ) as δ → 0, there is a subsequence (δi) for which vi = vδi → 0 almost everywhere as i → ∞. By the dominated convergence theorem, we have lim i→∞ viDu Lp(Rn) = lim i→∞ ˆ Rn |vi|p |Du|p dx 1 p = ˆ Rn ( lim i→∞ |vi|p )|Du|p dx 1 p = 0, where |vi|p |Du|p |Du|p , so that |Du|p ∈ L1 (Rn ) may be used as an integrable majorant. Thus we conclude that lim i→∞ viuε W1,p(Rn) lim i→∞ 2δ 1 p i u L∞(Rn) + viDu Lp(Rn) = 0. Thus u −(1− vi)uε W1,p(Rn) → 0 as ε → 0 and i → ∞. Since (1− vi)uε ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) and (1− vi)uε → u in W1,p (Rn ) as ε → 0 and i → ∞, we conclude that u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). Remark 4.30. If u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) is continuous and zero everywhere in Rn Ω, then u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). We obtain a very useful characterization of Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values on an arbitrary open set by combining the last two theorems. Corollary 4.31. u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) if and only if there exists a p-quasicontinuous function u∗ ∈ W1,p (Rn ) such that u∗ = u almost everywhere in Ω and u = 0 p- quasieverywhere in Rn Ω. T H E M O R A L : Quasicontinuous functions in Sobolev spaces with zero bound- ary values are precisely functions in the Sobolev space on the whole space which
  • 121. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 118 are zero quasieverywhere in the complement. This result can be used to show that a given function belongs to the Sobolev space with zero boundary values without constructing an approximating sequence of compactly supported smooth functions. There is also a characterization of Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values using Lebesgue points for Sobolev functions. Theorem 4.32. Assume that Ω ⊂ Rn is an open set and u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) with 1 < p < ∞. Then u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) if and only if lim r→0 B(x,r) u(y)dy = 0 for p-quasievery x ∈ Rn Ω. T H E M O R A L : A function in the Sobolev space on the whole space belongs to the Sobolev space with zero boundary values if and only if the limit of integral averages is zero quasieverywhere in the complement. Proof. =⇒ If u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω), then by Theorem 4.28 there exists a p-quasicontinuous function u∗ ∈ W1,p (Rn ) such that u∗ = u almost everywhere in Ω and u∗ = 0 p-quasieverywhere in Rn Ω. Theorem 4.27 shows that the limit u∗ (x) = lim r→0 B(x,r) u(y)dy exists p-quasieverywhere and that the function u∗ is a p-quasicontinuous repre- sentative of u. This shows that lim r→0 B(x,r) u(y)dy = u∗ (x) = 0 for p-quasievery x ∈ Rn Ω. ⇐= Assume then that u ∈ W1,p (Rn ) and lim r→0 B(x,r) u(y)dy = 0 for p-quasievery x ∈ Rn Ω. Theorem 4.27 shows that the limit u∗ (x) = lim r→0 B(x,r) u(y)dy exists p-quasieverywhere and that the function u∗ is a p-quasicontinuous repre- sentative of u. We conclude that u∗ (x) = 0 for p-quasievery x ∈ Rn Ω. Example 4.33. Let Ω = B(0,1){0} and u : Ω → R, u(x) = 1−|x|. Then u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) for 1 < p n and u ∉ W 1,p 0 (Ω) for p > n.
  • 122. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 119 T H E M O R A L : A function that belongs to the Sobolev space with zero boundary values does not have to be zero at every point of the boundary. Remark 4.34. Theorem 4.32 gives a practical tool to show that a function belongs to a Sobolev space with zero boundary values. For example, the following claims follow from Theorem 4.32 (exercise). (1) Assume that u ∈ W1,p (Ω) has a compact support, then u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). (2) Assume that u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). Then |u| ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). (3) Assume that u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). If v ∈ W1,p (Ω) and 0 v u almost everywhere in Ω, then v ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). (4) Assume that u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). If v ∈ W1,p (Ω) and |v| |u| almost everywhere in Ω K, where K is a compact subset of Ω, then v ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω). Let E ⊂ Ω be a relatively closed set, that is, there exists a closed F ⊂ Rn such that E = Ω∩ F, with |E| = 0. It is clear that W 1,p 0 (Ω E) ⊂ W 1,p 0 (Ω). By W 1,p 0 (Ω E) = W 1,p 0 (Ω) we mean that every u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) can be approximated by functions in C∞ 0 (Ω E) or in W 1,p 0 (Ω E). Theorem 4.35. Assume that E is a closed subset of Ω. Then W 1,p 0 (Ω) = W 1,p 0 (Ω E) if and only if capp(E) = 0. Proof. ⇐= Assume capp(E) = 0. Lemma 4.6 implies |E| = 0 so that it is reasonable to ask whether W 1,p 0 (Ω) = W 1,p 0 (Ω E) when we consider functions defined up to a set of measure. It is clear that W 1,p 0 (Ω E) ⊂ W 1,p 0 (Ω). To see reverse inclusion, let ui ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω), i = 1,2,..., be such that ui → u in W1,p (Ω) as i → ∞. Since capp(E) = 0 there are vj ∈ A (E), j = 1,2,..., be such that vj W1,p(Rn) → 0 as j → ∞. Then (1− vj)ui ∈ W1,p (Ω) and, since vj = 1 in a neighbourhood of E, supp(1 − vj)ui is a compact subset of ΩE for every i, j = 1,2,.... Lemma 1.23 implies (1−vj)ui ∈ W 1,p 0 (ΩE), i, j = 1,2,.... Moreover, we have u −(1− vj)ui W1,p(Ω) u − ui W1,p(Ω) + vjui W1,p(Ω), where u − ui W1,p(Ω) → 0 as i → ∞ and vjui W1,p(Ω) vjui Lp(Ω) + D(vjui) Lp(Ω) ui L∞(Ω) vj Lp(Ω) + vjDui Lp(Ω) + uiDvj Lp(Ω) ui L∞(Ω) vj Lp(Ω) + vjDui Lp(Ω) + ui L∞(Ω) Dvj Lp(Ω) 2 ui L∞(Ω) vj W1,p(Ω) + vjDui Lp(Ω).
  • 123. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 120 Since vj → 0 in Lp (Ω) as j → ∞, there is a subsequence, still denoted by (vj), for which vj → 0 almost everywhere as j → ∞. By the dominated convergence theorem, we have lim j→∞ vjDui Lp(Ω) = lim j→∞ ˆ Ω |vj|p |Dui|p dx 1 p = ˆ Ω ( lim j→∞ |vj|p )|Dui|p dx 1 p = 0. Observe that |vj|p |Dui|p |Dui|p for j = 1,2,..., so that |Dui|p ∈ L1 (Ω) may be used as an integrable majorant. Thus u −(1− vj)ui W1,p(Ω) → 0 as i, j → ∞. Since (1− vj)ui ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) and (1− vj)ui → u in W1,p (Ω E) as i, j → ∞, we conclude that u ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω E). =⇒ Let x0 ∈ Ω and let i0 ∈ N be large enough that dist(x0,Rn Ω) > 1 i0 . Define Ωi = x ∈ Ω : dist(x,Rn Ω) > 1 i ∩B(x0, i), i = i0, i0 +1,.... Observe that Ωi Ωi+1 ··· Ω and Ω = ∞ i=i0 Ωi. Let ui : Rn → R, ui(x) = dist(x,Rn Ω2i). Then ui is Lipschitz continuous, ui ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω) and ui(x) 1 2i for every x ∈ E ∩Ωi, i = 1,2,.... Since W 1,p 0 (Ω) = W 1,p 0 (Ω E) we have ui ∈ W 1,p 0 (Ω E), i = 1,2,.... Fix i and let vj ∈ C∞ 0 (Ω E), j = 1,2,..., such that vj → ui in W1,p (Ω E) as j → ∞. Since 3i(ui − vj) 1 in a neigbourhood of E ∩Ωi. Thus capp(E ∩Ωi) 3i(ui − vj) p W1,p(ΩE) = (3i)p ui − vj p W1,p(ΩE) → 0 as j → ∞. Thus capp(E ∩Ωi) = 0, i = 1,2..., and by subadditivity capp(E) = capp ∞ i=1 (E ∩Ωi) ∞ i=1 capp(E ∩Ωi) = 0.
  • 124. CHAPTER 4. POINTWISE BEHAVIOUR OF SOBOLEV FUNCTIONS 121 THE END
  • 125. Bibliography [1] D. Aalto and J. Kinnunen, Maximal functions in Sobolev spaces. Sobolev spaces in mathematics. I, 25–67, Int. Math. Ser. (N. Y.), 8, Springer, New York, 2009. [2] D.R. Adams and L.I. Hedberg, Function spaces and potential theory, Springer 1996. [3] R.A. Adams and J.J.F. Fournier, Sobolev spaces (second edition), Aca- demic Press 2003. [4] L. Diening, P. Harjulehto, P. Hästö and M. Ružiˇcka, Lebesgue and Sobolev spaces with variable exponents, Springer 2011. [5] E. Di Nezza, G. Palatucci and E. Valdinoci, Hitchhiker’s guide to the fractional Sobolev spaces, Bull. Sci. Math. 136 (2012), no. 5, 521–573. [6] L.C. Evans, Partial differential equations, 2nd edition, AMS 2010. [7] L.C. Evans and R.F. Gariepy, Measure theory and fine properties of functions, CRC Press 1992. [8] P. Hajłasz, Sobolev inequalities, truncation method, and John domains. Papers on analysis, 109?126, Rep. Univ. Jyväskylä Dep. Math. Stat., 83, 2001. [9] J. Heinonen, Lectures on analysis on metric spaces, Springer 2001. [10] J. Heinonen, T. Kilpeläinen and O. Martio, Nonlinear potential theory of degenerate elliptic equations. Unabridged republication of the 1993 original. Dover Publications, 2006. [11] G. Leoni, A first course in Sobolev spaces, 2nd edition, AMS 2017. [12] V. Maz’ya, Sobolev space with applications to elliptic partial differential equation, 2nd edition, Springer 2011. [13] E. M. Stein, Singular Integrals and Differentiability Properties of Func- tions, Princeton University Press, 1970. [14] W.P. Ziemer, Weak differentiable functions, Springer 1989. 122